Home

Starting VEDIT

1. 40 9 Matches any character except for a digit Matches the character Matches the V character The Case search option is applicable to regular expressions but not within bracketed lists Therefore hi will match HI Hi etc and the expression Ta z i will match hi and hI but not Hi There is little reason to ever select the Case option you could use the expression h i to search for the lower case word hi A Y followed by any character except a digit or letter simply matches that character This allows searching for those characters which are used as special symbols in regular expressions Although we recommend using the V in front of any special symbols you need to search in the text the V is not needed when there is no possibility of confusion For example the characters P and are not special within the square brackets The is only special at the very end of the expression Even the hyphen is not special immediately following P or preceding J or outside of square brackets IMPORTANT NOTES These characters are special symbols in regular expressions and therefore must be preceded by V in order to search for them in the text IPERS e GF SE vee UNI IN feof The syntax allows exceptions where the V is not needed but in those c
2. E g enter c or asm Follow the filename with s to process all matching files in all subdirec tories For example c s will process all C files in the current directory and all subdirectories Enter as many file specifications as needed if the files are not in the current directory enter the full pathname When all files have been entered immediately press lt Enter gt again 5 The ctags macro will then display Processing lt filename gt for each file processed Processing is quite fast one Megabyte of source code will be processed in under one minute You can perform a lookup by selecting MISC More macros Utags but it is usually more convenient to set up a hot key to perform the lookup This is easily done in the startup vdm macro file The supplied startup vdm file contains the necessary command However the command has been disabled by preceding it with the comment characters For example to assign the lookup function to lt F12 gt add the following line to your startup vdm file Key_Add F12 MENU MMU OK Usage Once setup the ctags facility is trivial to use Simply place the cursor on a function name press the hot key default lt F12 gt and VEDIT will switch to the function s declaration Then press the hot key again to return to the original file and position Advanced Usage Notes You can easily modify utags vdm
3. Matches any text containing a followed by one or more occurrences of n followed by an e Will match the ane in the word cane and the anne in the word banned Matches any text containing a followed by zero or one occurrences of n followed by an e Will match the ae in the word Caesar the ane in the word cane but NOT the word banned Think of as indicating that one or more occurrences of the previous character are optional Notice that ann e is identical to an e A list of characters within square brackets and matches any one character in that list A range of characters can be abbreviated using a hyphen 2 However when the first character in the list is a caret or tilda the list matches any character except those in the list abc d a z z a A Za z A Z a z Matches any text containing a b or c followed by d Matches all lower case letters A range may also be specified in reverse order Matches all letters upper or lower case Matches all capitalized words It matches an upper case letter followed by zero or more lower case letters 128 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace a Matches any character except for a a z Matches any character except for a lower case letter a z Same is equivalent to
4. Near the end of the file find the items Config_String PR_START and Config_String PR_FINISH Enter the desired start finish strings between the double quotes To enter control characters such as lt Esc gt precede them with ENTER CTRL default lt Ctrl Q gt For example to enter lt esc gt s12H from the above example place the cursor between the quotes and type the following keys lt Ctrl Q gt lt Esc gt s 1 2 H Another way to enter the print job start finish strings is to hold down the lt Alt gt key and then type each decimal value on the numeric keypad 120 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace Search and Replace This topic describes the powerful search and replace capabilities in VEDIT called pattern matching and regular expressions Searches normally use pattern matching This is a powerful searching syntax unique to VEDIT that has wildcard characters for matching letters digits and much more It is easy to use only the character has a special meaning Searches can alternatively use regular expressions This is a powerful search and replace syntax from UNIX It is much more complex and most punctua tion characters have a special meaning It is also slower than pattern matching You can also search in Simple mode without any pattern matching or regular expressions It is only recommended for very novice users because no wild card searching is
5. Save layoutto a file Load layout from a file Notes Experienced VEDIT users will probably prefer to make changes to the key board layout and add new keystroke macros by directly editing the vedit key file This is described in Chapter 8 Configuration Keystroke macros and changing the keyboard layout are extensively covered in Chapter 4 VEDIT s normal keyboard layout includes many pre defined keystroke mac ros for selecting menu items these are often called hot keys VEDIT s menus display all assigned hot keys The key to which a keystroke macro is assigned can actually be a sequence of up to 16 keys often called an Escape Sequence This lets you define more keystroke macros than there are function and control keys For example you might use lt F12 gt as the lead in to an entire group of keystroke macros Pressing lt F12 gt and then A could play back one keystroke macro pressing lt F12 gt and then B could play back another and so on Keystroke macros may consist of just a single keystroke such as CURSOR UP This makes it easy to have alternate keys that perform the same basic editing function Technically VEDIT does not distinguish between the basic keyboard layout keys assigned to the edit functions and keystroke macros VEDIT s keyboard layout simply lists the key or keys you press and the editing function or Keyboard Layout Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Re
6. it only moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line 2 lt Enter gt is always equivalent to NEXT LINE it never inserts a newline 3 lt Enter gt inserts a newline following the current line it opens a new line BACKSPACE emulation mode 0 3 Default 0 Sets the behavior of the BACKSPACE key 0 BACKSPACE always deletes the preceding character Pressed at the beginning of a line it deletes the preceding newline 1 BACKSPACE only deletes in Insert mode In Overstrike mode it only moves the cursor left to the previous character 2 BACKSPACE always deletes the preceding character but stops at the beginning of the line 282 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu 3 BACKSPACE only deletes in Insert mode and stops at the beginning of line LINE BEGIN END emulation mode 0 5 Default 3 Sets the behavior of LINE BEGIN and LINE END normally the lt Home gt and lt End gt keys 0 LINE BEGIN and LINE END move the cursor only to the first last character currently displayed in the window Since the window is not horizontally scrolled this may not be the first last character of the text line Successively pressing LINE BEGIN or LINE END has no effect This mode is only useful with slow CRT terminals under UNIX or QNX LINE BEGIN and LINE END move the cursor to the very first last character of the current text line The window is horizon
7. Windows Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 23 gt To install the Windows version of VEDIT 1 Insert the VEDIT CD ROM into your computer The VEDIT installation will normally start automatically If it does not start automatically navi gate to the setup exe file on the CD ROM and double click it A pop up dialog box will inform you that you are about to install VEDIT Select Ok to continue VEDIT will then start Instead of using a traditional installation program VEDIT installs itself using a very flexible macro You are then given the option of performing a detailed Product installa tion or a Quick installation Product explains the installation step by step and gives you many options Quick uses the default options and lets you install or update with a minimum number of steps One of the first selections is the destination directory into which to install VEDIT This will later be referred to as the VEDIT Home Directory The default is c vedit but you can select any other directory such as c program files vedit If you are installing both the Windows and DOS versions we highly suggest installing them both into e vedit This will later be referred to as the VEDIT Home Directory If this directory already exists the installation assumes it contains a previous version of VEDIT You are then given the option of archiving the entire directory by moving it to another directory transferring the
8. 0 it is the same as Color for menu highlighting Config CO_BLOCK Color for block highlighting override 46 Override color for blocks being highlighted If 0 the reverse video of the text color is used For example 71 will always display blocks as white text on a red background Config CO_CURSOR Color for cursor override 113 IBM DOS only Override color for the software cursor types 1 and 2 CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor type If 0 the reverse video of the text color is used For example 64 always displays a red cursor If Color for text is set to a bright color such as yellow attribute 14 you may not like the automatic cursor color You should then set this parameter to the desired cursor color Config CO_ERASE Color for window erase override 0 Override for that portion of an editing window where there is no text If 0 the same color as the text is used Setting an overriding color gives an unusual effect but lets you clearly see trailing spaces at the ends of lines Config CO_HELP Color for Help window override 0 Override for pop up help windows If 0 the same color as the current text is used Config CO_LINE Color for cursor line override 78 Override for the current line s color when CONFIG Display options Highlight cursor line is enabled If 0 the cursor line is displaye
9. 2 Either enter the desired filename or use the point and shoot filename selection Load Execute Macro defaults to all vdm files in the VEDIT Macro Directory e g vedit macros vdm Load Execute User Macro defaults to all vdm files in the VEDIT User Macro Directory e g vedit user mac vdm We suggest that you save your own macros in this directory 3 You are prompted for the text register number in which to load the macro By convention macros are usually loaded into registers 10 through 100 The default register is 100 246 Chapter6 Menu Reference Misc Menu DOS UNIX and QNX Versions If terse dialog boxes have been selected press lt Enter gt at the short filename prompt for point and shoot file selection Notes When entering a command macro filename you can leave off the default vdm extension Don t confuse command macros stored in files and text registers with keystroke macros Command macros are programs written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language Keystroke macros are strings of key presses possi bly including macro language commands that are assigned to hot keys Use HELP Text registers to determine which registers are empty and therefore available for holding command macros If you use a custom macro often you may want to add it to the USER menu for easier access See Also Command Macros in Chapter 5 HELP Tex
10. Notes HINT The SORT macro can realistically handle files up to a few megabytes A typical 1 Megabyte file with several thousand records will be sorted in about 1 minute 200mhz Pentium Multi megabyte files may take unreasonably long to sort however SORT displays its progress and can be interrupted at any time To sort multiple line records according to a specific field columns you may be able to convert the record into a single line sort it with BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines and then split each line back into the desired multiple lines DBASE VDM Macro Chapter 5 Advanced Topics DBASE VDM Macro 173 The DBASE VDM macro simplifies editing dBASE III type DBF database files It sets the correct record size and header offset for the dBase ITI data file in the current buffer i e it automatically sets CONFIG File handling File type and CONFIG File handling Record header size This way the records will be properly aligned on the screen and the LINE display on the status line will display the correct record number DBASE VDM also sets up table information in an unused buffer This lets you view the field names field types field sizes and determine which column each field begins in For example it can create a display such as the following Last updated 2 23 94 Total Records Record Length Header Length Field Field Name 1 2 4LN_CO 3 LBL_LINES 4 HOW_WIDE 5 TO LINE 6 ADDR1
11. SEARCH Search and SEARCH Replace also perform SEARCH Next You must first press CANCEL and then SEARCH Search to enter a new search string CURSOR RIGHT and CURSOR LEFT don t wrap to the next previous line when they reach the end beginning of the line Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 283 Mask 16 The last normal character not the newline is the last accessible character on the line Used by the vi emulation Mask 32 DELETE doesn t delete the newline Mask 64 DELETE doesn t delete a highlighted block Otherwise it will delete a highlighted block when both block markers are set and the cursor is within the block Blocks can always be deleted with BLOCK Edit translate Block delete Mask 128 DELETE doesn t delete a highlighted block if only 1 marker set both markers must be set Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcut modes 0 15 Default 7 Determines if tapping the lt Alt gt lt Ctrl gt and lt Shift gt keys perform shortcut functions This option combines six options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option The base value of 0 disables all shortcuts Mask 1 Tapping lt Alt gt performs MENU tapping it again removes the menus Note this is always enabled in the Windows version Mask 2 Double tapping lt Ctrl gt performs CANCEL this is an easy way to remove block markers Mask 4 Double tapping lt Shift gt p
12. VEDIT Environment Variable If you use the same invocation options over and over again you can set up the environment variable VEDIT with any desired default options Any options specified by this environment variable are processed by VEDIT before those given on the command line Therefore the options specified by the environment variable should usually be preceded with For example if you always want VEDIT to use toms vdm as the startup file instead of the default startup vdm you could add the following line to your AUTOEXEC BAT file SET VEDIT I C VEDIT TOMS VDM Loading Multiple Files You can start up VEDIT with up to 32 files The wildcards and can also be used The first file is loaded into the main edit buffer 1 the second into buffer 2 the third into buffer 3 etc FILE Previous buffer lt F5 gt and FILE Next buffer lt F6 gt or toolbar will toggle between the files Starting Invoking VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 61 Examples To load the files FILE1 FILE and FILE3 type vpw file1 file2 file3 To load the same files but save FILE as NEWFILE2 type vpw file1 file2 a newfile2 file3 The a option may be used with multiple files For example to load the file CHAP1 TXT and save it as CHAP1 NEW and load CHAP2 TXT and save it as CHAP2 NEW type vpw chap1 txt a chap1 new chap2 txt a chap2 new To load
13. filename extension Any existing BAK file is deleted during this process Move the original file to the VEDIT Backup Directory typically c vedit backup or c backup Any existing backup file by the same name is deleted during this process Backup files take up additional disk space but provide important data protec tion They provide a backup in case you make a major editing mistake that you may not notice until days later They also provide some protection against the accidental deletion of files the most recent revisions may be lost but at least the previous revisions are still there Which backup method you use is a matter of personal preference Each method has its advantages and disadvantages Rename Method Advantages If you edit two files with exactly the same name in two directories you will have a backup of each You can easily view the backup files in the current directory Always fastest Rename Method Disadvantages If you edit files in one directory with the same name but different extensions e g prog c prog inc and prog h you will only have a backup of one of them and you cannot predict which one You end up with BAK backup files all over the disk Move Method Advantages If you edit files in one directory with the same name but different extensions e g prog c prog inc and prog h you will have a backup of each one All bac
14. is preferred in search strings IN can be used in replacement strings Matching the Beginning End of a Line with e and j gt The code I lt occurring at the beginning of a search string ensures that the entire search string only matches text occurring at the beginning of a line Similarly the code I gt occurring at the end of a search string ensures that the entire search string only matches text occurring at the end of a line Unlike IL and IN I lt and I gt do not include the newline character s in the matched text This is an important distinction when performing a replace ment with IL and IN the newline character s will be replaced with I lt and l gt they are not replaced With CONFIG File Handling File type set to record mode these codes match the beginning end of a record Matching Multiple Characters with M and Y The code IM is useful for finding text where the beginning and end are defined but the middle does not matter For example let s say you want to check that all quote marks are properly paired Select SEARCH Search and enter the following search string IM That s four characters The cursor should be at the beginning of the first quotation Each time you press SEARCH Next the cursor should move to the next quotation If it does not a quote mark is not properly paired Besides be
15. ti cceeeeeeesecesceeeseeeeees 75 Lower and Upper Case Conversion ssesesserererrersrerreeerereee 76 Key Emulation Mod Srnie inroept a RRR TI Other Keyboard Input Options DOS Only Technical 78 Other Screen Display Issues DOS Only Technical 78 Hex Mode Editing and Octal occ eeceeceeseeeeceseeseceeceeseeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeseees 79 Searching in Hex Decimal or Octal oo ee cece eee eeeeeee 80 Entering Numbers in Hexadecimal 0 0 cece eee ceeeeeseeeeeeeeee 80 Undozanid RedOne a R E neti tins ea eran eae 81 File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary 0 cece eee cseeeeeeeeeens 82 Windows DOS and UNIX Text Files 0 eee eseeeeeeeeeeeneeee 83 Macintosh Text Files oo eee ececeecsecseeeeeseeeceeeeeesaeeseeeseeeeaees 83 Binary Data Files Record Mode 0 eeescececeecereeseceseceeeeeneens 84 Database Files With Headers oo cee ee ceeecseeseeeceseceecneeseeseees 85 Editing Very Long Lines Technical 00 0 eee ee eeeeeceeeeee eee 85 Keystroke Mactos vevcsvetiad airing eee ee 86 Recording Keystroke Macro ececeeeseeseeseesseeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeens 87 Adding Keystroke Macros ou ccceecesseescecesecreeseeseesecescneeeeesaees 88 Adding Keystroke Macros from KEY MAC LIB 89 Modifying an Existing Keystroke Macro eee 90 Deleting Keystroke Macros 0 ee ceeeeeeseceeceeceeeeeeseeeeenees 90 Editing the Keyboard Layout 0 eee eeeseeseeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeneees
16. 0 the startup vdmis not loaded and executed A change to this value must be saved into the VEDIT EXE file with CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE HINT You can disable the startup vdm file with the invoca tion option i xxx where xxx is a non existent file No error message will be given This is useful for debugging startup configuration problems Config F_AUTO_BUF Enable auto buffering 0 1 2 2 This parameter should always be set to 2 Only provided for compati bility with older versions of VEDIT PLUS It will be discontinued in a future version If not set to 2 VEDIT will not automatically perform the file buffering necessary to edit files larger than memory Config H_KEY_IN Keyboard input 0 ROM 1 System 0 DOS only VEDIT can read the IBM PC keyboard via either the ROM BIOS or System calls With ROM BIOS most keyboard enhancers are bypassed and have no effect on VEDIT s operation via System they affect operation which may be desirable or undesirable There is List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 331 little reason to use keyboard enhancers since VEDIT s keystroke macros are more flexible and better integrated On some computers when set to System some special keys such as the Numpad and keypad keys lt F11 gt and lt F12 gt are not available as function keys Config H_LKEY_RATE
17. 2 If VEDIT is started by clicking its icon the current directory can be selected by setting the icon properties Start in field However the first file opened with FILE Open or by dragging and dropping a file onto a VEDIT window will set the current directory 3 Ifthe Windows or DOS version of VEDIT is started from the DOS prompt the current directory is the current DOS directory Editing Multiple Files Chapter 4 Editing Guide 143 Edit Buffer Details VEDIT has 32 available edit buffers each of which can have one file open for editing The edit buffers are always in one of three possible states Closed We also say that a closed edit buffer is available or unused Open without a file The edit buffer may or may not contain text If the buffer contains no text we say that it is empty Open with a file open The edit buffer is being used to edit a file Edit buffers are normally used to edit files but can also be used as editable scratchpads that have no file open You can open an empty edit buffer without a file by selecting File Buffer switch lt F4 gt and entering the number of an unused buffer Or you can select FILE New to open the next available buffer You can then perform any normal editing operations in this buffer Once an edit buffer is opened it remains open until you explicitly close it with FILE Close or WINDOW Close However VEDIT always keeps one b
18. 284 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Hint YN BW N e O To insert new text without deleting the searched text first press lt Cursor Right gt and then lt Cursor Left gt to remove the block highlighting Or double press lt Ctrl gt Off A highlighted block is never automatically deleted Enabled only for new typed text Largest block size is 1K bytes Enabled only for inserting text registers or the clipboard Enabled for both new text and inserting a register or clipboard Enabled for both Auto delete blocks of any size NOTES As a safety feature the largest block that can be auto deleted is normally 1000 bytes For larger blocks simply press lt Del gt first The value 7 bypasses the 1000 byte limit Use with care We suggest turning this feature off if you edit files with critical data Advance cursor past block insert Default Yes Determines whether the cursor advances following a block scratchpad text register or clipboard insertion It also determines the cursor position following EDIT Insert file No Yes The cursor is not moved and is left at the beginning of the inserted block Useful when you want to edit at the beginning of the inserted block The cursor is advanced past the inserted text Block marker emulation mode 0 2 Default 0 Determines whether the new block of text is highlighted following a BLOCK Copy to cursor or BLOCK Move to cursor 0 The block mar
19. 7 ADDR2 8 ADDR3 9 CITY 10 STATE 11 ZIP 12 ADD_DATE 13 NOTES Type Logical Logical Numeric Numeric Character Character Character Character Character Character Character Date Memo gt Torun DBASE VDM from within VEDIT 1 Switch to the buffer containing the DBF file 2 Select MISC More macros Dbase The DBF file should now be correctly displayed You can check the record size and record header size in CONFIG File handling To view the table information select FILE Next buffer default lt F6 gt until you see it 174 Chapter5 Advanced Topics DBASE VDM Macro Optional Hot key for xBase Files You can quickly configure VEDIT to an xBase file by selecting MISC More macros Dbasekey This sets the correct record size and record header size All fields will then immediately line up on the screen However this simpler macro does not create the detailed table information display shown above If you often use this function you may want to set up a hot key for it You can either add the hot key to your vedit key file or set it up in the startup vdm The default hot key is lt Alt F12 gt gt To enable the xBase hot key in startup vdm 1 Open the file startup vdm in the User Config Directory for editing Locate the line Key_Add Alt F12 Delete the leftmost to activate the command Save the file and exit VEDIT Restart VEDIT Open an xBa
20. BLOCK Set stream marker BLOCK Move to register DELETE Block Fill Fill overwrite the marked block with any character usually spaces Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description The marked block is filled overwritten with the configurable block fill character typically spaces A stream columnar or line block of any size can be filled This item is primarily used to fill erase columnar blocks without affecting the position of other columns See Also CONFIG Tab Fill Block fill character Insert Empty Column Insert an empty columnar block between other columns Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item inserts an empty block consisting of the configurable block fill character at the cursor position A block is first marked highlighted to indicate the size and position of the empty block to be inserted The existing marked text is then shifted indented to the right 230 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Translate Sub menu This item makes it easy to increase the amount of space between two columns of text gt To insert an empty columnar block 1 Move the cursor to the first line and column at which you want the empty block inserted Select BLOCK Set column marker normal lt Alt I gt 2 Move the cursor to the bottom right corner for the empty block Existing text will probably be highlighted Select BLOCK Set column marker again 3 Select BLOCK Edit trans
21. Bottom margin are used to prevent the text from printing at the very top and bottom of a page Assuming a Paper length of 60 lines with a 3 line margin at the top and bottom of each page 54 lines of text are printed on each page In the Windows version CONFIG Printer Paper length should normally be set to O Auto The number of lines printed per page is then automatically adjusted according to the font size the paper size and its orientation portrait or landscape In the DOS version the Paper length must be set to agree with your particular printer Dot matrix printers typically use 66 lines per page 6 lines per inch and 11 inch paper results in 66 lines Since most laser and ink jet printer cannot print on the top and bottom 1 2 inch of the paper they typically have a default of 58 to 62 lines per page However most laser printers can be set to 66 lines per page they then print slightly more than 6 lines per inch TROUBLE If every other page is printed with just a few lines of text this is usually caused by VEDIT s Paper length being set SHOOTING too big for your printer Try a smaller value A Left margin is used to prevent the text from printing at the very left edge of the paper The default value of 5 columns typically gives a one inch margin on a laser printer NOTE Don t indent all text in your file for printing purposes instead use CONFIG Printer Left margin to position yo
22. Goto Marker moves the cursor to the location of a desired text marker The marker must first be set using GOTO Set text marker You can have up to 10 markers set at any one time gt To move back to a previously marked position 1 Select GOTO Goto text marker 2 You are prompted for the text marker Enter the desired marker number 0 through 9 As a shortcut you can immediately press lt Enter gt or lt Ctrl G gt again to select marker 0 Notes See the description of GOTO Set text marker for a discussion of text markers When working with a large multi megabyte file GOTO Goto text marker may take a few moments to execute See Also GOTO Set text marker Matching Move the cursor to the character which is logically paired with the character at the cursor Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item examines the character at the current cursor position and attempts to locate a logically matching character The characters which have logical matches are E on hae WAR aa SA elec i ee and s These characters are frequently used in program source code arithmetic expressions and other logical constructs GOTO Matching is designed to help you move from one end of these logical units to the other and to locate mismatches For example if you place the cursor at the first in the following expression and select this item the c
23. No There is insufficient free memory to delete the large block of text and undo it ifneeded This prompt does not occur if the deletion can be undone 342 Chapter9 Messages CLOSE ERROR The output file could not be closed and therefore is not saved This is a very unusual condition but can occur if the disk becomes write protected or if VEDIT was attempting to save the file on a floppy disk and you prematurely removed the disk This can happen on a network system if the network goes down Unfortunately any text that VEDIT has already attempted to write to disk is probably lost You can attempt to save the file to another drive with FILE Save as COMMAND NOT AVAILABLE IN B BROWSE MODE Some commands are not available when you have invoked VEDIT with the b browse only mode or r restricted mode options FILE Save as is not available in either mode BLOCK Write to disk is not available in restricted mode COMMAND REQUIRES Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The specified command requires parentheses and most likely arguments DIRECTORY NOT FOUND The directory specified as part of a filename could not be found Perhaps you mistyped it or specified the wrong drive This error also occurs when the configured VEDIT Home Directory could not be found DOS MEMORY OR FAT ERROR SAVE FILES AND REBOOT This very unlikely error indicates either that
24. See the topic Exiting in Chapter 4 for more information That s It That s all you need to create and edit text files Obviously there is much more VEDIT can do for you Take some time to get comfortable with basic editing then read the more detailed chapters that follow We have enjoyed creating VEDIT and sincerely hope it serves you well Starting Invoking VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 55 Chapter 4 Editing Guide Starting Invoking VEDIT The details of starting VEDIT are different for the Windows and non Windows DOS UNIX QNX versions However several aspects are the same for all VEDIT can be started without an initial filename All files are then opened with FILE Open VEDIT can also be started with one or more initial filenames Each of the files is opened for immediate editing Various invocation options can be selected For example you can start VEDIT in read only mode skip loading the configuration files or auto execute a macro such as WILDFILE VDM Starting VEDIT for Windows There are many ways to start VEDIT under Windows Like all Windows programs you can start VEDIT by double clicking its icon with the mouse If FILE Enable edit restore was enabled this starts VEDIT with the previously loaded files otherwise it start VEDIT without any open files Using drag and drop drag the desired file s to the VEDIT icon In Windows you can also right click on a file an
25. The replacement string 1i will replace Hello with Hi and hello with hi Regular expressions are fully described in Chapter 4 Editing Guide See Also SEARCH Search SEARCH Again Next Previous Repeat the last Search or Replace operation again in the forwards or backwards direction Keystroke Equivalent lt F3 gt This is a keystroke macro for SEARCH Next lt Shft F3 gt This is a keystroke macro for SEARCH Previous Full Description Next repeats the last Search or Replace operation again in the forwards direction toward the end of the file starting at the cursor position in the current file Similarly Previous repeats it in the backwards direction toward the begin ning of the file The same search options will be used that were specified for the original search replace It will only be restricted to the highlighted block of text if the original search replace was also so restricted If desired you can switch to another buffer file and repeat the search replace there Incremental Search Search for text as you enter the search string Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl I gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This items prompts for a search string and searches the current file starting from the cursor position for the accumulated search string after each key stroke Press lt Esc gt when done This is a convenient
26. VEDIT 5 21 Fully Configurable Multiple File Text Editor Universal File Editor User s Manual Greenview Data VEDIT Universal File Editor For Text Program Database Binary And Mainframe File Editing Version 5 21 Manual Written By Theodore Green amp Charles Scott Programmed By Theodore Green amp Thomas Burt Greenview Data Inc 2773 Holyoke Lane Ann Arbor MI 48103 Telephone 734 996 1300 Sales 800 458 3348 Fax 734 996 1308 E Mail support vedit com Website www vedit com Copyright C 1990 2002 by Greenview Data Inc All rights reserved worldwide No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means for any purpose without the express written permission of Greenview Data DISCLAIMER Greenview Data Inc and the authors make no claims or warranties with respect to the contents or accuracy of this publication or the product it describes including any warranties of fitness or merchantability for a particular purpose Any stated or expressed warranties are in lieu of all obligations or liability for any damages whether special indirect or consequential arising out of or in connection with the use of this publication or the product it describes Furthermore the right is reserved to make any changes to this publication without obligation to notify any person of such changes Last Full Manual Revision June 22 1999 Minor Revision Jan 17 2002 ACKN
27. give the DOS command readme This file may contain last minute installation instructions The DOS version is fully compatible with MS DOS or PCDOS 3 0 or later DR DOS and OS 2 It also works very well under Windows 95 98 ME and has long filename support Although it will run we do not recommend using it with Windows NT 2000 XP for one thing it does not have long filename support under these OS Be sure to read the following sections in this chapter CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT Files Path Command VEDPATH Environment Variable V SWAP Installation and Hardware Configuration DOS Automated Installation 1 Insert the VEDIT CD ROM into your computer Start the installation by running the install bat file which is in the root of the CD ROM For example if your CD ROM is drive d and you are running from a DOS prompt give the following commands d lt Enter gt install lt Enter gt VEDIT will then start Instead of using a traditional installation program VEDIT installs itself using a very flexible macro Continue with Step 4 above under Windows Installation s Skip down to the topic CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT Files for further important installation instructions Then refer to the topic Testing your Installation below 26 Chapter2 Getting Started DOS Installation Hardware Configuration DOS Version In order for the DOS version of VEDIT to run re
28. out spaces but with an optional The most significant byte is entered first Therefore the following are equivalent 0a496e79 23fa45e8 0a49 6e79 23fa 45e8 79 6e 49 0a e8 45 fa 23 NOTE in Hex mode only simple searches without pattern matching are supported The search is also case sensitive See Also On line help for the Search dialog box Entering Numbers in Hexadecimal At any prompt for a number e g GOTO Line you can enter a hexadeci mal value by preceding it with Ox or Oh Enter an octal value by preceding the octal digits with Oo You can also enter numeric expressions and mixed radix expressions Example of a mixed radix numeric expression Ox3A6FF 1000 2 Undo and Redo Chapter 4 Editing Guide 81 Undo and Redo VEDIT remembers each edit operation performed and can quickly undo them in reverse order including cursor movements insertions deletions and search replace You can undo these operations keystroke by keystroke line by line or deletion by deletion This not only lets you back out of mistakes but also lets you try out changes and undo them if they don t work out Sometimes when you use Undo you accidentally go too far and remove changes you wanted to keep Or you simply change your mind and want to undo the undo This capability is called redo VEDIT normally remembers the last 1000 edit operations in EACH file being edited As you continu
29. the search case sensitive Otherwise the search is not case sensitive e g the search string this will also locate This and THIS If you want SEARCH Incremental search or SEARCH Compare buffers to be case sensitive you must set this parameter Default search mode 0 Simple 1 Pat 2 RE 3 RE Max Default 1 Sets the default search mode for the Search and Replace dialog boxes Users not famil iar with regular expressions should leave this set to 1 With regular expressions many normal characters have a special meaning and cannot be searched 0 1 See Also as is Simple No pattern matching or regular expressions are used Default Pattern matching is used All pattern matching codes begin with I enter Il to search for a single I in the file Note I is the pipe character which is lt Shift gt on the keyboard Regular expressions are used Most punctuation characters have a special meaning Closely follows the UNIX standards Maximized regular expressions are used Consider the regular expression search string a b and the text 12a3456b7890b When maximized it will match a3456b7890b otherwise it will only match a3456b Search and Replace in Chapter 4 SEARCH Search SEARCH Replace Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 293 Restore edit position on error 0 2 Default 1 Determines the position
30. to Perhaps the is missing 346 Chapter9 Messages MACRO ERROR IN r This message often precedes other error messages to indicate in which text register the offending command occurred r has value 255 for command macro errors occurring in keystroke macros NESTING STACK ERROR Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS You cannot nest command macros deeper than 25 levels This error often is caused by a macro that recursively calls itself e g register 10 contains the command Call 11 and register 11 contains the command Call 10 Flow control structures cannot be nested deeper than 25 levels Using commands as arguments to other commands cannot be nested deeper than five levels The Save_Pos command can only save five edit positions on its stack Also caused when Reg _Push or Num_Push attempt to push too many registers Also caused by Out_Ins that doesn t have a matching Out_Ins CLEAR similarly for other re direction commands New file This message briefly displays on the status line if the file opened for editing did not exist and a new file has been created If you typed the wrong filename you can edit the correct file by immediately selecting FILE Open Same buffer lt Alt O gt No assigned filename Enter Save As filename There is no filename assigned into which to save the current edit buffer e g with FILE Exit VEDIT is prompting you for the
31. vedit c key_load wordstar key Therefore you could create different VEDIT icons each with a different keyboard layout See the topic Changing the VEDIT Icon Properties The startup vdm file shows how to define custom keystroke macros at startup these will override any assignments in the vedit key file 94 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations Block Operations VEDIT has an exceptionally wide range of block operations Not only can you copy move and delete blocks you can also translate blocks fill blocks with any desired character indent blocks and insert an empty block between two columns A block can be any amount of text from one character to an entire file VEDIT supports three types of blocks Stream block This is a block of contiguous characters You precisely determine the characters in the block For example it can be all characters from the middle of one line to the middle of another line Line block This block consists of entire lines including the newline at the end of each text line For fixed length records it includes all charac ters in the record Columnar block This block is a rectangle of characters in your text i e only those characters that are within the specified columns Stream blocks are the default and most commonly used type of block You can think of line blocks as simply a shortcut way of selecting a stream block that consists of entire lines
32. BAK version of the file being edited in the amount of free space available If the amount of free space is not at least equal to the size of the file being edited you will run out of disk space even without backward file buffering If the amount of free disk space is barely greater than the size of the file being edited you should avoid backward disk buffering going to the beginning of the file when it is no longer in memory The format of the LINE message on the status line tells you whether the beginning of the file is in memory SUGGESTION If you are near the end of a very large file and need to go to the beginning it is often faster to use FILE Open Same buffer lt Alt N gt to start editing the file over again This has the added benefit of saving the current file Networking and Multi Tasking Some operating systems such as UNIX and QNX allow several programs to be run simultaneously on one computer system by one or more users Networks also allow multiple users to access a common set of files These environments must deal with the situation where one program attempts to access a file which is already in use by another program In effect the second program is denied access to the file or locked out This process is called file locking For example two users cannot simultaneously run VEDIT on the same file VEDIT is designed to work in both environments and in conjunction with their file locking Typi
33. CONFIG File handling File type is set to 8 or greater This is the normal setting for editing binary and data files which are precisely the types of files whose size should not be changed Therefore by default VEDIT selects overwrite only mode when editing binary data files Notes In Overwrite only mode BLOCK Copy to cursor BLOCK Move to cursor and BLOCK Insert register always overwrite the existing text at the cursor Similarly BLOCK Move to cursor and BLOCK Move to register fill the original source block with the configurable block fill character typically spaces EDIT Delete also fills the block instead of deleting it If you disable CONFIG Config all buffers you can have overwrite only mode enabled for some of the files you are editing and not for others VEDIT PLUS DOS version only Disk sector editing is always in overwrite only mode See Also The topic File Types later in this chapter Exiting VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 63 Exiting VEDIT VEDIT gives you a great deal of flexibility when exiting especially when you are editing multiple files You can selectively save or abandon each file buffer that has been modified or save or abandon all files at once gt To exit VEDIT and save or abandon the current file s 1 Select either FILE Exit or ESCAPE Exit Ifno modified files are open in VEDIT this will immediately exit VEDIT Otherwise it displays each mo
34. CONFIG Programming sub menus according to the file type 320 Chapter8 Configuration Troubleshooting Troubleshooting If your configuration changes are lost the next time you run VEDIT these troubleshooting steps can help you solve the problem 1 Make sure that you really did save your configuration changes by selecting CONFIG Save config Most configuration changes are automatically saved if CONFIG Auto save config is enabled Changes to the keyboard layout must be saved with CONFIG Key board layout Save layout they are not automatically saved To verify that the configuration changes were saved open and examine the files vedit cfg and vedit key inthe User Config Directory e g c vedit vedit cfg You can directly edit these files Check that your vedit ini file is correct Open the vedit ini file in the User Config Directory For non network installations this is the directory into which you installed VEDIT it is typically c vedit The vedit ini file should be fully documented The first line should read something like VEDIT INI Windows information file for VEDIT If the file is not documented e g the first line reads VEDIT this indicates that VEDIT did not find a complete vedit ini file and therefore auto created one However the auto created vedit ini is not complete and likely to cause problems In this case you should copy the vedit ini file from the original VEDIT di
35. Ctrl A is displayed as a small single character A Most other ANSI fonts display control characters as a useless solid block Other OEM fonts display control characters as on the original IBM PC e g Ctrl A is displayed as the smiley face The last selected font is saved into the vedit ini file and the same font will be used the next time VEDIT is run See Also User Interface Selecting Display Fonts in Chapter 4 218 Chapter6 Menu Reference Block Menu Block Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt B gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Block menu contains items for manipulating blocks of text These include marking a block highlighting the desired text copying or moving a block saving or inserting a block and other related items Many of the Block menu items are not usable until one or both block markers are set Set stream marker F9 Set column marker Altl Set line marker AltL Select word Select all Ctr A Remove markers ShftF9 Copy to cursor Ctrl F9 Mowe to cursor AItF9 Copy to register Numpad Move to register Numpad Insert register Numpad Write to disk Edit translate gt Convert newlines CR LF Set Stream Marker Mark the beginning and end of a stream block of text Keystroke Equivalents lt F9 gt this is a keystroke macro Alternatively BLOCK Copy to cursor can be used to set block markers Full Description Before you can copy move
36. ENTER CTRL Alternatively you can enter control and graphics characters into your file using MISC ASCII table The Null character can be entered this way WINDOWS To enter graphics non english characters using the lt Alt gt DOS key you must precede the true decimal value with 0 to prevent Windows from translating the character from the IBM PC OEM to the ANSI character sets e g to enter the character with value 198 type lt Alt gt 0198 You can enter the Null character value 00 by pressing ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt and then lt Ctrl Shift 2 gt 74 Chapter4 Editing Guide Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Control and Graphics Character Display Most control characters are normally displayed literally i e the smiling face on an IBM PC Alternatively they can be displayed as a followed by the corresponding letter i e lt Ctrl G gt displays as G Graphics characters are normally displayed literally but can alternatively be displayed as a decimal value in the format lt nnn gt lt Ctrl I gt the Tab character is normally displayed as spaces to the next tab stop Alternatively the Tab character can be displayed with any other character by setting the configuration parameter CONFIG Characters Cursors Tab display character lt Ctrl J gt the Line Feed character is the true newline character at the end of each line for Windows DOS and UNIX style tex
37. ERASE EOL ERASE LINE Not assigned MENU FN MENU FO MENU FP ENTER CTRL REPEAT E IBM PC Keyboard Layout lt Ctrl S gt lt Ctrl T gt lt Ctrl U gt lt Ctrl V gt lt Ctrl W gt lt Ctrl X gt lt Ctrl Y gt lt Ctrl Z gt lt Ctrl gt lt Ctrl gt lt Ctrl gt lt Ctrl Shift gt lt Ctrl _ gt lt Ctrl Bksp gt lt Ctrl Cursor Down gt lt Ctrl Cursor Left gt lt Ctrl Cursor Right gt lt Ctrl Cursor Up gt lt Ctrl Del gt lt Ctrl End gt lt Ctrl Enter gt lt Ctrl F1 gt lt Ctrl F2 gt lt Ctrl F3 gt lt Ctrl F4 gt lt Ctrl F5 gt lt Ctrl F6 gt lt Ctrl F7 gt lt Ctrl F8 gt lt Ctrl F9 gt lt Ctrl F10 gt lt Ctrl F11 gt lt Ctrl F12 gt lt Ctrl Home gt lt Ctrl Ins gt lt Ctrl PgDn gt lt Ctrl PgUp gt lt Ctrl Shift C gt lt Ctrl Shift O gt lt Ctrl Shift P gt lt Ctrl Shift R gt lt Ctrl Shift V gt lt Ctrl Shift X gt Appendices 365 Not assigned Not assigned MENU EUL MENU EP MENU WO MENU ET MENU EUR MENU EVE Not assigned CANCEL MENU GM ENTER CTRL Not assigned DEL PREV WORD NEXT PARAGRAPH PREV WORD NEXT WORD PREV PARAGRAPH DEL NEXT WORD MENU GE NEXT LINE MENU HS MENU SA MENU SC MENU WO MENU WP MENU WN MENU ML MENU ME MENU BC VISUAL EXIT T REG COPY Not assigned MENU GB MENU EC SCREEN END SCREEN BEGIN MENU ESC MENU FMQ MENU MP MENU MQ MENU ESP ME
38. Full Description When enabled default all configuration changes are automatically saved so that you will have the new configuration the next time you run VEDIT The configuration changes are saved by immediately updating the vedit cfg file However experienced VEDIT users may wish to disable CONFIG Auto save config so that you can make temporary configuration changes To make configuration changes permanent you must then select CONFIG Save config Changes to the keyboard layout are not automatically saved they can only be saved with CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout 266 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Notes When restoring a previous edit session all configuration settings are restored regardless of whether you made them permanent See Also CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout Config All Buffers Select whether changing any of the edit buffer dependent configuration parameters affects all edit buffers or just the current and subsequently created buffers Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description For maximum flexibility when editing multiple files VEDIT maintains a separate set of Tab stops and selected configuration parameters for each edit buffer For example this lets you have word wrap enabled for one file being edited but not for another The edit buffer dependent configuration parameters are identified with a in their name Included are many of the programming
39. Just about every aspect of VEDIT s operation is configurable As you become more familiar with VEDIT you will probably configure VEDIT more and more to your needs and personal preferences This manual describes configu ration in three places Most configuration changes are made with the CONFIG menu as described in Chapter 6 Menu Reference The keyboard layout can be changed with the CONFIG Keyboard layout sub menu The configuration and keyboard layout can alternatively be changed by directly editing the vedit cfg and vedit key files as described in Chapter 8 Configuration Experienced users often prefer this method More advanced configuration topics such as the changing the USER menu and setting up color syntax highlighting are described in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics Optional File type specific configuration configures the editor accord ing to the filename extension for each file opened VEDIT supports different configurations for each open file For example with a c file auto indenting is enabled while with a txt file word wrap is enabled This is also covered in Chapter 5 Here are some non default configuration changes you may want to make soon Set CONFIG File handling Auto save interval to 15 to have VEDIT auto save your changes every 15 minutes Set CONFIG Programming File type specific config to to 7 to configure VEDIT according to a file s t
40. Keyboard typematic rate 0 Normal 0 DOS only Same as CONFIG Misc Keyboard typematic rate The k invocation option sets this to 0 Config HLPOLL_MODE Keyboard polling 0 Compatibility 1 DOS only Same as CONFIG Misc Keyboard polling The j invocation option sets this to 0 Config H_USE_BIOS Write screen via BIOS 0 IBM DOS only VEDIT normally writes directly to the screen for maximum speed and flexibility However you can optionally configure VEDIT to write indirectly to the screen via the BIOS This is only needed for special applications Screen display is significantly slower A value of 2 permits the IBM PC version to run on some older non IBMPC compatibles The o invocation option overrides this setting Config H_VGA_TYPE Enable VGA 28 50 30 34 60 lines 0 7 7 BM DOS only Same as CONFIG Misc Enable VGA 28 30 34 50 60 Config H_MOUSE_O Mouse options 0 Off 1 Corner 1 Same as CONFIG Misc Mouse options Config P_PAPER_L Paper length 5 100 62 Same as CONFIG Printer Paper length Config P_TOP_MARG Top margin 0 60 3 Same as CONFIG Printer Top margin Config P_BOT_MARG Bottom margin 0 60 3 Same as CONFIG Printer Bottom margin Config P_LLEFT_MARG Left margin 0 100 10 Same as CONFIG Printer Left margin Config P_RIGHT_MARG Ri
41. Loading and Executing Command Macros gt To load and execute a command macro Many of our supplied macros can be run from the MISC More macros menu Others can be run by loading and executing them with MISC Load Execute macro gt To load and execute a command macro 1 2 NOTES Select MISC Load Execute macro lt Ctrl F7 gt At the Filename prompt either enter the name of the macro or use point amp shoot file selection The file selection dialog box defaults to the vdm files in the VEDIT Macro Directory e g c vedit macros vdm for quick macro selection The dialog box also prompts with Register number Although most macros can be loaded and executed from any text register others will only work from register 100 Therefore it is best to simply select the default register 100 Although our supplied macros usually preserve your edit changes the fate of the files you are editing depends upon the macro Some macros will return you to your editing while others have a main menu from which you must exit VEDIT in order to exit the macro Therefore be sure to save your files before running unfamiliar macros 164 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Auto Execution Auto Execution VEDIT s auto execution lets you specify a command macro to be run as soon as VEDIT starts up and has loaded any specified file s for editing x execfile execfile is loaded into text register 100 and exec
42. More Vertical window to display the new file in the right half of the current window You are prompted for the name of the file to edit The current window will be split into two windows and you will now be editing the new file in the new window Since you can later resize tile cascade or reset the windows it is not critical in which window configuration you open the file See the Notes for FILE Open See Also Editing Multiple Files in Chapter 4 Close Close the current edit buffer save or abandon any current file Keystroke Equivalent None Use WINDOW Close lt Ctrl F4 gt instead Full Description Close closes the current edit buffer and all corresponding attached win dows If the edit buffer contains modified text that has not been saved you are prompted whether you want to save or abandon it When closing the last edit buffer VEDIT keeps the buffer open as an empty buffer VEDIT always keeps at least one buffer and window open NOTE It is usually more convenient to use WINDOW Close lt Cirl F4 gt or to click the mouse on the window s close button to close both the window and file When the buffer file is displayed in only one window FILE Close and WINDOW Close are identical There is only a difference when the buffer is displayed in two or more windows e g after WINDOW Split gt To close the current edit buffer and all attached windows 1 Se
43. Start a new incremental search Open a new empty buffer Open another file in new buffer full window Print current file or highlighted block Undo current previous line Insert paste the Windows clipboard Close current window Move cut to Windows clipboard Redo last undo operation Undo last edit operation keystroke Goto matching parenthesis lt gt Goto the end of the file Help search for a keyword Start a new search of all open buffers files Compare any two open buffers files Close current window Toggle to the previous window Toggle to the next window 42 Chapter2 Getting Started Keyboard Layout lt Ctrl F7 gt lt Ctrl F8 gt lt Ctrl F9 gt lt Ctrl Home gt lt Ctrl Ins gt lt Ctrl Shift C gt lt Ctrl Shift O gt lt Ctrl Shift P gt lt Ctrl Shift R gt lt Ctrl Shift V gt lt Ctrl Shift X gt lt Ctrl Shift Z gt lt Ctrl Tab gt lt F2 gt lt F3 gt lt F4 gt lt F5 lt F6 gt lt F7 gt lt F8 gt lt F9 gt lt F12 gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt lt Shft Del gt lt Shft F3 gt lt Shft F9 gt lt Shft Ins gt Load a macro in a text register and execute it Execute the command macro in a text register Highlight copy block to cursor position Goto the beginning of the file Copy to the clipboard Same as lt Ctrl C gt Copy to register 0 the scratchpad Open another file use simple quick prompt Play back the quick macro Rec
44. The default value is 4 By default the indentation uses the optimal number of tabs and spaces To only use spaces set CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces to 1 3 os i or ba faa See also Indenting Text Left Margin in Chapter 4 CONFIG Word processing Left margin EDIT Format paragraph Enter CTRL Char Enter the next key press literally into the text Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Q gt This is identical to ENTER CTRL Full Description HINT To enter a control character into the file you must precede it with ENTER CTRL Otherwise VEDIT treats a typed control character as an editing function or hot key Certain control characters can be useful in your text Form Feed lt Ctrl L gt and Escape lt Esc gt are frequently used in text files For example printing a file containing Form Feed characters will cause the printer to start a new page when each Form Feed character is encountered To insert a control character into your file 1 Make sure you are in Insert mode INS should be displayed on the status line Otherwise the control character will overstrike any existing character 2 Position the cursor where the control character is to be inserted 3 Select EDIT Enter CTRL or press ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt You are prompted for the control character on the status line 4 Type the desired control character For example to in
45. Up to 8 pairs 24 characters can be specified Config_String TOOL_MENU Tools Determines the name of the TOOL menu on the main menu bar Is is typically Tools JavaTools or Tutorial Config_String USER_MENU User Determines the name of the USER menu on the main menu bar The documentation assumes it is User but any name up to 8 characters can be specified Config_Tab Parameter Config_Tab 8 Determines the tab stops This command takes the same parameter s as the CONFIG Tab stops function A single number sets a uniform tab interval otherwise up to 32 explicit tab stops can be specified Chapter9 Messages 339 Chapter 9 Messages VEDIT displays a message to notify you of errors or special conditions Many are simply confirmation prompts to perform an operation that may be difficult to undo Most error messages result when you mistakenly attempt an impos sible operation such as loading a non existent file Messages can also result when VEDIT detects syntax and programming errors in macros written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language In most cases the offending macro command is displayed To resolve these you may need to consult the VEDIT PLUS manual or the supplier of the macros Abandon quit altered file Yes No This is the confirmation prompt for a macro written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language that is attempting to abandon the current file Select Yes if y
46. When enabled the current file cannot be altered or if the file has already been altered it cannot be altered any further CD ROM and other read only files are automatically opened in Read only mode Notes Using browse mode is convenient when you want to ensure that a file is not accidentally altered See Also Starting VEDIT Read only Mode in Chapter 4 Save Save All Save the current file or files and continue editing Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F12 gt is a keystroke macro for Save Full Description Save saves any changes you have made to the current file so that they won t be lost by power failure system crash or a major editing mistake File Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 191 Save all similarly saves any changes you have made in all currently open files You should select Save or Save all frequently It is important and takes very little time Alternatively you can enable VEDIT s auto save feature to save all files at regular intervals See CONFIG File handling Auto save interval gt To save the current file and continue editing 1 Select FILE Save If you made any changes since the last time you saved the file the file will be saved to disk If you did not make any changes VEDIT will not bother to save the file again 2 Continue editing the file Remember to regularly save your changes Notes When editing multiple files Save saves only t
47. When minimized it will match a3456b when maximized it will match a3456b7890b Using maximized regular expressions slows down searches significantly the search cannot stop on the first match but must rather keep looking for ever longer matches It is probably because of this characteristic that the original UNIX designers decided to restrict searches to a single text line a multi line search for 1 in even a small 1K file can involve over a million comparisons Word Processing Functions Chapter 4 Editing Guide 133 Word Processing Functions In addition to its wide range of features for general purpose editing VEDIT has features specifically designed to assist with word processing These include Left Margin for Indented Text Word Wrap and Right Margin Paragraph Formatting Justification Center Line When a left margin is set VEDIT indents new lines of text by automatically adding tabs and spaces or just spaces to reach the left margin Existing paragraphs and arbitrary blocks of text can also be indented When word wrap is enabled words that would exceed the right margin are instead wrapped to the next line without breaking the word in half VEDIT performs word wrap by inserting a normal newline character before the wrapped word just as if you had pressed lt Enter gt By default the right margin is the width of the current win dow but any value can be s
48. delete or otherwise manipulate a block of text you need to set block markers to select the area of text Small block are often simply marked by dragging the mouse over them or by holding down the lt Shift gt key while moving the cursor However to mark a larger block it is often best to explicitly mark the beginning and end of the block Block Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 219 gt To mark a block of text assuming no block markers are set 1 Position the cursor on the first character to be included in the block If you prefer you can mark the end of the block first 2 Set the first block marker with BLOCK Set stream marker lt F9 gt or toolbar Note the message 1 END on the status line Alternatively select a columnar block with BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt or a line block with BLOCK Set line marker lt Alt L gt 3 As you now move the cursor to the end of the block intervening text will be highlighted to define the block 4 Set the second marker by again selecting BLOCK Set stream marker lt F9 gt Note the message BLOCK on the status line After setting the second marker you can freely move the cursor anywhere in the file without affecting the highlighted block even if doing so moves the highlighted text off the screen After marking a block you can change its size and or the type of block Move the cursor to the desired end of the block and then select Set stream ma
49. expands the current window to its maximum possible size thereby displaying more of the file Each window that you subsequently switch to will also be zoomed Selecting Zoom again restores the window to its normal size Notes Clicking the mouse on the window s zoom button is the same as selecting this item The VEDIT program also has an overall zoom button which expands it to the full screen Click both VEDIT s zoom button and the window s zoom button to expand a window to full screen size 212 Chapter6 Menu Reference View Menu Some VEDIT macros create special reserved windows at the top or bottom of the screen that always remain visible They effectively reduce the maximum size of zoomed windows just like the status line toolbar and menu See Also Windows Zooming a Window in Chapter 4 WINDOW Switch Full Size Full Size All Expand the size of the current window or all windows to full size Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Full size is similar to manually stretching a window s borders to the maximum possible size However a full size window will change size if you change VEDIT s overall window size A window remains full size until you explicitly resize tile or cascade it This lets you edit in the largest possible window without having to zoom all windows Full size all makes all editing windows full size Notes Full size is n
50. lt Tab gt DOS version press lt Enter gt If the Assigned hot key is already in use you will be prompted for confirmation to overwrite the existing assignment Keyboard Layout Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 299 4 VEDIT is now in Record mode this is indicated on the status line Everything you now type becomes part of the recorded keystroke macro 5 To finish recording the new keystroke macro press the Stop Record key which is displayed on the left hand side of the status line The hot key for this menu item default lt Alt K gt is the Stop Record key When no hot key is defined the Stop Record key is lt Ctrl gt which is available on all keyboards See Also For the most part all commentary and notes for CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro apply here too Edit view layout Edit view or print the keyboard layout Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item lets you view or edit the entire keyboard layout as a normal text file You can also print the layout and cut and paste between different layouts When done the new layout is automatically loaded and can optionally be made permanent by saving it as the vedit key file Notes The topic Editing the Keyboard Layout in Chapter 4 describes editing the keyboard layout in more detail This function is implemented by the keyedit vdm macro which completely controls it
51. prompt Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl E gt This is identical to the edit function VISUAL EXIT lt Alt F10 gt This is identical to the edit function VISUAL ESCAPE Full Description Command Mode Exit exits Visual Mode and enters Command Mode Any command macro which is currently running will continue to run If no command macro is running you will receive the COMMAND prompt 308 Chapter6 Menu Reference Escape Menu Command Mode Escape exits Visual Mode and aborts any command macro which is running It will normally give you the COMMAND prompt However if a locked in command macro is running it will restart that macro If the special lt gt Command Mode window exists VEDIT will switch to this window to display the COMMAND prompt Otherwise the prompt will be displayed at the bottom of the current window See Also Basics Entering Command Mode in Chapter 2 Command Mode Guide of the VEDIT PLUS Reference Manual Command Mode Window VEDIT PLUS only Create the special Command Mode window and switch to it Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This function creates the special Command Mode window as a 5 line reserved window at the bottom of the screen and then performs a Command mode Escape Unless a locked in macro is running you will get the COMMAND prompt Pressing this function
52. s hot key default lt Alt gt at the COMMAND prompt deletes the Command Mode window and returns to Visual Mode HINT This hot key default lt Alt gt is a convenient way to toggle be tween the Visual Mode and the Command Mode See Also Chapter 2 in the VEDIT PLUS manual On line help topic Command Mode Basics DOS CMD Remove Block Markers Remove any existing block markers Keystroke Equivalent lt Shft F9 gt this is a keystroke macro Brief Description Remove any block markers that are currently set this removes any block highlighting Notes It is usually easier to remove the block markers by pressing CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt To remove the block markers with a mouse simultaneously press both mouse buttons Escape Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 309 See Also Identical to BLOCK Remove markers Exit save abandon Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F4 gt This is a keystroke macro Brief Description Save the current file and exit VEDIT See Also Identical to FILE Exit 310 Chapter6 Menu Reference Mouse Right Click Menu Mouse Right Click Menu Cut to scratchpad Copy to scratchpad Paste scratchpad Search Replace Next Next buffer Previous buffer Delete char block Erase line Undo edit Cut to Scratchpad Copy to Scratchpad Paste Scratchpad Search Replace Next Next Buffer Previous Buffer Delete Char Block Erase L
53. s machine copy all files from h apps vedit file cfg toc vedit file cfg Within the User Config Directory on each user s local hard disk create a subdirectory folder called user mac e g create the subdirectory c vedit user mac Experienced users can save their own custom VEDIT macros here 32 Chapter2 Getting Started Network Installation 7 Editthe vedit ini file on the server to reference the correct directories For example it should contain the lines HomeDir h apps vedit MacroDir h apps vedit macros BackupDir c vedit backup UserCfgDir c vedit UserMacroDir c vedit user mac FileCfgDir c vedit file cfg VeditTempDir c vedit temp Startup startup vdm 8 Copy the modified vedit ini file from the server to each user s local directory e g copy it to c vedit vedit ini 9 Copy the startup vdm ustartup vdm vedit cfg and vedit key files from the server to each user s local directory e g copy them from h apps vedit to c vedit On startup VEDIT looks for the startup vdm file first in the current directory then in the User Config DirectoryI and last in the VEDIT Home Directoryl 10 Create a VEDIT icon on each user s workstation Set the VEDIT icon s properties Target to h apps vedit vpw exe See also The topic Configuration in Chapter 8 The topic Startup vdm File in Chapter 4 Initial Configuration Chapter 2 Getting Started 33 Initial Configuration
54. spaces value 32 are displayed to the next tab position If you need a better indication of where tab characters are pick another character such as a period value 46 or value 250 NOTES This character is only used for screen display spaces are always used when printing Use BLOCK Edit translate Detab to convert tab characters in the file to spaces Null display character 0 254 Default 0 The IBM PC displays the Null character value 00 as a space which is therefore indistinguishable from a real space value 32 To make the Null character stand out better you can display it as any other character Values 4 and 7 are reasonable choices NOTE This character is also used when printing because most printers ignore null characters This makes it possible to see null characters in a printout Cursor type in overstrike mode 0 6 Default 2 Cursor type in insert mode 0 6 Default 1 Cursor type in virtual space mode 0 6 Default 0 Determines how the cursor is displayed when the editor is in Overstrike or Insert mode or in Virtual space mode the space past the last character of a line Since the Windows DOS QNX and UNIX versions are all different please refer to the on line help for this item for the actual values Cursor blink rate 2 25 Default 8 Determines the cursor s blink rate for the blinking cursor types above A smalle
55. the same translation table is used but only for display purposes the EBCDIC file itself is not changed Similarly an ASCII file can be translated to EBCDIC with BLOCK Edit Translate Translate to EBCDIC IMPORTANT Since IBM PC ASCII and EBCDIC have somewhat different character sets not all characters will translate without prob lems In particular there is no equivalent of most IBM PC graphics characters Therefore if you translate a file to EBCDIC and then back again to ASCII you may not have the same file again Some punctuation and most control and graphics characters will have changed Translating a Block or File Chapter 4 Editing Guide 111 The EBCDIC translate table EBCDIC TBL is built into VEDIT and does not need to be loaded However for custom needs you can modify the EBCDIC TBL file and then load the revised EBCDIC table into VEDIT NOTE Conversion packages are available for translating EBCDIC files with packed signed decimal packed binary zoned and other special COBOL fields Please see the EBCDIC page on our Web site for details Translating between ANSI and ASCII ANSLTBL is supplied for translating between the IBM PC graphics characters and the ANSI Windows character set This is particularly useful for translat ing foreign characters from their IBM PC value to the value needed for most Windows word processors For example the ti small umlaut u has an IBM PC value of 129 but an A
56. to block highlight the file 2 Select BLOCK Convert newlines DOS to UNIX The block file is now converted gt To convert a UNIX file into a Windows DOS file 1 Toconvert the entire file select BLOCK Select all lt Ctrl A gt to block highlight the file 2 Select BLOCK Convert newlines UNIX to DOS The block file is now converted Macintosh Text Files Mac text files use a single Carriage Return as the newline character at the end of each line Therefore pressing lt Enter gt in Insert Mode inserts a lt CR gt Line Feed characters have no special meaning and are displayed as lt LF gt You must use additional care when editing Mac files In particular you must be very careful with cut paste operations between Mac and Windows DOS files For example a multiple line block cut from a Mac file will become a single long line when pasted into a Windows DOS file NOTE Because regular expressions were originally designed for UNIX text files with Line Feed newline characters you may have some trouble searching Mac files using some regular expressions VEDIT does not automatically convert from one file format into another Therefore before performing cut paste between Mac and Windows DOS files you may want to convert the Mac file into a Windows DOS file 84 Chapter4 Editing Guide File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary gt To convert a Mac file into a Windows DOS file 1 Toconve
57. 1024 Raw p Enable print job strings 0 Off 3 Both Search options Miscellaneous V Enable Form Feed Help M Page eject on Finish Eject Printer Font gt gt Paper length 0 Auto 5 100 When set to O Auto Windows version only the number of lines per page is automatically determined by the size of the current printer font the printing orientation portrait or landscape and the paper size Otherwise this value should be set to the length of the paper in lines This is typically 66 for dot matrix printers and between 58 and 62 for laser printers If this value is set too large every other printed page will have just a few lines on it If in doubt set it to 58 or 60 You may want to change it when printing labels or short forms The number of lines of text printed per page is equal to the Page length minus Top margin minus Bottom margin Notes Many laser printers have a default setting of 60 lines per page This will work properly with a Paper length of 66 as long as PRINT Config Form Feed is enabled and the top bottom margins are each set to 3 or more Top margin 0 60 Default 3 This value determines how many lines are left blank at the top of each page A value of 0 causes text to print on the very first line Bottom margin 0 60 Default 3 This value determines how many lines are left blank at the bottom of each page Left margi
58. 242 244 Enable disable 328 DOS text file 83 286 Convert to UNIX 83 Drag and drop 55 138 Duplicate line macro 352 EBCDIC 67 Translate to ASCII 110 111 231 EBCDIC message 67 Edit buffer Attach to window 144 Close 140 189 Configuration parameters 266 Details 143 ID number 274 Insert as a text register 143 Multiple file editing 60 Naming 144 Number on status line 67 192 Open 186 188 Switching 140 192 193 Usage 303 Edit function Reference 311 316 EDIT menu 196 202 Edit session restore 57 64 194 285 Editing Binary files 214 Hex mode 79 80 214 Multiple files 60 138 143 187 188 New file 186 188 One file in two windows 146 Switching between files 140 192 193 Emulation Modes 77 Of other editors 280 End of file character lt Ctrl Z gt 325 End of file processing 325 End of file buffer 235 End of line character See Newline character 82 ENTER CTRL 201 313 374 lt Enter gt key 45 83 281 286 Entering new text 45 Environment variable VEDPATH 329 Environment variable VBACKUP 66 Environment variable VEDIT 60 Erase See Delete 209 ERASE BOL 209 313 ERASE EOL 209 313 ERASE LINE 209 313 Error messages 331 342 lt Esc gt key Assignment to ESCAPE 307 Enter into text 201 297 Usage with UNIX 39 ESCAPE 313 ESCAPE menu 307 309 Event macros 158 159 Exit Save restore edit session 64 194 Sc
59. 3 from the above menu 170 Chapter5 Advanced Topics COMPDIR Compare Directories COMPDIR Compare Directories The COMPDIR VDM macro quickly compares all files in two directories and displays which files are different and which are unique to each directory COMPDIR first checks each pair of files time date stamp and size if they are the same it assumes that the files are the same Otherwise it compares the files byte by byte to check if they really are different COMPDIR VDM is currently only designed to work with the DOS version of VEDIT The COMPDIR BAT batch file must be used to start the directory comparison COMPDIR VDM cannot be run from within VEDIT compdir direc1 direc2 When the comparison is done the top window displays the names of the files that are different in the two directories The middle windows display the filenames that are unique in each directory i e files that are in one directory and not in the other The bottom window gives a short description of each window If desired you can print the contents of each window by switching to the desired window and selecting FILE Print To exit select FILE Exit then select Quit all and confirm with Ok SORT Sorting Macro Chapter5 Advanced Topics 171 SORT Sorting Macro The SORT VDM macro alphabetically sorts records consisting of multiple lines Each record can either consist of the same number of lines or the records can be separated
60. Description Copy to cursor copies a highlighted block of text from one location in your file to another It does not delete or otherwise affect the original block It requires fewer steps than using the scratchpad or clipboard to copy and paste a block Move to cursor is similar except that the original block is deleted after it is copied to the new location In more common terms it s as if you cut the text out of the original location and pasted it into the current cursor location Block Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 223 If a block is not yet highlighted these functions set the first and second block markers same as BLOCK Set stream marker Only when both block markers are set do they copy move the block This lets them be used as smart keys that both mark the block and copy move it gt To directly copy move a block of text 1 Highlight the desired text setting both block markers If desired the hot keys for these functions can be used to set the block markers 2 Move the cursor to the location in the file to which you would like the text copied The text will be copied in front of the cursor 3 Select BLOCK Copy to cursor lt Ctrl F9 gt to copy the block Alternatively select BLOCK Move to cursor lt Alt F9 gt to move the block Notes BLOCK Copy to cursor performs a convenient combination of setting the block marker and copying a block depending upon how many block
61. Description When enabled VEDIT saves its entire status when you exit Subsequently restarting VEDIT resumes your previous edit session just as if you had never exited If you start VEDIT with files the previous edit session status is not used To invoke VEDIT without filenames and without restoring the previous edit ee aD session use the e option e g vpw e See Also Exiting VEDIT Edit Session Restore in Chapter 4 FILE Exit Exit Save Save or abandon the file or files being edited and exit VEDIT Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F4 gt or lt Alt X gt These are keystroke macros Full Description Exit lets you selectively save or abandon each modified file or save abandon all files at once It displays each altered buffer file and prompts whether it is to be saved or abandoned It repeats this for each buffer and then exits VEDIT For example the prompt might be Save ERRATA DOC Yes No Save all Quit all Yes Saves the specified file buffer if the file has no assigned filename you are prompted for one If this is the last altered file it exits VEDIT otherwise it prompts for the next file File Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 195 No Abandons quits the specified file the changes are not saved If this is the last altered file it exits VEDIT otherwise it prompts for the next file Save all Saves all files currently being edited and exits VEDIT without any fur
62. EXE file E g enter c vedit vedit exe For Select a name for the shortcut enter the program name you want to see under the icon e g VEDIT DOS For Select an icon just press Finish the VEDIT icon cannot be selected from here Right click the new icon and select Properties Then select the Program tab Be sure Close on exit is not enabled Select Change Icon For File name enter the full pathname to the VEDIT ICO file e g c vedit vedit ico Select the Ok buttons twice From within VEDIT press lt Alt Enter gt to switch VEDIT between a full screen application and a windowed application It works well in either mode The topic Changing the VEDIT Icon Properties in Chapter 4 describes how to set any desired startup invocation options Installing DOS VEDIT in Windows 3 1 VEDIT runs best from within Windows 3 x with the supplied VEDIT PIF file A PIF file contains parameters on how to optimally run a program e g how much memory to give it Experienced users can use the Windows PIF Editor to change any desired parameters gt To install VEDIT into Program Manager with an icon I 2 From inside Microsoft Windows select the Program Manager Select the Group to which you want to add the VEDIT icon The Main group is a good choice Select the menu item FILE New Then select Program Item 28 Chapter2 Getting Star
63. Efj244 F4 f 134 86 S150 96 0166 AG 2182 B 198 ce H214 D n230 E6 p246 F6 137 89 E153 99 0169 A9 185 B9 201 C9 p217 D 11233 E9 8249 F 140 8C i56 9G E172 AC 4188 BC 204 Cc 1220 DC 236 EC 252 FC 141 8D ijs 9D 173 AD i 189 BD Yas CD 221 DD 237 ED s253 FD i42 BE Aji58 9E RY 4 AE 196 BE 4 266 CE ir 238 FE 254 FE I 143 8F 59 9F F475 AF i91i BF 1 207 CF 237 EF nj255 FF sJ Ga n n J ee Cod He B NOTES This table displays the IBM PC OEM character set Windows version Select MISC ASCII table to see how all characters in the currently selected font are displayed The values 0 Null 32 Space and 255 appear identical on the screen Use CONFIG Characters Cursors Null display char acter to change how the Null character is displayed 369 INDEX 1 file 345 IR file 346 1 END message 68 132 Column mode 352 lt message 68 and in regular expressions 127 regular expression escape character 128 and in regular expressions 130 pattern matching codes 120 250 348 in regular expressions 129 l r 125 Abandoning file See also File Exit and File Close 63 lt Alt gt key shortcuts 283 ANSI Translate graphics characters 110 111 231 ASCII Translate to EBCDIC 110 111 231 ASCII Table 241 361 Assembly language programming 76 124 Ctags 178 179 Auto buffering 3
64. Emulation Advance cursor past block insert to No to have the cursor remain at the beginning of the inserted text See Also Block Operations The Scratchpad and Text Registers in Chapter 4 BLOCK Insert registers 208 Chapter6 Menu Reference Delete Sub menu Delete Sub menu This sub menu contains items for deleting text and changing the state of Insert mode Delete char black Del Delete previous word Ctrl Bksp Delete next word Ctr Del Erase line Ctr L Erase EOL Ctrl K Erase BOL Ctrl J Toggle insetmode Ins Insert mode Overstrike mode Delete char block Delete the current character or highlighted block of text Keystroke Equivalent lt Del gt identical to DELETE Full Description Deletes the character at the cursor At the end of a line it deletes the newline For DOS Windows text files the newline consists of Carriage return and Line feed If a block is currently highlighted and the cursor is within the block or immediately past it it deletes the block same as BLOCK Edit Translate Block Delete Notes CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes controls whether this command deletes newlines and highlighted blocks BLOCK Edit Translate Block Delete always deletes the highlighted block regardless of how this configuration parameter is set This menu item is usually only selected with a mouse from the keyboard it is usually m
65. Enter the search string in the same way as for SEARCH Search 3 Enter the replacement string exactly as you want it in the text Lower case letters are not converted to upper case nor do they match the case of the original text If you need this capability you will have to use Regular Expressions If found the cursor will be positioned just past the first occurrence of the located text and you are prompted with No All One Cancel Select the desired option Yes Replace the text for this occurrence and immediately search for the next occurrence No Don t replace the text for this occurrence immediately search for the next occurrence All Replace the text for this and all remaining occurrences without prompting Note all occurrences are replaced only if the operation was started at the beginning of the file One Replace the text for this occurrence and return to normal editing Cancel Don t replace the text for this occurrence and cancel the replace operation return to normal editing Notes The description and notes for SEARCH Search apply here too 254 Chapter6 Menu Reference Search Menu With VEDIT s normal pattern matching located text cannot be part of the replacement text However the regular expression search mode has this capability For example the regular expression search string Hh ello will locate Hello or hello
66. File in Two Windows VEDIT can display a file in more than one window at a time You can thereby view different sections of a file at the same time For example you could refer to definitions listed at the beginning of a file while editing in the middle of the file There are several ways to get a file displayed in two windows at once WINDOW Split splits the current window into two windows The current file will initially be displayed in both the current and new window VIEW Toggle hex mode split splits the current window vertically the left windows displays in hexadecimal the right window displays in ASCII Unlike the other splits the cursors in both windows move together All windows displaying a common file update together when the text in their displayed region changes Each window also displays its own cursor and can be scrolled independently of the other window s Notice that only the cursor in the active window moves The cursor s in the inactive window s indicate your editing position when you switch to those windows STARTUP VDM File Chapter5 Advanced Topics 147 Chapter 5 Advanced Topics This chapter covers these topics Covers the startup vdm file in detail Describes how you can add your own custom editing functions to the USER and TOOL menus Covers the File type specific configuration Color syntax highlighting Template editing and HTML editing features in detail Introduces Comman
67. Mask 256 Print control characters in the format x Mask 32 Print Carriage Return and Line Feed as lt CR gt and lt LF gt Mask 16 Print Backspace as H depends upon Mask 256 Mask 8 Print Escape character as lt Esc gt Mask 2 Expand Tabs with spaces Mask 1 Assume tab stops at every 8 columns NOTE When printing in hexadecimal or EBCDIC you may need to set the Right margin so that long lines are wrapped onto multiple printed lines Enable print job strings 0 Off 3 Both Default 0 Determines whether the Print job start string and Print job finish string are sent The start string can be used to select a font the finish string to reset the printer to its default font Values are 0 Don t send either string 1 Send only the print job start init string 2 Send only the print job finish reset string 3 Send both strings The strings are set by editing the vedit cfg file Windows Version These strings are of limited use because Windows uses its own strings according to the type of printer The Print job finish string is probably never needed DOS Version You can override the default setting in the Printing dialog box The strings can also be set in CONFIG Printer Enable Form Feed Default Yes When enabled a single Form Feed character is used to advance to the top of a new page nearly all printers can be advanced this way Otherwise it uses the correct number
68. Menu Reference 217 Toolbar Windows only Toggle the VEDIT toolbar on and off Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description The Windows version of VEDIT normally displays a toolbar with icons The toolbar is an easy way to access commonly used menu items with the mouse If desired the toolbar can be turned off to make more screen area available for editing To configure whether the toolbar is enabled when VEDIT starts up set CONFIG Display options Enable toolbar and then select CONFIG Save config to save the new setting Notes Clicking the right mouse button also pops up a menu of commonly used items Font Windows only Change the display font Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Font changes the display font and size used for all editing windows It displays the standard font selection dialog box however only fixed width fonts are listed and supported by VEDIT The fonts VEDIT Oem VEDIT Ansi Fixedsys and Terminal look and work best with VEDIT each comes in several sizes The True Type font Courier New can be set to any desired size but is of lower quality and slows down screen updates The fonts VEDIT Oem and Terminal use the OEM IBM PC character set VEDIT Ansi Fixedsys Courier and most other fonts use the ANSI character set The custom VEDIT fonts display control characters in a useful mnemonic way e g
69. No text can scroll off the screen before it can be read Highlight cursor line 0 2 Default 0 Determines whether the line that the cursor is on is highlighted This can help you determine which line you are on 0 The cursor line is not highlighted 1 Full The entire line to the right edge is highlighted 2 Partial Only text characters on the cursor line are highlighted This makes it easy to see extra spaces past the ends of lines By default the highlighted line is displayed using bright characters Or select any desired color with CONFIG Editing colors Cursor line Window borders 1 Partial 3 Scroll bars Default 3 DOS QNX UNIX only Determines the type of borders editing windows will have and whether scroll bars are displayed 0 No borders It is difficult to tell one window from another unless each window is in a different color 1 Windows have minimal borders When two or more windows are on the screen each window has a top border When necessary windows also have a left hand border 2 Windows have full borders but no scroll bars 3 Windows have full borders with scroll bars Scroll bars are only displayed in editing windows Non editing windows created with the VEDIT PLUS macro language will have full borders but no scroll bars 274 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Window name display style 0 Normal 1 3 Default 0 Determines how a window s name is displayed on its ti
70. Normal layout redundantly assigns T REG INSERT to lt Num pad gt and lt F11 gt T REG COPY to lt Numpad gt and lt CTRL F11 gt and T REG MOVE to lt Numpad gt and lt Alt F11 gt Although we suggest using the lt Numpad gt keys many laptop computers do not have lt Numpad gt keys but do have lt F11 gt If desired you can un assign one set of keys this is described under Keystroke Macros in Chapter 4 Editing Guide The following pages list the Normal layout in alphabetic order by function name and the keystroke macros in alphabetic order by key name Appendix E lists the entire layout in alphabetic order by key name The layout is available on line via HELP Keyboard layout and CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout from which you can also print the layout The status line always displays the current key assigned to the HELP function 40 Chapter2 Getting Started Keyboard Layout Normal IBM PC Keyboard Layout RETURN BACKSPACE BACKTAB CANCEL CURSOR UP CURSOR DOWN CURSOR RIGHT CURSOR LEFT DELETE DEL PREV WORD DEL NEXT WORD ENTER CTRL ERASE BOL ERASE EOL ERASE LINE ESCAPE HELP INSERT TOGGLE LINE BEGIN LINE END MENU NEXT LINE NEXT PARAGRAPH NEXT TAB STOP NEXT WORD PAGE UP PAGE DOWN PREV PARAGRAPH PREV WORD REPEAT REPEAT LAST SCREEN BEGIN SCREEN END SCROLL UP SCROLL DOWN SCROLL RIGHT S
71. Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 107 After inserting the register the screen will display rue VEDIT PLUS 1 Bifo x i File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x FPFFFFFFFPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS PPPPEYYYrOG66GG0088ssssssssssssssssss PPPPYYYYYObhS6bOOUssssssssssssssssss PPPEYYYYYObhSGGOOUssssssssssssssssss PPPPPEEYYObGGGGGG ssssssssssssssssss PrPrrrrrr666666 ssssssssssssssssss prrrrrrrr 6666 SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS FPFFFFFFFFPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS Fi Help 1 LINE 7 COL 19 This shows the importance of the added extra spaces when the block was initially copied to the text register Now consider the following text before inserting the same text register Note that text lines 6 and 7 do not reach the insertion column mis YEDIT PLUS 1 Iof x ii File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x PEFFFFPFFFPFPFFPFPSSSSSSSSS5555 PPPPPPPPPPPPPOSSSSSSSSS PEPPPPPPPPFPPPSSSSSSS5 PEPPPPPPPPPPPSSSS BEPPPEPPPPPPPPS PEPPPPPPPPPP BPEPEPPPPRPP PEPERPP Fi Help H1 LINE 2 COL 14 After inserting the same register the screen will display rue VEDIT PLUS 1 ioj x ii File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x FPFPFFFFFFFFFFFSSSSSSSSSSSSS PEPPPPPEEEYYYPYOGbbbO00Ussssssssss PPPEEEYYPPPPPOobbbbbbGsssssss PEPPPPEEEFEFYPYOOb66O008ssss PPPPPEEEPEEEPOSSEBbHG s FEFEFEFFEFFFEFFF 6660006 PPPPEEFE PEPPE 1 LINE 7 COL 23 By padding tex
72. Record Keystroke Macro Define a keystroke macro by recording your editing operations Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt K gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item records a new keystroke macro while you are editing This makes it easy to record a sequence of editing steps that you are going to use over and over again This is an alternative to CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro and has the advantage of letting you see the editing operations as you make them However Add Keystroke Macro has the advantage of letting you edit the macro as you enter it You can define most keystroke macros using either Add Keystroke Macro or Record Keystroke Macro according to your preference New users will tend to prefer the latter experienced users the former However Add Key stroke Macro is required for macros that access the VEDIT PLUS macro language gt To record a new keystroke macro 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Record macro 2 At the Assigned hot key prompt press the function or control key s to which the recorded keystroke macro should be assigned This is the key s that you will later press to play back the macro Typically a keystroke macro is assigned to a key that is currently unused or whose current assignment you want to overwrite If necessary you can edit the Assigned hot key sequence with BACK SPACE 3 When Assigned hot key is correct press
73. S MENU T MENU U MENU V MENU W MENU FX MENU FMH MENU VZ Not assigned Used by Windows MENU VB MENU VH MENU GN MENU GD Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned MENU VV DOS Only ESCAPE W 364 Appendices lt Alt Bksp gt lt Alt Cursor Down gt lt Alt Cursor Left gt lt Alt Cursor Right gt lt Alt Cursor Up gt lt Alt Del gt lt Alt End gt lt Alt Enter gt lt Alt F1 gt lt Alt F2 gt lt Alt F3 gt lt Alt F4 gt lt Alt F5 gt lt Alt F6 gt lt Alt F7 gt lt Alt F8 gt lt Alt F9 gt lt Alt F10 gt lt Alt F11 gt lt Alt F12 gt lt Alt Home gt lt Alt Ins gt lt Alt PgDn gt lt Alt PgUp gt lt Backspace gt lt Ctrl A gt lt Ctrl B gt lt Ctrl C gt lt Ctrl D gt lt Ctrl E gt lt Ctrl F gt lt Ctrl G gt lt Ctrl H gt lt Ctrl I gt lt Ctrl J gt lt Ctrl K gt lt Ctrl L gt lt Ctrl M gt lt Ctrl N gt lt Ctrl O gt lt Ctrl P gt lt Ctrl Q gt lt Ctrl R gt E IBM PC Keyboard Layout MENU EVE SCROLL DOWN SCROLL LEFT SCROLL RIGHT SCROLL UP Not assigned Not assigned MENU HD MENU HK MENU SR Not assigned MENU FX MENU WS Cannot be used reserved by Windows Not assigned Not assigned MENU BM VISUAL ESCAPE T REG MOVE MENU FS Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned BACKSPACE MENU BA MENU EF MENU EC MENU GS VISUAL EXIT MENU SS MENU GG MENU SR MENU SI ERASE BOL
74. Similarly an optional Print job finish string can be sent at the end of each print job This typically resets the printer to its default state so that the next program used is not affected by VEDIT s printing The finish string is not as useful in the Windows version because Windows sends it own finish string at the end of each print job The print job start and finish strings can be up to 32 characters in length However by specifying a string of filename an arbitrarily long string can be sent to the printer VEDIT searches for the file first in the current directory and then in the VEDIT Home Directory Printing in VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 119 These example start init strings select font features on an HP or other PCL language compatible printer Example Print job Start Strings Function Command Decimal Value 10 0 Pitch lt Esc gt s10H 27 40 115 49 48 72 12 0 Pitch lt Esc gt s12H 27 40 115 49 50 72 Bold lt Esc gt s3B 27 40 115 51 66 Normal lt Esc gt s0B 27 40 115 48 66 Reset printer lt Esc gt E 27 69 Because the print job start finish strings are not used very often in the Windows version they can only be set in the vedit cfg file In the DOS version they can be changed in the CONFIG Printer sub menu gt To enable or change print job start finish strings 1 2 3 Edit the vedit cfg file as described in Chapter 8 Configuration Change Config P_E_STRING to a value of 3
75. VEDIT will then startup and give you the following un install options VEDIT Uninstall Please confirm that you want to uninstall VEDIT by removing it from the registry and or deleting all VEDIT files Yes VEDIT is completely uninstalled Registry VEDIT is only removed from the registry Files VEDIT is left in the registry but all files are deleted Cancel Do not uninstall VEDIT Registry Files Cancel Besides completely uninstalling VEDIT experienced users may find it useful to be able to only remove VEDIT from the Windows registry or only remove delete the VEDIT files For example if you think that VEDIT has somehow gotten corrupted you may want to uninstall and re install VEDIT By leaving VEDIT in the registry your file associations will not be lost It is also easy to manually uninstall VEDIT e g the DOS version gt To manually remove uninstall VEDIT 1 Delete all files from the directory into which you installed VEDIT by default c vedit Also delete all subdirectories 2 Remove the VEDIT directory e g c vedit Delete all icons from the VEDIT program group then delete the group 4 If you configured VEDIT to create backup files by copying the original file to a backup directory e g c backup you may wish to delete this directory too DOS Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 25 DOS Installation NOTES Be sure to refer to the file README BAT before installing VEDIT
76. While most configuration changes can be made with the CONFIG menu there are several reasons for editing the vedit cfg file directly All configuration parameters can be changed including some not avail able in the CONFIG menu The additional characters that separate words from each other The characters occurring at the beginning of a line that separate para graphs from each other Number of lines of screen overlap when using PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN Also the range of screen lines in which the cursor can move before the screen scrolls VEDIT PLUS How many times the Command Mode help message is displayed Number of Undo levels available Enable or disable the DOS shell functions and the DOS prompt to be used when shelled out DOS only Force VEDIT to start up in 25 28 or 50 line mode Making numerous changes is often easier by editing the vedit cfg file You can search for items and cut and paste between files When upgrading to future versions of VEDIT you will use the vedit cfg and vedit key files to transfer your configuration to the new version VEDIT PLUS users can change any configuration parameter on the fly in the Command Mode Since vedit cfg really is a VEDIT PLUS command macro it helps to become familiar with the configuration commands in it gt To edit the vedit cfg file 1 Select FILE Open default lt Ctrl O gt and select the file in the User
77. a block Notes Use this function with care It will convert IBM PC graphics characters and non english language characters into meaningless text characters See Also Screen Display and Keyboard Characters in Chapter 4 Edit Translate Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 231 Sort Lines Sort the selected lines according to the marked columns field Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This function sorts lines records into ascending order You must first high light a columnar block consisting of the columns field to be used as the sort key For example it could be the Last name or Zipcode in a database The columnar block must extend from the first line to be sorted through the last line to be sorted gt To sort all lines in a block or entire file 1 Position the cursor on the first line to be sorted and in the left most column of the field to be sorted Select BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt to begin a columnar block 2 Position the cursor on the last line to be sorted and in the right most column of the field to be sorted To sort an entire file this must be the last line of the file Select BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt again 3 Select BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines The lines will be sorted and VEDIT will display its progress Notes By first sorting according to secondary keys and then sorting according to the primary key you can sort according t
78. a keystroke macro Full Description This item searches for the next occurrence of the text which is currently highlighted as a block The search starts at the cursor position If no block is highlighted it searches for the word at the cursor position if the cursor is on a space following a word it searches for the preceding word and a space You can either press the hot key again or SEARCH Next lt F3 gt to search for additional occurrences Notes The search is case sensitive if CONFIG Search options Default case sensitive option is enabled This function is implemented by the srchb1ck vdm macro 256 Chapter6 Menu Reference Search Menu Search All Buffers Search all open files for a string of text Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F2 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This items prompts for a search string and then searches all buffers files currently being edited for the specified string You can then make any desired editing changes For example you can easily search all modules files that make up a complex program or all chapters that make up a manuscript The search starts with the current buffer and continues with all open buffers Assuming the buffer has an open file the entire file is searched Pressing VISUAL EXIT default lt Ctrl E gt searches for the next occurrence switching to another buffer file if necessary Pressing VISUAL ESCAPE default lt AIt F10 gt en
79. a normal text file When done the new layout is automat ically loaded and can optionally be made permanent by saving it as the vedit key file gt To edit the keyboard layout 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout This saves the current keyboard layout into the file veditkey tmp and opens the file for editing 2 Edit the keyboard layout as desired Follow these guidelines A Do not move or alter the first line which assigns the lt Enter gt key to the function RETURN B Notice that all lines have the same format Each line begins with the key or keys that you press to perform an editing function This is followed by one or more spaces tabs Then comes the entire editing sequence on one line C As long as each line has the correct format you can add new lines delete lines and modify lines Wherever you need a tab character enter TAB CHARACTER wherever you need a newline i e a Carriage Return Line Feed enter RETURN 3 Press VISUAL EXIT or lt Ctrl E gt when done to save or abandon your changes 4 At the prompt select whether you want to ignore abandon or save your changes I gnore Tlemporary S Jave layout into VEDIT KEY I Your changes are ignored The layout is not changed T The layout takes effect but is temporary it will be lost when you exit VEDIT S The layout takes effect and is saved as the vedit key file just a
80. and the right window in ASCII You can edit in either window both windows will update together Selected again it changes the file type to Binary 16 for easier hex mode editing Selected again it toggles back to the original editing mode The ASCII window uses display mode 4 in which all characters including the newline lt LF gt lt CR gt and lt Tab gt character are displayed literally using the IBM PC character set The hex window uses display mode 8 to display all characters in hexadecimal Use WINDOW Switch lt Alt F5 gt WINDOW Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt or the mouse to switch between the windows In the hex mode window new characters must be entered in hexadecimal View Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 215 Notes The ASCII and the hex mode windows will scroll together as you move about in the file You can change the display mode used in either window by switching to that window and using VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar Therefore you can easily edit in Hex and EBCDIC This function is implemented by the hexsp1lit vdm macro See Also Hexadecimal and Octal Mode Editing in Chapter 4 VGA 25 28 50 Line Toggle DOS Only Switch between 25 28 and 50 line VGA modes Optionally 30 34 and 60 line modes Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt T gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description VGA 25 28 50 line toggle switches most VGA compatible dis
81. another example we want to search for occurrences of the words auto mation and automobile We could of course place the entire words into a pattern set As an alternative we will just place the word endings into a pattern set in the following search string auto mation mobile Since the pattern set is only checked when auto has already been found this search will run very quickly The following search strings will find a vowel or a consonant Search and Replace Chapter 4 Editing Guide 125 a e i 0 u vowels b c d f g h j k I m n p q S t v W x y Z consonants a e i 0 u _ d s consonants The pattern matching code I set matches one optional occurrence i e zero or one occurrence of any item in the pattern set For example the following search string the tall short fat thin man 39 66 99 66 matches the man the tall man the short man the fat man and the thin man However the string the tall short fat thin man would not match just the man Pattern sets may be embedded within each other for even more sophisticated searching For example the revised search string the tall ish short ish fat thin man also matches the tallish man the shortish man The search string l foot basket base ball soccer golf hockey matches football basketball baseball soccer golf and hockey The
82. any Line Feed and Carriage Return characters are no longer treated as newline characters However they may display as lt LF gt and lt CR gt Similarly control and graphics characters are displayed according to the current display mode Repeatedly selecting VIEW Toggle display mode lt AIt D gt or toolbar will let you find the desired display mode NOTES When editing a binary data file you may want to use VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar to select ASCII 4 which displays any Line Feed Carriage Return Tab and other control characters as a single character instead of as lt LF gt etc Binary data files are often most easy to edit with a split window displaying hexadecimal and ASCII This can be selected with VIEW Toggle hex mode split lt Alt gt By default you can only overstrike characters in Record mode you cannot insert or delete characters However full editing can be enabled by setting CONFIG File handling Overwrite only mode to 0 File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary Chapter 4 Editing Guide 85 Database Files With Headers Some data files particularly database files consist of fixed length records that follow a variable length header As described above to edit these files CON FIG File handling File type should be set to the length of the records However since the header is usually not the same length as the records the beginning of each
83. are configured as separators Lines starting with these configurable characters are assumed to be print formatting commands for programs like WordStar Ventura Publisher and our V PRINT Print formatter command lines are not considered part of any paragraph and are therefore never re formatted Note that just an indented line is not enough to separate one paragraph from another Indenting Text Left Margin There are several ways to indent text so that it does not begin in the first column You can of course type spaces at the beginning of each line to be indented This is the normal way of indenting the first line of anew paragraph However VEDIT can automatically indent each new line of text for you This is useful in word processing for indenting entire paragraphs and for editing programs written in structured languages such as C Pascal and Java The left margin determines how much newly entered lines will be indented Normally the left margin is set to column 1 Word Processing Functions Chapter 4 Editing Guide 135 You can change the left margin with CONFIG Word processing Left margin However it is usually easier to change the left margin on the fly by pressing EDIT Indent lt F8 gt or toolbar which increases the left margin and EDIT Undent lt F7 gt or toolbar which reduces the left margin These functions change the left margin by the indent increment typically 4 The increment is set with C
84. as the startup file in place of startup vdm vpw i xxx Invoke VEDIT without any startup file i xxx is useful for debugging startup configuration problems 150 Chapter5 Advanced Topics STARTUP VDM File Invocation options can be specified in Windows by changing the icon s properties by using the Run command or by invoking VEDIT from the DOS NT command prompt See Starting VEDIT for Windows in Chapter 4 VEDIT looks for startup vdm first in the current directory then in the User Config Directory and finally in the VEDIT Home Directory Except for Network and special installations the User Config Directory and the VEDIT Home Directory are the same e g c vedit Since VEDIT first looks in the current directory you can set up custom configurations for different projects by having different startup vdm files in each project s directory However this is only practical if you invoke VEDIT Windows or DOS version from the DOS NT command prompt You can create different VEDIT icons for different projects or tasks by using the i invocation option to specify the desired startup file Or you might create different icons for different users that share one computer Here are some examples that could be used as the Target in the VEDIT icon s properties It is called Command Line in Windows 3 1 c vedit vpw exe i startup2 vdm c vedit vpw exe i c project startup vdm c v
85. at the end of the file You can specify a numeric expression such as 1 7890 3 When opening just one file you can also use the following syntax to open the file on line nnr vpw nnn filename All options beginning with must be specified before any options beginning with The startup vdm file if enabled and found will be executed after ce 99 any options and before any options DOS users who need as much memory as possible for running programs such as compilers from within VEDIT should install the supplied V SWAP program into memory before starting up VEDIT 60 Chapter4 Editing Guide Starting Invoking VEDIT See Also Exiting VEDIT and Backup Files later in this chapter Auto execution in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics MISC DOS shell in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Examples To edit the file CONFIG SYS in the root directory vpw c config sys After you have modified and saved CONFIG SYS you will have both an updated copy called CONFIG SYS and the original copy called CONFIG BAK To edit the file with the long filename a long filename use double quotes vpw a long filename To edit the file PROGRAM C and have the cursor start up on line 984 type vpw program c l 984 OR vpw 984 program c To load the existing file FAXSHEET SAV make changes to it and save it as the file TOMJONES 292 vpw faxsheet sav a tomjones 292
86. bar In particular the TOOL menu is often renamed to reflect its purpose The commands Config_String USER_MENU amp User and Con fig String TOOL_MENU amp Tools set the menu names which can be up to 16 characters long The amp indicates which character is underlined in the Windows version The default USER menu loaded from user mnu includes some of the macros listed in Appendix E Application Notes You can delete and add items to user mnu as desired to create a custom USER menu The default TOOL menu loaded from tutor mnu and displayed as the Tutorial menu contains over a dozen hands on tutorial topics Different USER and TOOL menus can also be loaded with MISC Load USER menu and MISC Load TOOL menu Although the default filename extension is mnu it can have any desired name The editing functions in the USER and TOOL menus are implemented as command macros Although VEDIT PLUS is needed to fully realize its potential VEDIT users can modify the existing functions or add new ones by copying macros from key mac 1ib into user mnu Examine the user mnu file and note that each editing function consists of three parts Highlight Number Determines which letter in the Item name is highlighted This is usually the first letter unless several Item Names begin with the same letter Follow the number with 128 to display a di vider in the menu above this item Item Nam
87. by a blank line The sort key is simply the entire first line specific columns cannot be selected NOTE Simple lines and single line records are better sorted with the BLOCK Edit Translate Sort lines function which lets you sort according to any specified columns field A simple mailing list consisting of address lines separated by one or more blank lines can be sorted by SORT VDM The sort is based on the first address line assumed to be a name For example the following list could be sorted Scott Charles 3219 Space Ct Albany NY 14311 305 321 7654 Broadcast Producer Burnett Tammie 642 Sunset Blvd Miami FL 32103 Travel Consultant Mathews Lee 236 Bluelake Dr Marquette MI 48123 313 123 4567 Basketball Player The SORT macro can be started from within VEDIT or by auto execution from the DOS prompt or the Windows Run command However you must start SORT from within VEDIT when editing files with fixed length records so that you can set the record length before beginning the sort gt To sorta file already opened in VEDIT 1 If it is a database file with fixed length records be sure that CONFIG File handling File type and CONFIG File handling Record header size are set correctly 2 By default the sorting is not case sensitive To make it case sensitive enable CONFIG Search options Default case sensitive option 3 Select MISC More macros Sort If no file is
88. changes the configuration value however it does not automatically save it gt Tochange the window s text color and save it as the configured value 1 Ensure that only one window is open This method only works when only one window is open 2 Repeatedly select MISC Color toggle lt Alt J gt until the text appears in the desired color 3 Select CONFIG Save config if you want to make the new color combination permanent Notes Additional color combinations can be selected with CONFIG Editing colors Edited text Non Windows versions CONFIG Colors Windows and editing Edited text The overall color scheme including coordinated syntax highlighting colors can be selected by running the color vdm macro via MISC More macros Color or by selecting Color scheme in the default USER menu Scroll bars Windows only Toggle the scroll bars in all windows on and off Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Toggles the scroll bars in all windows on and off Scroll bars are usually desirable but if you must see as many columns and lines as possible you can turn them off To configure whether the scroll bars are enabled when VEDIT starts up set CONFIG Display options Enable scroll bars and then select CONFIG Save config to save the new setting Notes The vertical scroll bar is only displayed when the file buffer contains enough lines to require scrolling View Menu Chapter6
89. compares the current buffer with the selected one The comparison starts at the current cursor position of both buffers and both cursor positions are advanced over all matching characters To continue the comparison you must first manually re align the cursor in both buffers As a convenience if only two files are being edited this function skips the selection prompt and immediately compares against the other file gt To compare two buffers files 1 If necessary switch to both buffers and ensure that the cursor in each buffer is in the correct position for starting the comparison Remain in either buffer 2 Select SEARCH Compare buffers lt Ctrl F3 gt If only two buffers are open the comparison starts immediately and you should notice that the cursor has moved over all matching characters If more than two buffers are open you are prompted for the other buffer number with the buffer selection dialog box Buffer number 3 Enter the desired buffer number and select a buffer using point and shoot Simply press lt Enter gt or any function control keys to select the main edit buffer 1 Notes DOS UNIX QNX versions If terse dialog boxes have been selected erase the default 1 buffer and then press lt Enter gt for point and shoot buffer selection To perform a case sensitive comparison e g to compare two binary files enable SEARCH Config Default Case sensitive option The su
90. current file or optionally in the current directory which can be changed By default the starting directory for FILE Open FILE Save as EDIT Insert file and BLOCK Write to disk is the same directory as the file in the current buffer If the current buffer has no file open e g following FILE New the starting directory is the current directory These file selection dialog boxes include a Change directory option Initially the box is not enabled and the dialog box starts in the same directory as the file in the current buffer If you check the Change directory box the last directory you select in the dialog box becomes the new current directory Also these dialog boxes will then start in the current directory When editing multiple files in different directories first switch to a file which is in the same directory as the next file you want to open FILE Open will then start in the desired directory MISC Load Execute macro starts in the VEDIT Home Directory e g c vedit because macro files are usually located there Similarly CONFIG Save Load config starts in the User Config Directory because the user s configuration files are located there The initial current directory for the Windows version of VEDIT is deter mined as follows 1 If VEDIT is started by dragging and dropping a file on its icon the directory containing the file becomes the current directory
91. displayed in place of the Tools menu You can manually set up the Tools menu with the compiler support items by selecting MISC Load Compiler support Similarly you can switch back to the Tutorial menu by selecting MISC Load Tutorial menu Assuming you want the compiler support loaded as the default Tools menu you should make a simple change to the startup vdm file gt To enable compiler support as the default Tools menu 1 Edit the startup file startup vdm 2 Search for the string 120 0 without quotes at the beginning of a line Change it to 120 1 for normal compiler support in the Tools menu Or change it to 120 2 for Java SDK support in the JavaTools menu 3 Restart VEDIT The Tools or JavaTools menu should now display the compiler support items NOTES Enabling the compiler support with MISC Load Compiler sup port or in startup vdm runs the macro compile vdm which also changes your keyboard layout compile vdm sets up the hot keys for the common compiler support items in the Tools menu These additional hot keys are designed for the Normal keyboard layout but might cause con flicts with other layouts In this case you must change the hot keys by editing the compile vdm file directly 182 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Integrated Compiler Support Configuring COMPILE CNF or JAVA SDK CNF The compile cnf file specifies the default Compile Link Debug
92. during startup this function s purpose is to load custom USER menus Notes The topic USER and TOOL Menu in Chapter 5 describes how to modify the existing USER menu or create a custom mnu file Search Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 249 Search Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt S gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction You can easily and quickly search for a particular string of text and optionally replace it with different text Just the current file or all open files can be searched Any two open files can also be compared Search F2 Replace AltF2 Previous Shft F3 Next ES Incremental search Ctrl Search block word ShftF2 Search all buffers Ctrl F2 Compare buffers Ctr F3 Search Search for a string of text Keystroke Equivalent lt F2 gt or lt Ctrl F gt These are keystroke macro Full Description Starts a new search in the current file for the specified search string The flexible search dialog box includes options for searching only for entire words making the search case sensitive or restricting the search to the highlighted block Besides searching for a literal sequence of characters you can also search using VEDIT s powerful pattern matching or regular expressions These search modes are fully described under Search and Replace in Chapter 4 Editing Guide Pattern matching is the default You can search for additional occurrences in the
93. files This auto matic template editing must be enabled gt Toset up automatic template editing 1 OR Notes Set CONFIG Programming File type specific config to 3 or 7 A value of 7 also enables color syntax highlighting If desired select CONFIG Save config to ensure that the configuration change is permanent for the next time you run VEDIT This step in not needed if CONFIG Auto save config is enabled Test the feature by opening a file with a c extension Check that CONFIG Programming Enable template editing is on Open a file with a txt extension Check that CONFIG Programming Enable template editing is off Edit the file startup vdm in the User Config Directory Search for Config PG_F_AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 and delete the preced ing to enable the command Config PG_F_AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 Enable file type config Save the file and exit VEDIT Restart VEDIT to process the new startup vdm file Check that CONFIG Programming File type specific config is set to 7 Test the feature by opening a c file Template editing is closely related to the topic Syntax Highlighting Only one template editing macro can be loaded into VEDIT ata time However vedit vtm in conjunction with startup vdm demonstrates how two or more languages can be supported in one macro See also The topic Startup vdm File The topic File type Speci
94. following search strings find numbers between 1 and 4 digits in length They illustrate that there often are several equivalent ways to use pattern sets d d d d d d d d d d Iq lq EI 1a Id ld laf 1 Note Items that are substrings of another item must be placed after the larger item inside a pattern set Using Text Registers in Search Strings The contents of a text register can be used as part of a search string The register contents are accessed with the pattern matching code I r where r is the name of the register This makes it possible to have variable search strings For example assume the following text register contents Register 1 contains Nice Register 2 contains a walk Then the following three search strings are all equivalent Nice night for a walk 1 night for a walk 1 night for 2 126 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace Regular Expressions Regular expressions are a type of text pattern matching originally developed in the UNIX environment They can be used as an alternative to VEDIT s normal pattern matching The UNIX specifications are followed very closely To use regular expressions they must be enabled either by setting CONFIG Search options Default search mode to 2 or 3 or by selecting Reg Exp in the Search or Replace dialog box The choice between normal pattern matching and regular expressions is partly
95. forward or backward direc tions You can also search for additional occurrences in other files gt To perform a search 1 Select SEARCH Search lt F2 gt or lt Ctrl F gt 2 Enter the search string the sequence of characters to be located 3 Check that the desired search mode is selected e g Simple Pattern matching or Regular expressions See below or use on line help 250 Chapter6 Menu Reference Search Menu HINTS Select any desired search options Press lt Enter gt or the Next button to search in the forwards direction from the cursor position to the end of the file Or select Prev to search backwards towards the beginning of the file If the string is found the cursor is positioned on its first character and the entire string is highlighted If the search string is not found VEDIT displays an error message To search for the next occurrence of the same string select SEARCH Next lt F3 gt or SEARCH Previous lt Shft F3 gt Previous search strings can be recalled In the Windows version press the recall arrow DOS UNIX QNX press CURSOR UP You can also edit the search string being entered or that you recalled The on line help for searching is extensive It explains how to search for special characters such as newline null control and graphics characters Search Modes The dialog box s initial search mode is set by CONFIG Search options Defa
96. gt NEXT PARAGRAPH lt Ctrl Up Arrow gt PREV PARAGRAPH PREV PARAGRAPH first moves the cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph Pressed again it moves to the beginning of the previous paragraph NEXT PARAGRAPH also moves the cursor to the first character of the next paragraph VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 49 Undo and Redo VEDIT offers you the luxury of changing your mind Perhaps you changed some text then decided it was better before the change Rather than deleting and retyping you can have VEDIT undo those changes To undo your last action press lt Ctrl Z gt or lt Alt Backspace gt Each press of lt Ctrl Z gt undoes the next previous action Actions that can be undone in this way include inserting or overwriting characters deleting characters and cursor movements Up to the last 1 000 of these actions can be undone by repeatedly pressing lt Ctrl Z gt To try it first delete a line of text by pressing lt Ctrl L gt Then press lt Ctrl Z gt and the line comes back Go ahead and make some other changes deleting overwriting and inserting text Repeatedly pressing lt Ctrl Z gt will reverse these changes step by step To undo all changes to the current line press lt Ctrl Shift Z gt Pressing lt Ctrl Shift Z gt again just moves the cursor to the last line you were on Pressing it again then undoes the changes to that line and so on This is a quick way to undo the changes you ju
97. into the normal and other supplied keyboard layouts The menus display any hot keys that directly access each item Keystroke macros can access the VEDIT PLUS macro language Al though this manual does not describe the macro language in detail Appendix C and the file KEY MACRO LIB list many useful macros Since new keystroke macros can easily be added at any time you can define one whenever you find yourself typing the same sequence over and over again For example you could define the key lt Alt Q gt to type out the phrase attached and included herein by reference each time it was pressed You can add new keystroke macros at any time Each new keystroke macro is normally assigned to a function or control key that is not already in use these available function control keys can be displayed with CONFIG Keyboard layout Display unused keys Keystroke macros can be added in several different ways CONFIG Keyboard layout Record keystroke macro lets you record a new keystroke macro as you edit the file CONFIG Keyboard layout Add Keystroke macro lets you define a new keystroke macro using a dialog box which records your keystrokes without making any edit changes Limited editing is provided CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout lets you edit the entire keyboard layout including any keystroke macros as a normal text file You can cut and paste between layouts etc These changes can be temp
98. lines You can also scroll the screen horizontally with SCROLL RIGHT lt Alt Cursor Right gt and SCROLL LEFT lt Alt Cursor Left gt When scrolling sideways the screen normally jumps 20 columns at a time If desired this can be changed with CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll increment When editing extremely long lines you can quickly move the cursor to any desired column with GOTO Column 72 Chapter4 Editing Guide Scrolling the Screen Wrapping Long Lines on the Screen HINT Long lines normally extend off the right side of the screen Alternatively you can have them wrap onto multiple screen lines This lets you see an entire long line at once To wrap long text lines onto multiple screen lines 1 Select CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll margin 2 At the prompt enter a new value of 1 This uses the current width of the window as the horizontal scroll margin Alternatively you can enter a value such as 80 or 132 to only wrap lines longer than this value The horizontal scroll margin independent of the word processing right margin determines at which column VEDIT wraps long lines Lines longer than the horizontal scroll margin are wrapped to the next window line These additional screen lines are called continuation lines and are indi cated with a special continuation character typically a reverse video dash in the leftmost column The horizontal scroll marg
99. lines containing a text string transposing characters counting words and much more A set of custom editing functions can be added to the main menu they appear in the special USER menu The default USER menu includes some popular functions from KEY MAC LIB As with all menu functions the custom functions can have hot keys assigned to them The editing functions in the USER menu are implemented using the VEDIT PLUS macro language Although VEDIT PLUS is needed to fully realize its potential VEDIT users can modify the existing functions or add new ones by copying macros from KEY MAC LIB Ready To Use Macros Chapter 1 Introduction 15 Integrated Compiler Support The integrated compiler support lets you run popular compilers assemblers linkers debuggers and Make programs from within VEDIT If compilation errors occur VEDIT automatically loads the correct source file and positions the cursor on the error You can then make corrections and press a key to move to the next error or recompile The compiler support automatically adjusts to the needs of different programs in different directories e g one program may be compiled as large model while another is compiled as small model Compiler and other options can also be changed easily via menus The compiler support works with make programs and makefiles to further automate program development It even tracks compilation errors reported by different compile
100. markers are set Tf neither block marker is set Set the first marker Ifthe first marker is set Set the second marker If both markers are set Copy the block to the cursor location Therefore BLOCK Copy to cursor can also be used to mark a block of text for other operations These functions normally clear the block markers However by setting the configuration parameter CONFIG Emulation Block marker emulation mode to 1 or 2 the block will be highlighted in its new location In overstrike only mode e g when editing binary data files Move to cursor causes the original text to be filled overwritten with the configurable block fill character typically spaces The existing text at the cursor is also overwritten To repeatedly copy the same block to multiple locations in your file or files it is easier to copy the block to a text register scratchpad and then insert the register where needed You can also directly copy or move blocks using the mouse See Also Mouse Support Block Operations in Chapter 4 Block Operations Direct Block Copy Move in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker BLOCK Copy to register 224 Chapter6 Menu Reference Block Menu Copy to Register Move to Register Save copy or move the current line or highlighted block to a text register Keystroke Equivalent lt Numpad gt or lt Ctrl F11 gt identical to T REG COPY lt Numpad
101. missing 344 Chapter9 Messages INTERNAL ERROR nn VEDIT has detected an internal problem After you press any key VEDIT will automatically select FILE Exit You can then save or abandon your files Or you can select Cancel to return to your editing however the error will most likely immediately reoccur After exiting double check that your files are intact Please contact us if you can replicate the error VEDIT PLUS Following the error VEDIT PLUS will enter Command Mode We suggest using Exit to save your files and exit INVALID COMMAND Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The specified command is not a known command Perhaps you mistyped it or used the wrong abbreviation INVALID DRIVE You specified an invalid or non existent drive in a filename Most likely you mistyped it INVALID EDIT BUFFER OPERATION You are attempting an operation that is valid for text registers but is invalid for edit buffers You cannot change the contents of an edit buffer except when it is the active buffer Copying a block to an edit buffer with BLOCK Copy to register is not allowed This error also occurs if you attempt to execute the contents of the current buffer as a command macro with MISC Execute macro you must first switch to another buffer VEDIT PLUS May also be caused by an improper Reg Copy Reg_Empty or Reg_Load command INVALID EXPRESSION The numeric expressi
102. multiple characters 1l 9 Other Matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding single character matching expression Matches one or more occurrences of the preceding single character matching expression Matches zero or one occurrences of the preceding single character matching expression Matches the same text as was matched by the previous n th group Caret Matches the beginning of a line when it is the first character in a regular expression Matches the end of a line when it is the last character in a regular expression Groups expressions for future reference in either the search string or replacement string 356 Appendices r B Search Modes Summary Matches any text that is matched by the preceding OR the following expression It cannot occur within Use the contents of text register r in this position in the search or replace string Replacement Side b dDDD e f hHH n N o000 t 0 r 1 9 The ASCII backspace character hex 08 The character with decimal value DDD All three digits MUST be present The ASCII lt Esc gt character hex 1B The ASCII Form feed character hex OC The character with hexadecimal value HH Both digits MUST be present The Line Feed character hex 0A This is the newline character for UNIX type text files The newline character s depending upon the current file type an
103. needed See also The topic Startup vdm File The topic Template Editing The topic Color Syntax Highlighting The topic HTML Editing Features Color Syntax Highlighting Chapter5 Advanced Topics 155 Color Syntax Highlighting Primarily intended for program and HTML editing syntax highlighting dis plays different logical parts of a program in different colors For example reserved words comments string and numeric arguments and special symbols can each be in colors different from the rest of the text The supplied syntax definition files include C SYN For C and C CLIPPER SYN For Clipper COBOL SYN For COBOL FOLIO4 SYN For Folio View Flat File HTML SYN For HTML Web pages MASM SYN For Microsoft MASM Assembler MBASIC SYN For Microsoft BASIC PASCAL SYN For Pascal and Object Pascal PERL SYN For Perl preliminary REXX SYN For Rexx SQL PL SYN For SQL and PL SQL SYSTAT SYN For Systat product gt To load a syntax highlighting definition file 1 Select MISC Load syntax file 2 Enter the desired filename or use point and shoot to select the desired file The file selection dialog box defaults to all syn files in the VEDIT Home Directory 3 If desired change the colors in CONFIG Syntax colors Each of VEDIT s color schemes has some reasonable colors already set up Only one syntax definition file can be loaded into VEDIT at a time VEDIT does not currently support synta
104. of the cursor following an unsuccessful search 0 Positions the cursor as close to the pre search position as possible but without performing any file buffering 1 Restores the cursor to the pre search position 2 Positions the cursor at the End of file Beginning of file for reverse searches Normally 1 is nice but in huge files 0 or 2 should be used to save time it takes a noticeable amount of time to restore the edit position in multi megabyte files Support non english characters 0 Off 1 ANSI 2 On Determines whether the pattern matching codes IA IU and TV will match non english letters in the extended character set with decimal value 128 255 It also determines whether BLOCK Edit translate Upper Lower Switch case recognizes non english letters O Off None of the extended characters 128 255 are recognized as letters This works best with English 1 When an ANSI font is displayed non english letters in the extended ANSI character set are recognized When an OEM font is displayed non english letters are not recognized 2 Non english letters are recognized depending upon the font When an ANSI font is displayed non english letters in the extended ANSI character set are recognized For example decimal value 252 which is an umlaut u is treated as a lower case letter When an OEM font is displayed non english letters in the extended IBM PC OEM character set a
105. only controls how long lines are dis played on the screen Formatting and Justifying Paragraphs EDIT Format paragraph formats or re formats a paragraph to fit it between the current left and right margins A paragraph is formatted by placing as many words on each line as possible without exceeding the right margin In the process the number of lines in the paragraph may change VEDIT can optionally add extra spaces between words to justify straighten the right edge of the paragraph To format a paragraph first ensure that the left and right margins are set as desired and that CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap is en abled Then place the cursor anywhere in the paragraph and select EDIT Format paragraph lt Ctrl B gt or toolbar After formatting the cursor moves to the next paragraph Therefore you can repeatedly select EDIT Format paragraph to format one paragraph after another CONFIG Word Processing Format paragraph options controls how paragraph formatting deals with extra space characters at the ends of lines NOTES An indented line is not enough to separate one paragraph from another blank lines MUST be used to separate paragraphs Oth erwise re formatting paragraphs will combine several paragraphs into one The supplied file KEY MAC LIB contains a key stroke macro for formatting a columnar block of text This lets you format just the words in a range of columns instead of all words on the
106. open If you attempt to close the last window it only closes the file The last buffer and corresponding window will remain open but will be empty Use FILE Exit when you are ready to exit VEDIT It will let you selectively save or abandon each modified file or save abandon all files gt To close the current file buffer 1 MOUSE Select WINDOW Close lt Ctrl F4 gt or double click the window s icon Alternatively select FILE Close If the current file has been modified and not yet saved to disk you are prompted with Save current file Yes No Abandon If you select Yes VEDIT will save the current file with all modifications If you select No VEDIT will abandon changes that have been made since the last time the file was saved In either case it also closes the current buffer and buffer However VEDIT always keeps one buffer and window open they may be empty If you select Yes to save the text but no file is open you will be prompted for the name under which to save the file No filename specified Enter Save As filename Enter the desired name for the file You can also close a file by double clicking the mouse on the window s left side icon This is equivalent to WINDOW Close WINDOW Remove lets you close any window without first switching to it Its primary purpose is to close remove special command mode windows that were created in the VEDIT PLUS macro languag
107. primarily used when the file is about to be processed with the BLOCK Edit translate sub menu See Also Block Operations Marking a Block of Text in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker 222 Chapter6 Menu Reference Block Menu Remove Markers Remove any existing block markers Keystroke Equivalent lt Shft F9 gt this is a keystroke macro However CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt are usually used to remove markers This function is also on the toolbar Full Description You can remove clear the block markers at any time this also removes the highlighting Normally most block operations clear the block markers when completed Notes It is usually easier to remove the block markers by pressing CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt or simultaneously pressing both mouse buttons You can also perform CANCEL by just double pressing lt Ctrl gt this assumes CONFIG Emulation Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcut modes is en abled This item is also available in the ESCAPE menu and on the toolbar See Also Block Operations VEDIT s Blocks are Persistent in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker CANCEL Copy to Cursor Move to Cursor Copy or move the highlighted block of text to the current cursor position without using the scratchpad or clipboard Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F9 gt This is a keystroke macro lt Alt F9 gt This is a keystroke macro Full
108. proj syn before looking in the VEDIT Home Directory Screen updating is slower with syntax highlighting enabled but on Pentium computers it is barely noticeable Creating your own SYN syntax definition file Custom syntax highlighting definition files are fairly easy to create for other languages and even non programming applications The on line help topic Color syntax highlighting DOS SYNHI describes this in detail Most of the supplied syn files were created by customers and then shared with us 158 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Template Editing Template Editing With each normal text character entered in Visual Mode a template editing event macro can be executed This requires that the macro is already loaded and that template editing is enabled The template editing macro typically performs some type of shorthand expan sion by recognizing a key word and expanding it to the full string of characters For example if the template macro file c vtm is loaded typing if C immediately expands to if The cursor is placed inside the It similarly expands other common C and VEDIT PLUS programming language statements If you accidentally type a key word and get an undesired expansion immedi ately select EDIT Undo Edit lt Ctrl Z gt or lt Alt Bksp gt to undo the expansion and your last typed character To insert the characters of a key word without getting an expan
109. record will not be displayed at the beginning of a screen line and the fields in the records will not be lined up You can make these files easier to edit by setting CONFIG File handling Record header size to the size of the header in bytes Each following record will then start on a new screen line and the fields in the records will be aligned on the screen The status line displays a line number of 0 when the cursor is in the header This makes the line number correspond to the record number XBASE VEDIT can configure itself to dBase and xBase database files by Files selecting MISC More macros DBASEKEY This macro reads the header size and record size from the current DBF file and configures VEDIT accordingly A more elaborate DBASE VDM macro is described in Chapter 5 Editing Very Long Lines Technical VEDIT cannot always handle text lines longer than about 2500 characters Specifically the first character displayed in the window through the last character of the last line of the window cannot exceed the size of the edit buffer Therefore assuming a 24 line window a typical buffer size of 60 000 bytes and uniform length lines the maximum line length is 60 000 24 2666 For this reason VEDIT automatically sets the file type to Record Mode when it encounters lines longer than 2000 characters at the beginning of a newly opened file In Record Mode VEDIT can handle lines of any length even mil
110. system during point and shoot file selection and for selected other prompts 0 turns this help line off Box drawing style 1 4 Default 1 Determines the style used by MISC Box drawing mode for drawing the vertical and horizontal lines with lt Shift Cursor gt Note that lt Ctrl Cursor gt draws a different complementary type of line Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 295 Maximum REPEAT count 1 65535 Default 256 Determines the maximum repeat count that can be entered for REPEAT and EDIT Repeat The default maximum of 256 is used to prevent novice users from inadver tently entering a huge count for an edit operation that might corrupt their file or take a long time to perform Values larger than 256 are often desirable but can exceed VEDIT s ability to undo them Experienced users may prefer a larger value Keyboard input options 0 31 Default 17 Controls processing of keyboard characters You will only need to change this value for special applications This option combines five options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option The base value of 0 strips 8 bit characters discards unassigned control keys and preserves the case of letters Mask 1 Enable 8 bit keyboard characters you always want this enabled on an IBM PC Mask 2 Treat 8 bit graphics characters as function keys This is useful on some CRT terminals but s
111. text off a deletion stack Notes Technically EDIT Undo Deletion is not an undo function it is an editing function that inserts a previously deleted block of text anywhere in the file Therefore you can undo EDIT Undo Deletion with EDIT Undo Edit When enough memory is available VEDIT can undo up to 256K of deleted text Only the last five deleted lines and blocks can be re inserted with EDIT Undo Deletion If the last five deletions exceed 256K it may not be possible to re insert more than one or two deleted blocks A block deletion giving the confirmation prompt Cannot undo this operation Proceed anyway cannot be re inserted or otherwise undone Redo Redo the effects of the last undo operation Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Y gt These is a keystroke macros Full Description Each Redo reverses the effects of the previous undo operation This is useful when you have gone too far with undo and want to restore your editing changes Redo is only available while performing Undo operations Once you stop using Undo and perform normal editing redo is no longer available After switching buffers files you can no longer redo changes to previous buffers You can Redo as many operations as you can Undo Each redo only restores one editing operation at a time each redo reverses the effects of one EDIT Undo Edit Since EDIT Undo Line can undo several many edit o
112. the BLOCK menu e g the lt Numpad gt keys Double pressing the hot key for any text register prompt selects the default scratchpad The toolbar also has buttons for selecting the scratchpad See the Notes for BLOCK Copy to register See Also Block Operations Scratchpad and Text Registers in Chapter 4 BLOCK Copy to register Paste scratchpad Insert the contents of the scratchpad at the current cursor position Keystroke Equivalent lt Shft Ins gt This is a keystroke macro Alternatively double press the key assigned to BLOCK Insert register default lt Numpad gt to insert the scratchpad Full Description This item inserts the contents of the scratchpad text register 0 at the current cursor location If the scratchpad is empty this command has no effect Notes The scratchpad will be inserted as the same type of block as it was saved A line block will be inserted before the current line A columnar block will be inserted on the current line and at the starting column on successive lines This item normally inserts text regardless of the Insert mode status for normal editing BLOCK Insert register has an option for overwriting the existing text However in overstrike only mode e g when editing bi nary data files the existing text at the cursor will be overwritten By default the cursor will be positioned past the inserted text Alternatively set CONFIG
113. the Config commands necessary to fully configure VEDIT Experienced users may prefer to config ure VEDIT by directly editing this file as described in Chapter 8 In the DOS version you can also save the entire configuration and keyboard layout into the VEDIT EXE file with CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE See Also STARTUP VDM File in Chapter 5 CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 265 Load Config Configure VEDIT by loading a CFG configuration file Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description You can configure VEDIT by loading a cfg file These files are usually created with CONFIG Save config gt To load a new configuration from disk 1 Select CONFIG Load config You are prompted with Filename C VEDIT VEDIT CFG 2 If the default vedit cfg filename is correct press lt Enter gt Otherwise edit the path and filename as needed Notes VEDIT automatically configures itself at startup by loading the vedit cfg file This function does not load a new keyboard layout You must use CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout for this If desired you can delete most lines froma cfg file and keep only those lines that change the default settings See Also VEDIT CFG Config File in Chapter 8 CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout Auto save Config Set up VEDIT to automatically save all configuration changes Keystroke Equivalent None
114. the block Most block operations remove the markers after the operation is completed The disadvantage of persistent blocks is that you sometimes have to explicitly remove the markers VEDIT makes this as easy as possible You can remove the block markers in many ways Double press the lt Ctrl gt key This assumes CONFIG Emulation Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcut modes is enabled Simultaneously press both mouse buttons Press CANCEL lt Ctrl gt Select BLOCK Remove markers lt Shift F9 gt or toolbar Select ESCAPE Remove block markers DOS Press lt Ctrl Break gt What exactly does the block include For stream blocks you must mark the end of the block with the cursor one character PAST the last character to be included in the block In other words the character just before the cursor is the last character included in the block Therefore if you end a stream block at the end of a line the invisible newline character will not be included If you end the block at the beginning of the next line the preceding newline character will be included When marking entire lines you may find it easier to select line blocks This exclusion of the character at the cursor position may not make sense at first but once you are used to it it simplifies block operations However when marking columnar blocks itis much more intuitive and useful to include the character at the cur
115. the choice of running it again exiting the macro but staying in VEDIT or completely exiting VEDIT Notes When comparing identically named files on two drives you only need to enter the drive name at the Template file prompt For example to compare newdoco txt in the current directory of default drive C with the same filename in the current directory of drive D you could enter Enter the name of the active file newdoco txt Enter the name of the template file d The comparison will either be case sensitive or insensitive depending upon the setting of CONFIG Search options Default case sensitive option COMPARE attempts to align the template file with the active file by looking within the template file for the 24 character string following the active file cursor If it cannot find a match within 20 lines preceding the template cursor or within 100 lines following the cursor it gives the error Unable to realign template file Realignment failure is most likely due to the active file cursor being positioned where the files are not identical for the next 24 characters It could also be due to the cursor having been moved too far forward or backward To continue the comparison reposition the active file cursor and press VISUAL EXIT Occasionally COMPARE will be unable to realign the files To continue the file comparison you must then manually realign the cursor in both files and select option
116. the correct source code file is loaded and the cursor placed on the line containing the error the entire error reported by the compiler is displayed in a separate window You can immediately edit the file and with a hot key advance to the next error or re compile the program Once your program compiles without errors you can also run your linker and debugger from within VEDIT The normal compiler support also supports several popular Make utilities and will even track errors reported by different compilers in a Make script The compiler support consists of the compile vdm macro which loads either compile mnu or java sdk mnu as the new Tools menu the C xxxxxx vdm macros which implement each Tools menu function compiler specific vcs files and the compile cnf and java sdk cnf configuration files For each supported compiler there is a corresponding vcs macro file The file names correspond to the compiler s command name e g the Microsoft C compiler is c1 ves the Borland C compiler is bec ves and the Java SDK compiler is javac vcs The compile vdm compile mnu java mnu compile cnf and java sdk cnf files are located in the VEDIT Home Directory the remain ing files are in the COMPILE subdirectory typically c vedit compile The compile cnf file determines the default Compile Link Debug and Make commands that will be used You must edit this file to set the default commands and compiler options
117. the existing assignment 4 For Edit sequence press the exact sequence of keystrokes you want the macro to play back each time its hot key is pressed If necessary you can edit the Edit sequence with BACKSPACE 5 When the Edit sequence is correct press lt Enter gt The keystroke macro is now defined and ready for use It will be available until you exit VEDIT or overwrite it To make it permanent select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout Notes To use lt Esc gt lt Enter gt or lt Backspace gt as part of the Assigned hot key or Edit sequence you must precede that key with ENTER CTRL default lt Ctrl Q gt If it contains ENTER CTRL press it twice The REPEAT function can be used with keystroke macros to repeat the macro a number of times A REPEAT can also be part of the assigned Edit Sequence 298 Chapter6 Menu Reference Keyboard Layout Sub menu DOS UNIX QNX versions This item uses the edit functions ESCAPE and BACKSPACE which are almost always assigned to lt Esc gt and lt Backspace gt However on CRT termi nals the assignments may be different in all cases the top line in the dialog box displays the exact key s to be pressed See Also Keystroke Macros in Chapter 4 for a step by step example Notes for CONFIG Keyboard layout above CONFIG Keyboard layout Record keystroke macro CONFIG Key board layout Edit view layout
118. the file does not change Translating between EBCDIC and ASCII For example to translate an EBCDIC file downloaded from an IBM mainframe into ASCII for use on a PC gt Translate a file from EBCDIC to ASCII 1 Open the EBCDIC file in the normal manner e g with FILE Open 2 Select BLOCK Select all to mark the entire file as a block 3 Select BLOCK Edit Translate Translate from EBCDIC to translate the file to ASCII If the original EBCDIC file consisted of fixed length records without end of record characters you may want to add an ASCII newline Carriage Return and Line Feed to the end of each record so that Windows DOS programs can more easily read it 4 Select CONFIG File handling File type and set the correct record length Records should now be nicely aligned on the screen 5 Select BLOCK Convert newlines Convert macro In the macro s menu select Fixed length records to Newlines You may now want to change CONFIG File handling File type to 0 or 1 to recognize ASCII newlines and make the file more readable on the screen This does not affect the translated file itself 6 Select FILE Close buffer or FILE Exit to save the translated file Instead of translating an EBCDIC file you can also display the file in ASCII instead of gibberish by selecting VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar several times to enter EBCDIC mode In this mode
119. the option Reg Exp is selected in the Search Replace dialog box Many characters have special meaning in regular expressions caret Matches the beginning of a line when it is the first character in a regular expression Matches the end of a line when it is the last character in a regular expression period Simple wildcard that matches any character Search and Replace Examples o e Ao e 0 e A an d an e an e Chapter 4 Editing Guide 127 Matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding char acter or list Matches one or more occurrences of the preceding char acter or list Matches zero or one occurrences of the preceding charac ter or list Matches any text containing o followed by any charac ter followed by e Will match the word one and the ome in the word some Matches the same strings but only if they appear at the beginning of a line Will match the word one at the beginning of a line DOES NOT match some Matches the same strings but only if they appear at the end of a line Will match the word one and the ome in the word some if they occur at the end of a line DOES NOT match the word something Matches only a blank line Matches any text containing a followed by zero or more occurrences of n followed by a d Will match the ad in the word add and the word and
120. then be performed instantly on even the largest files Block Begin Block End Move the cursor to the beginning or end of the currently highlighted block Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt gt this is a keystroke macro lt Alt gt this is a keystroke macro Full Description These functions move the cursor to the beginning or end of ahighlighted block It is useful when you forget precisely where the beginning of a large block is after it has scrolled off the screen Notes To restrict a search within a highlighted block you must first highlight the block and then move the cursor to the beginning of the block GOTO Block begin is a convenient way of doing this If a block is extremely large these functions may result in some disk activity and delay See Also BLOCK Set stream marker SEARCH Search Search within a block Line Move the cursor to the beginning of a specific line or record Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Lines are numbered starting from the first line in your file The current line number is indicated on the status line There are no actual line numbers as you might find in a BASIC language program and the line numbers do not stick to real text lines If you insert or delete a line in the middle of your file the line numbers of all following lines will be changed accordingly GOTO Line is useful when working with large files If you know an exact or even approx
121. they do not have to be translated to from ASCII VEDIT allows complete flexibility in determining the desired keyboard layout You can assign the basic edit functions to any function and control keys and build in as many keystroke macros hot keys as desired Function and control keys which are not assigned to either edit functions or keystroke macros are usually ignored Entering Control and Graphics Characters A computer s basic memory unit called a byte allows 256 possible values for each character The first 32 characters are called control characters and have decimal values O through 31 The normal displayable characters have decimal values 32 through 127 The characters with values of 128 through 255 are called graphics characters or high bit characters To enter a control character into your text you must precede it with ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt This technique also lets you enter control characters into search strings ENTER CTRL is fully described under the equivalent EDIT Enter CTRL char in Chapter 6 Menu Reference In Windows and DOS control and graphics characters can be entered directly by holding down the lt Alt gt key typing the decimal value of the desired character on the keypad and releasing the lt Alt gt key All character values except 00 the Null character can be entered in this way Control charac ters entered this way do not need to be preceded with
122. to select what it does when the function declaration is found simply switch to the file switch to the file and cascade the windows or default switch to the file and setup to switch back View the utags vdm file for more information This macro is not overly complex and can be modified to your preferences utags vdmonly looks for the tags file in the current directory If necessary you could copy utags vdm to various local directories and modify the File_Open command to specify the full pathname to the tags file We would appreciate any improvements you might make to these macros 180 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Integrated Compiler Support Integrated Compiler Support Overview VEDIT s compiler support can improve a programmer s productivity by allowing any desired compiler assembler linker debugger and Make utilities to be run from within the editor The compiler support is implemented as nine items in the Tools menu If there is no Tools menu e g the Tutorial menu is displayed the correct Tools menu can be loaded by selecting MISC Load Compiler support Either the normal compiler support can be loaded into the Tools menu or Java SDK specific support can be loaded into the JavaTools menu You can easily switch between Java SDK and another compiler by selecting MISC Load compiler support again The item TOOLS Compile runs the currently selected compiler If an error is reported
123. up the word pressed again it deletes the space s between the words Therefore you must press these functions twice for each word to be deleted Moving the Cursor VEDIT has a full range of cursor movement functions in addition to the four basic arrow keys You can move the cursor by words paragraphs pages and to the beginning or end of a line or screen Other movements using the GOTO menu are described in Chapter 6 Moving past the beginning end of a line Pressing lt Cursor Left gt at the beginning of a line moves the cursor to the end of the previous line Similarly pressing lt Cursor Right gt at the end of a line moves to the beginning of the following line This behavior is configurable You can configure how VEDIT handles the cursor when it is past the end of a line e g what happens when you press lt Cursor Down gt from a long line past a short line By default VEDIT allows the cursor past the end of a short line but as soon as you type it zips the cursor left to the real text Alternatively VEDIT can pad the short line with enough spaces to reach the cursor position See CONFIG Emulation Cursor position mode in Chapter 6 for a more detailed description Moving by Words You can move forwards and backwards by words lt Ctrl Right Arrow gt NEXT WORD lt Ctrl Left Arrow gt PREV WORD Moving to the Beginning or End of a Line To move the cursor to the end of the current line press lt E
124. when you open the original file At the filename prompt enter e g oldfile txt a newfile txt See Also FILE Save FILE Exit Buffer Switch Change to a different edit buffer and file Keystroke Equivalent lt F4 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Buffer switch switches directly to any desired edit buffer If the specified buffer is already open this is similar to using FILE Next buffer or FILE Previous buffer If the buffer is not open i e unused it opens the buffer as an empty buffer similar to FILE New When simultaneously editing multiple files FILE Buffer switch can be used to switch directly to a given file If that file is currently displayed in a different window it also switches to that window gt To switch to a desired edit buffer file 1 Select FILE Buffer switch lt F4 gt 2 In the dialog box you can either directly enter the desired buffer number or select a buffer using point amp shoot The new edit buffer s number will be displayed on the status line Notes Selecting HELP Edit buffers also accesses the point and shoot style dialog box which lists each open edit buffer the name of the attached win dow s and the associated filename if any This display is useful when you forget precisely what files you are currently editing Don t confuse edit buffer numbers with window ID numbers Although they are often the same t
125. whether the text is printed single spaced 1 double spaced 2 or triple spaced 3 For example a value of 2 leaves a blank line between every printed line Print mode 0 Win 2 Normal 274 Safe 1024 Raw Determines if control and graphic characters are sent as is to the printer or are first expanded Also permits printing in hexadecimal or printing an EBCDIC file on an ASCII printer The most common values are 0 Characters are printed in the same mode as they are displayed the display mode is changed with VIEW toggle display mode or CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen display mode 2 Tabs are expanded to spaces all other control graphics characters are sent as is to the printer 274 Safe mode All control character are converted to the x format so that they don t control the printer It is a combination of Masks 256 16 and 2 1024 All control characters including Tabs are sent as is to the printer Other print modes are selected by adding mask values setting bits for each desired characteristic 290 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Mask 8192 Print EBCDIC in equivalent ASCII using translate table Other translate tables can be loaded Mask 4096 Print all chars in octal Mask 2048 Print all chars in hexadecimal Mask 1024 Print all control characters including Tabs and lt Esc gt as is Overrides any Masks below Mask 512 Print graphics characters in the format lt nnn gt
126. which if the are removed enables VEDIT to auto save all modified files every 15 minutes Config F_AUTO_SAVE 15 The following headings describe the features that can be set up with startup vdm in more detail The UNIX and QNX versions start up by executing the file veditrc in the VEDIT Home Directory This macro file contains the com mands Config_Load vedit cfg and Key_Load vedit key to configure VEDIT to the preferences of each user The documenta tion supplied with the QNX and UNIX versions describes this in more detail STARTUP VDM File Chapter5 Advanced Topics 149 Changing Configuration with STARTUP VDM You can set any desired configuration parameters with Config commands in the startup vdm file Since the startup vdm file is executed after vedit cfg is loaded they will override the configuration saved with CONFIG Save config Although this can get confusing it has some advantages For example you may have configured VEDIT to auto save your changes every 15 minutes However one day you temporarily turn off this feature With CONFIG Auto save config normally enabled this change is saved You then forget to turn this feature back on most likely you won t notice your mistake until you lose some work This is an example of why you might want to set important configuration settings in startup vdm Any configuration changes you make in VEDIT will then be temporary even if y
127. with the normal keyboard layout to copy to register 0 simply press lt Numpad gt twice The non windows versions have an optional terse method of selecting register numbers To select from the first ten registers simply press 0 through 9 you don t need to press lt Enter gt To select other registers first type period type the number and then press lt Enter gt For example to select register 20 enter 20 This is convenient because in practice you rarely use more than the first ten registers The text register selection dialog box gives you the option of appending the block to the existing contents of a text register or inserting the block at the beginning of the existing contents You can insert the contents of a text register anywhere in your file or in another file Place the cursor at the desired location and select BLOCK Insert register lt Numpad gt The register contents can optionally overwrite the existing text Block options Fill and Overstrike When a block of text is moved cut to a text register with BLOCK Move to register the original block is normally deleted Optionally the block can be filled with spaces or a configurable character In the Move to register dialog box select the Fill buffer text option Both character and columnar blocks can be filled The fill character can be changed with CONFIG Tab Fill Block fill character 100 C
128. x as not x Match the 1 character You need a double Il to search for a single I in your text A double II is also needed on the replacement side Matching the Newline Carriage Return and Line Feed with L and N The pattern matching codes IL and IN match the newline character s Carriage Return and or Line Feed depending upon the current file type When CONFIG File handling File type is set to 0 Windows DOS text file they match a Carriage Return and Line Feed pair as the newline characters When set to 2 Mac text file they match a single Carriage Return character Otherwise they match a single Line Feed character Search and Replace Chapter 4 Editing Guide 123 IL and IN are similar but not identical For file type 0 Windows DOS text IL treats a Carriage Return as optional while IN requires both a Carriage Return and Line Feed Therefore IL is preferred in search strings because it handles Windows DOS text files that might be missing some Carriage Returns For other file types IL and IN are identical IN is equivalent to 10131010 1010 or 1013 depending upon the file type IN works slightly faster than IL and IN can be used in the replacement string Using IN is a convenient way to enter a multiple line replacement string In summary IL
129. 0 your screen will stay in the 43 50 line mode and DOS will normally run properly with the additional lines However if you notice that DOS is only running in the top 25 lines the most likely cause is having ANSI SYS installed ANSI SYS does not support more than 25 lines Many EGA VGA cards come with a utility disk containing an improved ANSI SYS which supports 43 50 lines E IBM PC Keyboard Layout Appendices 363 E IBM PC Keyboard Layout The entire normal keyboard layout is listed in alphabetic order by key name It includes the actual contents of each keystroke macro This list is similar to that displayed by CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout lt Alt A gt lt Alt B gt lt Alt C gt lt Alt D gt lt Alt E gt lt Alt F gt lt Alt G gt lt Alt H gt lt Alt I gt lt Alt J gt lt Alt K gt lt Alt L gt lt Alt M gt lt Alt N gt lt Alt O gt lt Alt P gt lt Alt Q gt lt Alt R gt lt Alt S gt lt Alt T gt lt Alt U gt lt Alt V gt lt Alt W gt lt Alt X gt lt Alt Y gt lt Alt Z gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt MENU CKA MENU B MENU C MENU VD MENU E MENU F MENU G MENU H MENU BN MENU VC MENU CKR MENU BL MENU M Used by Compiler support MENU FMS Used by Compiler support MENU VI REPEAT LAST MENU
130. 100 text registers For simplicity one text register is reserved as the scratchpad You can directly copy or move a highlighted block to the current cursor position VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 51 We suggest using VEDIT s scratchpad or other text registers instead of the Windows clipboard for copying blocks within VEDIT Marking highlighting a Block VEDIT gives you three main ways to mark a block of text Use the mouse to drag over the selected text Hold down the lt Shift gt key while moving the cursor Select BLOCK Set stream marker in the menus or press the equiva lent hot key lt F9 gt or select it from the toolbar Since you probably already know how to highlight a block with the mouse or lt Shift gt key let s highlight a block using the hot key for BLOCK Set stream marker gt To highlight a block using a hot key 1 Position the cursor on the first character to be included in the block 2 Press lt F9 gt to set the first block marker Or select Set stream marker from the toolbar Note the message 1 END on the status line 3 Move the cursor to the end of the block any desired method can be used For example you could search for text at the end of the block Position the cursor just past the last character of the block To include the newline at the end of a line position the cursor at the beginning of the next line 4 Press
131. 112 Printing in VEDIT eies ra eaa iaai FROESE 113 Basic Op r tion ennn a Sane eae 114 Printer Marib Sena r ois Reedy ratte O RE 115 Using the PRINT VDM Macro s ssssesseeesessreseerrreererrrsseererrsreen 115 Print Display Mode serune n a 116 EBCDIC and other Translate Tables eeeeeeeees 116 Print Jobs and Finish Eject 0 00 0 eesesccescceceeeseeeseeseeeeeeereees 117 Print Job Start Finish Strings occ ee cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 118 Search and Replace 0 0 cece eecseesceseeseceeceeeseesaeeseeeecaecsesseeaecaeeseaeeags 120 Pattern Matching wo eee ee ceeeseeceseeseeeeeeeeseeeceeecaecaeeeseaeeaeeneees 120 Matching the Newline with IL and IN owe 122 Matching the Beginning End of a Line with I lt and I gt 123 Matching Multiple Characters with IM and TY 123 Pattern Sets rsson teor A EE EINAN 124 Using Text Registers in Search Strings ee eee 125 R gular EX pressions soror e eei dine E REE 126 Regular Expression Basics e esseseeseeeseeseerseerrrrseererrsrsrrerees 126 Special Matching Characters cece ceeeeseesseeeeeeeeseeeees 129 The OR Operatie sesh oes aE E Silat 129 Groups and Replacement StringS eee esses ceeeeeeeeee 130 Complete Example Sastreren oisit riei rris 131 Matching the Newline ssseseseeessessreesrrsesrerrresrerrrrsresee 131 Maximize Regular Expression Matching 0 0 0 eee eee 132 Word Processing Functions 0 00 0 ceeeesseseeee
132. 361 E IBM PC Keyboard Layout 0 cece ceeceeceseeseeeeeseesaeeeneseeeenee 363 F IBM PC Color Charte sieer a E EE E N 367 G ASCH Tablete nke R E lone to nities 368 Welcome to VEDIT Chapter 1 Introduction 9 Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome to VEDIT Purpose of Program VEDIT is an editor designed not only for text preparation and program development but also for editing large database mainframe and binary files It can edit in ASCII EBCDIC Hexadecimal and Octal and supports variable length and fixed length database records VEDIT lets you perform near miracles on data files If you have ever had to patch a corrupted database file convert a huge mainframe file to a DOS Win dows text file translate between ASCII EBCDIC ANSI and custom character sets examine a Postscript file perform a last minute search replace on a 400 Megabyte file or search replace a thousand files you probably wished for the kind of speed and capability that only VEDIT offers As a text editor VEDIT is intended for both program development and text preparation It is ideal for writing programs e g C Pascal Basic Assembler HTML and lengthy documents such as reports or manuscripts It is also well suited for the preparation of text files being used with Desktop Publishing packages such as Corel s Ventura Publisher tm Since VEDIT can efficiently edit any file you will ever encounter including binary data files and huge files up to 2
133. 45 Full Size Windows Windows version 0 0 sees eeeeeceeeceeeeseeseeeceeecaeceeeeeseesaeeeeeeeeaees 146 Editing One File in Two Windows 0 0 ceeeeseeeeceeceeeneeeeees 146 Chapter 5 Advanced Topics csssccccssssssccssssssccssssesccsssssseeees LAT STARTUP VDM Pile sis sscoscstscstitasiceties corns teats on teneil Cenie aelineetes 147 Changing Configuration with STARTUP VDM ssec 149 Using a different startup file 0 eee eeeseeeseeeceeneeseeseees 149 Name of STARTUP VDM and VEDITLINI seee 150 USER and TOOL Menus eene aeeai eti area 151 File ty pe Conti guration siessen en E ERE 153 Color Syntax Highlighting eee cece cseeseeeceseceeceeeseeseesseneseeeeaees 155 Automatic syntax highlighting for C oo eee eee ceeeeeeneee 155 Automatic syntax highlighting for HTML eee 156 Automatic syntax highlighting for other languages 0 0 157 Creating your own SYN syntax definition file 157 Template Ran 222 cade ee E ee E E E E nai mentee 158 Manual Setup scssi segner aee seira as ETEen TESES es 158 Automatic template editing for C and HTML ee 158 HTML Editing Features iieiea e ta tes seese sis a anA TEE Ei 160 Command Macros ierre o En Satelite ete E EEEE EEE 161 VEDIT PLUS Macro Language seesessseeeeeesseereersrsreererereerererees 161 Command Macros and Text Registers 162 Loading and Executing Command Macros eee 163 AUTO EXECUUON sess Se eee eee Sega ee i a a
134. 46 Auto configuration Startup 57 Auto execution of macros 164 Auto file save 66 285 Auto indent mode 135 270 AUTOEXEC BAT file 30 BACKSPACE 90 281 283 311 BACKSPACE emulation mode 281 BACKTAB 311 Backup file BAK 65 285 345 Backward file buffering 346 Beep level 294 Beginning of file buffer 235 Binary file editing 214 Binary files 67 82 84 286 Header size 85 BIOS Keyboard input 78 326 Screen output 58 326 Block 94 109 Auto replace 283 BLOCK menu 218 226 Characters included 96 Columnar blocks 94 105 Copy move See Copying moving text 94 109 370 Cut amp past huge blocks 103 Delete 208 228 Fill 99 229 Fill character 268 Highlighting See Block markers 94 Indent 104 201 Line blocks 94 Overstrike 99 Search 251 255 Translating 110 111 231 Write to disk 226 Block markers 67 Auto cancel 284 Goto 236 Highlight color attribute 278 Highlighting 94 105 284 Remove 96 222 284 308 Setting 94 95 218 283 Setting columnar markers 220 Setting line markers 220 BLOCK message 67 Box drawing mode 242 294 Browse mode 57 61 68 190 286 335 Buffer See Edit buffer 192 BYTE message 67 C programming 155 159 Ctags 178 179 Syntax highlighting 155 Template editing 158 CANCEL 312 Caps lock 67 lt CR gt 74 287 Carriage return character 74 82 286 Searching 122 Case See Lower and upper case
135. 48 314 NEXT TAB STOP 314 NEXT WORD 47 314 Notation 19 Null character 73 122 129 252 Display 276 Num lock 67 Numeric expressions 70 Offset into file 68 237 Offset paragraph 136 OS 2 28 Outliner CFUNC macro 175 Output file 305 345 Overstrike mode 45 276 281 325 Overwrite only mode 62 100 286 Padding Tabs and spaces 105 135 PAGE DOWN 48 PAGE UP 48 314 Number of lines overlap 327 Page eject 291 Paragraph Definition of 133 Formatting 136 199 269 Formatting Enable 269 Justifying 136 137 270 Offset 136 Unjustify 137 Parentheses matching 239 Pattern matching 120 348 Codes 120 Pattern sets 124 POS message 68 PREV PARAGRAPH 48 314 PREV WORD 47 314 Print Basic operation 114 Block 114 117 193 Configuration 288 Control characters 116 289 Dialog box 193 Display mode 116 EBCDIC 116 Eject Page 291 Entire file 114 115 165 193 379 Finish print job 291 Fonts 119 Form Feed character 290 Formatter macro 115 165 Hexadecimal 116 289 Introduction 53 113 119 Job 290 Laser Printer notes 288 Line spacing double etc 289 Macro 115 165 Margins 115 288 Mode 289 Paper length 288 Print job 117 Printer port selection 291 Start Finish strings 117 118 To file 291 Troubleshooting 115 Wrapping long lines 289 PRINT VDM file 115 164 165 Programs Run from within VEDIT 176 177 Qui
136. 76 Center line 199 269 CFUNC VDM file 175 Clipboard 70 103 197 COL message 67 Color Chart 360 Configuration 277 Edited text 215 278 Toggle 215 Color syntax highlighting See Syntax highlighting 155 157 Column Display column 67 Go to column 237 Columnar block See Block 94 220 Command macros 161 163 371 Auto execution 59 164 Execute 163 244 246 Load 163 245 Text register usage 162 Command Mode Enter via Escape menu 307 Command Mode VEDIT PLUS 161 316 Enter via keystroke macro 92 Help message 328 Message on status line 67 Comments Assembly language 124 Compare Buffers files 257 Directories 170 Files 168 169 COMPARE VDM file 168 169 COMPDIR VDM and COMPDIR BAT files 170 COMPILE CMF file 182 Compiler support 180 184 Description of files 36 Installation 181 Startup 247 Using 183 CONFIG SYS file 30 Configuration CONFIG menu 263 295 Edit buffer dependent parameters 266 File type specific 153 154 271 Initial 33 Keyboard layout 38 42 296 301 Load from disk 265 Network 31 32 Overview 263 295 Save to disk 264 265 Startup 57 STARTUP VDM file 149 VEDIT CFG file 324 VEDIT KEY file 322 323 Continuation character 72 Configuration 328 Continuation line 72 Control characters Display 74 213 275 Entering 73 201 Keyboard 73 Search for 252 Convert lower to upper case See Lower and upper case 76 227 Copying mo
137. 86 Chapter6 Menu Reference File Menu File Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The File menu includes functions for opening a file for editing switching between the multiple files being edited saving and exiting New Ctr N Open Ctr O Open More Open in Same buffer Alto Close Open with Horizontal split window AltY Browse mode Open with Vertical split window Save AItF12 Save all Save As Buffer switch F4 Next buffer F Previous buffer F5 Print Ctrl P 1c CONFIG SYS 2 C EMAIL password tt 3C Wedit cclosevdm 4CABATCH DESKTOP BAT v Enable edit restore Exit AIX New Open a new edit buffer without an assigned filename Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl N gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description New opens a new unused edit buffer it will initially be empty and have no assigned filename To assign a filename to the new edit buffer select FILE Save as Experienced users will probably prefer to use FILE Open even when creating new files Notes New is rarely used in VEDIT it is provided for compatibility with other editors and word processors Some other editors force you to select New and then Save as to create a new file However VEDIT automatically creates a new file when the file you select with FILE Open doesn t already exist File Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 187 Th
138. 9 gt lt Alt F12 gt lt Ctrl A gt lt Ctrl B gt lt Ctrl C gt lt Ctrl D gt lt Ctrl F gt lt Ctrl G gt lt Ctrl H gt lt Ctrl I gt lt Ctrl N gt lt Ctrl O gt lt Ctrl P gt lt Ctrl U gt lt Ctrl V gt lt Ctrl W gt lt Ctrl X gt lt Ctrl Y gt lt Ctrl Z gt lt Ctrl gt lt Ctrl End gt lt Ctrl F1 gt lt Ctrl F2 gt lt Ctrl F3 gt lt Ctrl F4 gt lt Ctrl F5 gt lt Ctrl F6 gt Add a new keystroke macro Toggle current window through display modes Set a column type block marker Toggle between window colors Start stop recording a new keystroke macro Set a line type block marker Open a new file in same current buffer Toggle File selector window on and off Exit VEDIT Same as lt Alt F4 gt Open another file in a horizontal window Zoom or de zoom windows Toggle binary text display mode Toggle hex mode split Create remove command mode window Goto the beginning of the block Goto the end of the block Undo last edit operation keystroke Display file properties and VEDIT status Display the current basic keyboard layout Start a new search amp replace Exit VEDIT save abandon file s Switch to the selected window file Highlight move block to cursor position Save current file continue editing Select entire file as a block Format the current paragraph Copy to Windows clipboard Set a text marker Start a new search Goto a text marker Start a new search amp replace
139. 91 Adding a Keystroke Macro from KEY MAC LIB 00 92 Loading a New Keyboard Layout 0 eee eee ceeeeeseeeeeeeeees 93 Block Operations c r ccccscescescessescblacsceueschccees saovies cbceosseSensceve succes estes sungsebevens 94 Marking selecting a Block of Text oo ee eeeeeesseeeeereeees 94 VEDIT s Blocks are Persistent 0 cesses ceeeecseeseeeeesees 96 What exactly does the block include oo eee eee 96 BLOCK Copy Move to cursor 0 ceeeeseeseeeceeeeseeseees 97 Text Registers and the Scratchpad oo eee ceeseeceeeeeeeneees 98 The Scratchpad Text Register 0 eseeeeeeeereeeeceeeee 98 Accessing Other Text Registers eee eeeeeeeseeeceeeeesees 99 Block options Fill and Overstrike o eeeeeeeee eee eeeee 99 Emptying a Text Register 0 0 cece ceeceeceeesseeseeeeenees 100 Text Register Usa Ee oriee Eeron EEEE EER Rete y 100 Cut amp Paste Huge Blocks soproni a e s 103 The Windows Clipboard ssssesesseseeeesesseeseseesresrersrssrerrrsresesessrseee 103 Block ndeni ape errre Mises seendeouesenessnteediatetes PEPE EEK O Se 104 Colummar BlockS einn eE E E E E 105 Translating a Block or File niiit sesegera RE ER 110 Translating between EBCDIC and ASCII eee 110 Translating between ANSI and ASCII ow eeeeeeeeeeceeeee 111 Creating Your Own Translation Table 0 eee eee eee ee eeeeee 111 Sorting Lines in a Block Fiesi ienris ssri a aies 112 Sorting by multiple fields major and minor keys
140. AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 and delete the preced ing to enable the command Config PG_F_AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 Enable file type config Save the file and exit VEDIT Restart VEDIT to process the new startup vdm file Check that CONFIG Programming File type specific config is set to 7 Open a c file CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax high lighting should be on Open a txt file CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting should be off Automatic syntax highlighting for HTML The startup vdm file is easily changed to support syntax highlighting for HTML instead of C Open startup vdm for editing and follow these steps gt To enable syntax highlighting for HTML 1 Disable the Syntax_Load c syn command by preceding it with Enable the Syntax_Load html syn command by removing the pre ceding Syntax_Load c syn Setup syntax highlight for C Syntax_Load html syn Setup syntax highlight for HTML Find Config PG_E_SYNTAX 1 LOCAL in the file type specific con figuration section corresponding to C files Disable the command by preceding it with Config PG_TEMPLAT 1 LOCAL Template editing for C Find Config PG_E_SYNTAX 1 LOCAL in the section correspond ing to HTML files Enable the command by removing the preceding Config PG_TEMPLAT 1 LOCAL Template editing for HTML Follow the steps abov
141. CROLL LEFT TAB CHARACTER T REG COPY T REG MOVE T REG INSERT VISUAL ESCAPE VISUAL EXIT lt Enter gt lt Backspace gt lt Shft Tab gt lt Ctrl gt lt Up Arrow gt lt Down Arrow gt lt Right Arrow gt lt Left Arrow gt lt Del gt lt Ctrl Bksp gt lt Ctrl Del gt lt Ctrl Q gt lt Ctrl J gt lt Ctrl K gt lt Ctrl L gt lt Esc gt lt F1 gt lt Ins gt lt Home gt lt End gt lt F10 gt or just tap lt Alt gt lt Ctrl Enter gt lt Ctrl Down Arrow gt Not assigned lt Ctrl Right Arrow gt lt PgUp gt lt PgDn gt lt Ctrl Up Arrow gt lt Ctrl Left Arrow gt lt Ctrl R gt lt Alt R gt lt Ctrl PgUp gt lt Ctrl PgDn gt lt Alt Up Arrow gt lt Alt Down Arrow gt lt Alt Right Arrow gt lt Alt Left Arrow gt or lt Ctrl Break gt or lt Ctrl Shift gt lt Tab gt lt Numpad gt or lt Ctrl F11 gt lt Numpad gt or lt Alt F11 gt lt Numpad gt or lt F11 gt lt Alt F10 gt lt Ctrl E gt or lt Ctrl F10 gt Keyboard Layout Chapter 2 Getting Started 41 Normal Built in Keystroke Macros Hot keys lt Alt A gt lt Alt D gt lt Alt I gt lt Alt J gt lt Alt K gt lt Alt L gt lt Alt O gt lt Alt Q gt lt Alt X gt lt Alt Y gt lt Alt Z gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt gt lt Alt Bksp gt lt Alt Enter gt lt Alt F1 gt lt Alt F2 gt lt Alt F4 gt lt Alt F5 gt lt Alt F
142. Chapter6 Menu Reference Convert Newlines Sub menu DOS to UNIX you may also need to manually change CONFIG File handling File type to 0 To see what is really at the end of each line select VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar several times until the window displays all characters in hexadecimal A Carriage Return is hex code OD a Line Feed is hex code OA See Also File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary in Chapter 4 BLOCK Convert newlines CONVERT macro CONVERT macro Convert to from fixed length record files Convert to from Macintosh files Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item converts all newlines in the highlight block to the selected type for DOS Windows UNIX or Macintosh It can also convert between fixed length database records and normal text files For example it can convert a database file without any newlines into a normal text file with newlines This item displays a simple menu of conversion options Notes This function is implemented by the macro convert vdm Users experi enced with the VEDIT PLUS macro language can change it to better suit their needs For example you could easily change all BLOCK Convert newline functions to convert the entire file if no block if highlighted as supplied the macro gives an error if no block is highlighted See Also File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary in Chapter 4 Goto
143. Config Directory typically c vedit vedit vedit cfg Change the desired configuration parameters This is described below Some of the parameters are described in this chapter the remainder are described under the CONFIG menu in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Save your changes e g with FILE Save and continue or WINDOW Close Select CONFIG Load config to load the vedit cfg file and verify that the configuration is correct The next time VEDIT is started it should have the new configuration If it does not see Troubleshooting above most likely the startup macro startup vdm is overriding the configuration List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 325 List of Config Parameters The vedit cfg file consists of over 200 Config commands Most of the Config commands change parameters which are also in the CONFIG menu and are described in Chapter 6 Menu Reference and in the on line help for each CONFIG sub menu The format of Config command lines is Config name comment value name The name of the configuration parameter to change comment A descriptive comment in double quotes that is ignored by VEDIT It is only for your reference for most parameters it is identical to the name seen in the CONFIG menu value The parameter s value as a decimal number This is the only field that you should change This topic primarily describes the additional Config commands which
144. Cyan 64 Red 65 Red 80 Magenta 81 Magenta 96 Brown 97 Brown 112 White 113 White 2 Green on Black 3 Cyan on Black 18 Blue 19 Blue 50 Cyan 35 Green 66 Red 67 Red 82 Magenta 83 Magenta 98 Brown 99 Brown 114 White 115 White 4 Red on Black 5 Magenta on Black 20 Blue 21 Blue 36 Green 37 Green 52 Cyan 53 Cyan 84 Magenta 69 Red 100 Brown 101 Brown 116 White 117 White 6 Brown on Black 7 White on Black 22 Blue 23 Blue 38 Green 39 Green 54 Cyan 55 Cyan 70 Red 71 Red 86 Magenta 87 Magenta 118 White 103 14 Yellow on Black 8 Grey on Black 30 Blue 24 Blue 46 Green 40 Green 62 Cyan 56 Cyan 78 Red T2 Red 94 Magenta 88 Magenta 110 Brown 104 Brown 126 White 120 White 368 Appendices G ASCII Table G ASCII Table 2 62 B 18 12 34 22 56 32 2 66 42 B 82 52 R 98 62 bliig 72 rl 21 15 37 25 53 35 5 69 45 E 85 55 Ullal 65 efi 75 ul 6 66 8 48 9 G9 o 25 19 4 41 29 gt SY 39 9 73 49 I 89 59 Vilas 69 id2i 79 yl 16 A E 26 i gt 42 2A 58 3A 74 4A J 90 5A ZjiB6 6A jji22 7A z 11 B 12 aC 14 GE N 30 1E al 46 2E 62 3E gt 78 4E N 94 SE 118 GE nii26 7E 15 BF 31 1F FT 47 2F z 63 SF 7 7 4F 0 95 SP 111 6F off27 YF 128 80 C44 98 E168 AB alive BH 8092 CA H208 DA W224 EA 240 FA 129 81 ii 145 91 2161 AL i Bi 24199 Ci H209 Di 225 Ei Bl24i Fi 131 83 4147 93 6463 A3 G79 B3 195 C3 H211 D3 227 E3 M243 F3 lt 132 84 a 148 94 jl64 A4 fi 18 B4 1 196 C4 212 D4 H228 E4
145. DIT Before shelling out any existing vout file in the current directory is deleted In the unlikely event this is a problem a trivial change documented in the runshe11 vdm file disables the vout feature The USER Save and run program 1 and USER Save and run program 2 functions are implemented by the runshell vdm macro The only difference between these functions is the slot in which the command is saved The last command is the default command the next time the function is selected This makes it easy to run the same compiler command over and over again or to change it as needed runshel1 vdmcan actually run and save up to five different commands If desired you can add a 3rd 4th and 5th command to the user mnu file by adding the following lines to it 22 Save and run program 3 103 3 CallF 122 runshell vdm 22 Save and run program 4 103 4 CallF 122 runshell vdm 22 Save and run program 5 103 5 CallF 122 runshell vdm If you always use the same commands you can change the Save and run program messages in the user mnu file to something more descriptive Users familiar with the VEDIT PLUS macro language can also change the runshel11 vdm macro to better serve specific needs 178 Chapter5 Advanced Topics ctags Symbol Lookus ctags Symbol Lookup The ctags facility is useful to programmers that are working on large programs particularly programs that consist of man
146. EW Toggle Hex mode split You can also switch to a window by clicking the mouse anywhere in the desired window However this function can be used to switch to another window when windows are zoomed It is usually easier to switch to any desired window by toggling to it with WINDOW Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt or WINDOW Previous window lt Ctrl F5 gt When switching to another window on the same file there may be some delay while VEDIT brings the new region of the file into memory See Also FILE Buffer switch WINDOW Next window Next Window Previous Window Toggle round robin style to the next previous window and its file Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F6 gt This is a keystroke macro lt Ctrl F5 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Next window switches round robin style to the next existing window Similarly Previous window switches to the previous window If there is only one window they have no effect If the new window contains a different file it also switches to that file buffer i e it also performs FILE Buffer switch If the new window contains the same file the editing position is moved to the cursor position in the new window This makes it easy to view and edit two or more regions of one file Notes You can also switch directly to another window with WINDOW Switch See the notes for WINDOW Switch See Also FILE Next buffer WINDOW Switc
147. FIG Printer Print mode lists all possible values EBCDIC and other Translate Tables This is an advanced topic With a print mode of 8192 VEDIT translates each character that is sent to the printer The EBCDIC translate table is built into VEDIT and therefore Printing in VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 117 you can load an EBCDIC IBM mainframe file and print it on your ASCII printer All printers connected to a PC are ASCII Note that this does not modify or translate the file itself only the characters sent to the printer are translated VEDIT can load custom translation tables and this can be very useful for many printing applications Here are some examples You might want to print a file with some or all control characters translated to a period Printa file with the high 8th bit stripped from all graphics characters Only translate one or two characters that are causing trouble for example translate the letter O to the digit 0 Any of these tasks can be done with a custom translation table Here is an overview of the steps involved 1 Create the desired custom translation table See the topic Translating a Block or File earlier in this chapter It may take you about an hour the first time 15 minutes when you are familiar with the process 2 Load the custom translation table with BLOCK Edit translate Load translate table 3 Select CONFIG Printer Print mode a
148. G File handling Use V SWAP when entering DOS SESS Save session in current directory 0 330 Chapiter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config F F_ BROWSE Enable fast browse mode 1 Same as CONFIG File handling Enable fast browse mode Config F_AUTO_F_TYPE Enable auto file type 1 Same as CONFIG File handling Enable auto file type Config F_F_TYPE File type 0 CR LF 1 LF 2 CR 0 Same as CONFIG File handling File type Config F_REC_HEAD Record header size 0 16K 0 Same as CONFIG File handling Record header size Config F_LEOF_PROC Special E O F processing 0 Allows VEDIT to create files compatible with old DOS programs or other applications that require a Ctrl Z End Of File character If enabled VEDIT does not read past the first Ctrl Z when opening a file and will not insert Ctrl Z characters Three options control how files are written 0 Normal text binary file Ctrl Z is not treated specially 1 Files are written in their exact file length Files are truncated at the first lt Ctrl Z gt encountered 2 Files are written with one Ctrl Z end of file marker 3 Files are written with one Ctrl Z and are padded with nulls to make the file length a multiple of 128 Config F_E_STARTUP Enable STARTUP VDM file 1 DOS only A value of 1 enables thestartup vdm file When set to
149. Gigabytes 2000 Megabytes in size it is ideal for editing and translating files downloaded from Mainframe comput ers and CD ROM data files It effortlessly handles database e g xBASE DBF postscript plotter output and other non standard files And VEDIT is the fastest editor available for huge multi megabyte files VEDIT can process entire groups of files automatically even thousands of files The same edit changes e g a search and replace can be applied to all files in a directory or even in all subdirectories Advanced features include multi file multi window editing template editing syntax highlighting search replace with pattern matching or regular expres sions and a full range of block operations by character line or column The entire keyboard layout and over 200 options are fully configurable Programming features include parentheses matching smart indenting and language specific color syntax highlighting and template editing for C Basic Assembly language HTML and others Additional features implemented as 10 Chapter Introduction Welcome to VEDIT macros include Ctags lookup C Pascal program outlining and integrated support for numerous compilers linkers debuggers and Make Simple Yet Powerful VEDIT is simple enough to learn and use for the novice yet has the speed flexibility and power to satisfy the most demanding computer professional It offers a rich assortment of editing capabilities simp
150. H Do_Visual PD Update Win_Switch 100 ATTACH Do_Visual PD else Alert Copy block to another open file buffer This keystroke macro copies the highlighted block of text to another open file s buffer s cursor position If three or more files are being edited it prompts for the buffer number VISUAL EXIT if be 1 return Num_Push 10 10 10 Buf_Num Reg_Copy_Block 0 bb be RESET if bt 2 Buf_Switch Buf_Next else Buf_Switch Get_Num Copy to which buffer STATLINE Reg_Ins 0 Buf_Switch 10 Num_Pop 10 10 Search and list matching lines This macro prompts for a text string and lists all lines containing the string with their line numbers See also USER Search and select VISUAL EXIT Save_Pos Get_Input 103 Enter text string STATLINE NOCR Win_Clear Begin_Of_File while Search 103 ADVANCE NOERR Num_Type Cur_Line NOCR Type_Space 2 Type 0 Type Restore_Pos C Application Notes Appendices 359 Delete blank lines This keystroke macro deletes all blank lines i e lines containing only a Carriage Return and or Line Feed Does not delete blank lines that also contain spaces and tabs VISUAL EXIT Replace lt gt N BEGIN ALL NOERR The following macro also deletes blank lines that contains spaces and tabs VISUAL EXIT Replace lt W gt N BEGIN ALL NOERR Delete lines containing a parti
151. However columnar blocks are quite different from stream blocks and VEDIT has many special columnar block features A block is selected marked by setting beginning and ending block markers VEDIT highlights this area so that you can see what you have selected Block editing functions such as BLOCK Write to disk are not available until you have selected a block of text Selecting a block of text changes the operation of some editing functions the cursor must also be within the block DELETE deletes the entire block of text This is configurable EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent functions indent undent all lines in the block TAB CHARACTER and BACKTAB are equivalent to EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent This is configurable SEARCH Search and SEARCH Replace by default are restricted to the characters in the block This can be selected in the Search and Replace dialog boxes Marking selecting a Block of Text There are three main ways to mark a block of text Select the BLOCK menu items or the equivalent hot keys to mark the desired type of block Stream and columnar blocks can also be set from the toolbar Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 95 Hold down the lt Shift gt key while moving the cursor to mark a stream block You can use the cursor keys and almost any cursor movement function For example lt Shift gt lt Ctrl End gt marks from the current posi tion to the end of th
152. IT manual does not document this programming language many useful macros are supplied with VEDIT and can be used without understanding their internal workings These macros are easy to use and are fully documented in Chapter 5 Most of them can be run from the MISC or MISC More macros menus You can also create Windows icons or DOS batch files to automatically run macros when VEDIT is started The following macros are supplied with VEDIT CFUNC This C program outlining macro lists each C program routine declaration in a separate window as you move through the list the original window moves through the C program PFUNC Similar macro to CFUNC but for Pascal programs COMPARE This file comparison macro displays the differences be tween two files on the screen and lets you merge or edit them in any way desired After displaying a difference the macro can re align the files and continue looking for further differences For example after finding where revisions were made you can copy blocks of text from one file to the other COMPDIR This directory comparison macro compares all files in two directories and displays a list of which files are different It also lists those files that are in one directory and not in the other COMPILE The integrated compiler support macro is described below DISPLAY This simple file display macro permits a computer user with no VEDIT experience to browse through a file It is used du
153. In VEDIT if no command macro is currently running this function has no effect In VEDIT PLUS this function is normally used to enter the Command Mode and is identical to ESCAPE Command Mode Escape This edit function is used inside keystroke macros that access the VEDIT PLUS macro language It also permits exiting the Visual Mode so that a command macro such as WILDFILE VDM can con tinue running In VEDIT PLUS it enters the Command Mode when no macro is currently running It is identical to ESCAPE Command Mode Exit Chapter 8 Configuration 317 Chapter 8 Configuration VEDIT is completely configurable over 200 parameters and the entire keyboard layout can be configured to your precise needs and personal prefer ences NOTES Please don t make major changes to VEDIT s configuration until you are familiar with it and understand what you are changing Otherwise you will change VEDIT so much that it no longer works as described in the manual and on line help The DOS and QNX version configuration is slightly different Refer to the on line help topic CFG for details All common configuration changes can be made with the CONFIG menu The keyboard layout can be changed and new keystroke macros added with the CONFIG Keyboard layout sub menu These changes can either be temporary or permanent Temporary means that the changes are lost when you exit VEDIT Permanent means that the ch
154. Key conversion character Mode 3 is similar to Mode 2 however it reverses the case of letters appearing before the This makes it easier to enter lower case strings into a program hold down the lt Shift gt key to enter lower case letters NOTES This case conversion option does not affect any existing text use the BLOCK Edit Translate menu to convert existing text These modes only affect characters entered in Visual Mode they do not affect characters entered into dialog boxes DOS Only CONFIG Misc Keyboard input options permits reversing the case of all typed letters This affects Visual Mode dialog boxes and Command Mode Key Emulation Modes Not only can you assign the basic edit functions to any desired function or control keys but you can change how the commonly used edit functions work This lets you emulate other editors and word processors and or fine tune VEDIT to your preferences The emulation modes can be changed with the CONFIG Emulation sub menu They are fully described in Chapter 6 Menu Reference and in the on line help for that sub menu The emulation modes include Cursor positioning modes control how the cursor keys move the cursor past the ends of lines TAB CHARACTER emulation mode controls how lt Tab gt and lt Shift Tab gt work in Insert and Overstrike modes Also whether these keys perform Indent Undent when the cursor is within a hig
155. LOCAL Syntax highlight for C Goto ENDMACRO The Search command identifies the desired filename extension The com mands between and are then executed Notice the Config commands which set the desired configuration parameters for this file type You can add remove and change these commands as needed The on line help topic Configuration describes all Config commands The Config commands must include the LOCAL option so that the configuration is only changed in the current buffer file Most of the configu ration parameters found in CONFIG Word Processing and CONFIG Programming and the Tab stops are edit buffer dependent These parame ters have a in their name and can have a different value in each edit buffer See CONFIG Config all buffers in Chapter 6 for more informa tion If you change a configuration parameter which is not edit buffer dependent such as Config F_E_BACKUP Backup files it will affect all files being edited Any LOCAL option will be ignored The last two Config commands enable template editing and syntax high lighting if CONFIG Programming File type specific config has these features selected You can add configuration for additional filename extensions by simply copying an existing block of commands and modifying it as needed Change the Search command to the new filename extension Then modify the Config commands as
156. Length Heade C CR LF DOS C LF Uni CR Mac Record Binary gt gt 64 F Open as read only All Files X F Change directory You You are now in the File Open dialog box At the Filename prompt enter the desired filename e g news txt If the file does not exist it will be created To edit an existing file you can also use the typical Windows Point amp Shoot to select the file If possible select an existing file which you can safely experiment with can now edit the new or existing file as desired Note the status line at the bottom of the screen Notes You can also open existing files by using drag and drop to drag the desired file s to the VEDIT icon or onto a running VEDIT If the toolbar is not displayed select VIEW Toolbar to enable it VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 45 Entering New Text If you didn t select an existing file you should enter one or two short paragraphs of text By default VEDIT starts up in Insert mode text you type is inserted at the cursor position instead of overstriking existing text Note the INS on the status line If you do not see INS on the status line press lt Ins gt once VEDIT is usually configured to have distinctive cursors in Insert Mode and Overstrike Mode When entering lines of text press the lt Enter gt key at the end of each line Pressing the lt Enter gt key moves the cursor to th
157. MISC Load and execute macro See the on line help topic Description of Files DOS FILES for a description of most of the macros This special macro that is executed when VEDIT starts up A copy of the original macro is supplied as STARTUP ORG Extensively described in Chapter 5 Last minute notes to read before getting started Batch file to start up the automated installation using VEDIT EXE and INSTALL VDM VEDIT macro that controls the automated installation The program to expand similar to unzipping the CAB files It is used only during installation Executable VEDIT program for DOS Icon file for installing the DOS version of VEDIT into Windows Program Information File for running the DOS ver sion of VEDIT under Microsoft Windows 3 x The installation expands this file to create the DOS version specific files in particular the on line help file VPHELP HLP The following files are placed into the VEDIT directory during installation by expanding the VPD FILS CAB file VPHELP HLP P BAT VV BAT VEDIT PLUS for DOS on line help file Batch program to start up the PRINT VDM macro A batch file for loading V SWAP and running VEDIT See the on line help topic VSWAP for details Description of Files WILD BAT VGA34 COM VSWAP EXE VPLUSOS2 ICO Chapter 2 Getting Started 37 Batch file to start up the WILDFILE VDM macro Tiny program that puts a VGA into 34 line m
158. Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 235 Goto Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt G gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Goto Menu gives quick access to a wide variety of locations in your file In addition to items in this menu VEDIT offers numerous edit functions for moving about your text If you do not find an expected operation in this menu look in Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference Beginning of file Ctrl Home End of file Ctrl End Block begin Alt Block end Alt Line Column File position Settext marker Ctr S Goto text marker Ctr G Matching 0 Ctrl Beginning of File End of File Position the cursor at the beginning or end of the file Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Home gt This is a keystroke macro lt Ctrl End gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Beginning of file moves the cursor to the first character in the file End of file moves the cursor past the last character in the file Notes These functions may take some time to perform on very large files when the entire file cannot be kept in memory If the LP of the word LINE on the status line is capitalized the beginning of the file is in memory If the NE is capitalized the end of the file is in memory 236 Chapter6 Menu Reference Goto Menu If you only need to browse a huge file you should open it in Read only mode This function and other cursor movements will
159. NFIG Keyboard layout Load layout 2 The default filename is vedit key You can either select this name by pressing lt Enter gt enter the desired filename or enter key for point amp shoot file selection The new keyboard layout table will be loaded Notes Loading a key file overwrites any previous keyboard layout and keystroke macros If you have created any keystroke macros that you want to keep you must first save them with CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout But don t overwrite the file you are about to load Before VEDIT loads the key file it scans it for validity If an error is detected it displays an error message including the line number on which the error occurred Typical errors are misspelling the name of a key or edit function See Also CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout 302 Chapter6 Menu Reference Help Menu Help Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt H gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Help menu provides access to the on line help Table of Contents the basic keyboard layout information about the text registers and edit buffers that are in use and information related to the current status of VEDIT Help on help Contents Topics F1 Search for help on Ctrl F1 Keyboard layout Alt F1 Edit buffers Text registers Status display VEDIT Website On line FAQ On line support About YVEDI
160. NFIG menu Alternatively you can change the keyboard configuration by directly editing the vedit key and vedit cfg files described in this chapter Messages Chapter 9 Lists and explains all error messages and common prompting messages Appendices Topics include technical descriptions of VEDIT s file handling network support and memory management Also includes a summary of search pattern matching regular expressions and additional keyboard layout information Troubleshooting Notation Chapter 1 Introduction 19 Notation lt Ctrl x gt A control character such as lt Ctrl U gt which is typed by holding down the Ctrl Control key and typing the letter in this case U lt Alt x gt A control key such as lt Alt E gt which is typed by holding down the Alt key and typing the letter in this case E Alt keys are frequently used to directly access menus in this case the EDIT menu lt Alt Bksp gt This is an abbreviation for lt Alt Backspace gt Other abbreviations used are lt Ctrl Bksp gt and lt Shft Bksp gt lt Enter gt The Enter key Also labeled Return or CR on some keyboards lt key gt Any other individual key such as lt Esc gt lt Backspace gt lt Space bar gt or lt F2 gt lt F1 gt The default key for the HELP function The actual key is displayed on the left side of the status line lt F10 gt The default key for accessing the m
161. NSI value of 252 ANSLTBL does not change any normal characters with values of less than 128 As with most translations some characters cause problems because there is no equivalent For example there is no exact equivalent to the IBM PC box drawing characters gt To load the ANSI TBL translation table 1 Select BLOCK Edit Translate Load translate table At the filename prompt enter ansi tbl After ANSI TBL is loaded note that the BLOCK Edit Translate menu now displays Translate from ANSI and Translate to ANSI to reflect the new translation table s name Similarly when changing display modes with VIEW Toggle display mode the status line will read ANSI instead of EBCDIC Creating Your Own Translation Table You can easily create a translation table for your own needs A 521 byte translation file consists of two 256 byte translation tables a to table and a from table followed by an eight character name and a Null 00 byte The easiest way to create your own translation table is by modifying the supplied file USER TBL See the on line help topic Translating a Block or File for details DOS On line help topic TRANSLATE 112 Chapter4 Editing Guide Sorting Lines in a Block File Sorting Lines in a Block File VEDIT has both a sort function BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines for sorting lines single line records and a macro SORT VDM for sorting reco
162. NU EST 366 Appendices lt Ctrl Shift Z gt lt Ctrl Tab gt lt Cursor Down gt lt Cursor Left gt lt Cursor Right gt lt Cursor Up gt lt Del gt lt End gt lt Enter gt lt Esc gt lt F1 gt lt F2 gt lt F3 gt lt F4 gt lt F5 gt lt F6 gt lt F7 gt lt F8 gt lt F9 gt lt F10 gt lt F11 gt lt F12 gt lt Home gt lt Ins gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad Enter gt lt PgDn gt lt PgUp gt lt Shft Del gt lt Shft F1 gt lt Shft F2 gt lt Shft F3 gt lt Shft F4 gt lt Shift F8 gt lt Shft F9 gt lt Shft F10 gt lt Shft F11 gt lt Shft F12 gt lt Shft Ins gt lt Shft Tab gt lt Tab gt E IBM PC Keyboard Layout MENU EUL MENU WN CURSOR DOWN CURSOR LEFT CURSOR RIGHT CURSOR UP DELETE LINE END RETURN ESCAPE HELP MENU SS MENU SN MENU FB MENU FV MENU FT MENU EN MENU EE MENU BS MENU T REG INSERT Not assigned LINE BEGIN INSERT TOGGLE VISUAL EXIT T REG INSERT T REG MOVE T REG COPY RETURN PAGE DOWN PAGE UP MENU ET Not assigned MENU SB MENU SP Not assigned MENU BR Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned MENU EP BACKTAB TAB CHARACTER F IBM PC Color Chart F IBM PC Color Chart Appendices 367 Value Text on Background Value Text on Background 16 Black on Blue 1 Blue on Black 32 Green 33 Green 48 Cyan 49
163. NVERT macro DOS to UNIX UNIX to DOS Convert all CR LF in a block to just LF Convert all LF in a block to CR LF Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description DOS to UNIX converts all newlines in the highlighted block from the type for DOS Windows CR LF to the type for UNIX LF only In other words it replaces all Carriage Return and Line Feed character pairs with just a Line Feed character If the entire file is highlighted it converts a DOS Windows text file into a UNIX text file It then also changes CONFIG File handling File type to T UNIX to DOS converts all newlines in the highlighted block from the type for UNIX LF only to the type for DOS Windows CR LF In other words it replaces each Line Feed character with a Carriage Return and Line Feed character pair If the entire file is highlighted it converts a UNIX text file into a DOS Win dows text file It then also changes CONFIG File handling File type to lt 0 For example DOS to UNIX can be used to fix a block which was pasted from a DOS Windows file into a UNIX text file Notes These items runs the convert vdm macro without any prompts However if there is an error e g no newlines are found it will return to the CONVERT VDM menu If you accidentally select UNIX to DOS with a DOS text file you will have two Carriage Returns at the end of each line This can be corrected by selecting 234
164. ONFIG Programming Indent increment VEDIT indents text by padding lines with Tab characters and spaces The optimum number of tabs and spaces will be used depending upon the currently set tab stops If you prefer text to be indented using only spaces set CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces to 1 3 5 or 7 VEDIT has another mode of indentation called auto indent It is primarily intended for editing structured programming languages such as C In auto indent mode each new line will be indented the same amount as the previous text line You can then change the indentation of the new line by pressing EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent The main advantage of auto indent mode is that you can jump around in a program and newly entered instructions will automatically fit the indentation of the current block of instructions Auto indent and the indent increment are configurable with CONFIG Pro gramming Auto indent mode and CONFIG Programming Indent in crement HINTS Do not indent your text to keep it from printing on the left edge of the paper CONFIG Printer Left margin lets you set a separate printer left margin for this purpose Word Wrap Right Margin Word wrap is a feature that automatically starts a new line when text reaches the right margin The entire word which would otherwise exceed the right margin is wrapped to the next line without breaking the word in half
165. OS version you can alternatively type ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt followed by the control character Character values can also be entered in hexadecimal using lH h in pattern matching mode or Ahhh in regular expression mode To search for a null character with decimal value 000 use 1000 in pattern matching mode or d000 or 0 in regular expression mode DOS and Windows only To search for graphics or other characters hold down the lt Alt gt key while you type the decimal value of the character on the numeric keypad In Windows precede the decimal value with 0 to prevent Windows from translating the character from the IBM PC OEM to the ANSI character sets e g to search for the character with value 132 type lt Alt gt 0132 See Also Search and Replace in Chapter 4 SEARCH Again Search Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 253 Replace Locate a text string and replace it with another text string Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F2 gt or lt Ctrl H gt They are keystroke macros Full Description Starts a new search for the specified search string and if matching text is found replaces it with the replace string The replacement can be performed a single time globally throughout the file or Selectively The same search mode and options as for SEARCH Search are used gt To perform a search and replace operation 1 Select SEARCH Replace lt Alt F2 gt 2
166. OWLEDGEMENTS We would like to thank the following people for their assistance Christian Ziemski for the exceptionally thorough beta testing of new versions and assistance in setting up the Discussion Conference on our Web site Scott Lambert for the numerous suggestions for supporting other users in the Discussion Conference and for running his own VEDIT macro Web site Maxim Glukhov for writing the new BOX DRAW VDM and ASCII2 VDM macros supplied with VEDIT Wayne Barrett for donating many hours to editing and enhancing this manual and for his helpful feedback over many years Peter Freed of Data Base Management Systems Inc for writing the CMD CONV VDM DBASE VDM and WS6 VDM enhanced WordStar emulation macros supplied with VEDIT This manual was created using Corel Ventura in conjunction with VEDIT PLUS V SPELL was used for spelling correction TRADEMARKS VEDIT V SPELL and V PRINT are trademarks or registered trade marks of Greenview Data Inc Microsoft MS DOS Windows Windows NT and Internet Explorer are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Netscape and Netscape Communicator are registered trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds IBM IBM PC AT PS 2 and OS 2 are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corel WordPerfect Paradox and Ven
167. Optionally you can override the com pile cnf file by creatinga compile vco file in a project s source code directory which specifies the Compile and other commands to be used for that project For example you may have a program in one directory which is compiled as a 32 bit program and a program in another directory which is compiled as a 16 bit program Integrated Compiler Support Chapter5 Advanced Topics 181 Similarly the java sdk cnf file determines the default Compile Com pile with Debug Debug and Java VM commands that will be used when Java SDK has been selected The fully commented sample macro sample ves is an excellent guide for creating your own compiler specific macro Of course we would appreciate receiving any compiler specific macros that we can add to VEDIT Compiler Support Installation The installation procedure for the Windows and DOS versions of VEDIT gave you the option of installing the compiler support files If you did not initially select this option you must reinstall either version of VEDIT Since the installation can save your current configuration and keyboard layout this is a simple procedure that only takes a few minutes Make sure that the compiler is functioning and that all necessary PATH and SET statements are performed prior to running the compiler support Enable Compiler Support The compiler support is implemented as items in the Tools menu However by default the Tutorial menu is
168. PT1 LPT2 LPT3 COM1 COM2 COM3 file ANN BRWNKE When set to 7 VEDIT prints to a file For each print job it will prompt you for the name of the file You can also print to the same file each time by setting this parameter to 0 and changing the default print device to be a filename Change default printer Default PRN DOS UNIX QNX only Selects the default device to which VEDIT prints Under DOS this is initially PRN This device can also be changed to a filename such as veditprn prn However each new print job will then overwrite the previous one unless you change the filename Under UNIX QNX the default print device is lp It can be changed as necessary Printer Font The text can be printed in any desired font and size The editing display font and the printing font can be completely different Unlike WYSIWYG Word Processors with VEDIT you can edit in an easy to read screen font and print the text in a different font 292 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Search Options Category Tab Fill Miscellaneous Help Word processing M Default case sensitive option Default search mode 0 Simple 1 Pat 2 RE 3 RE Max Restore edit position on error 0 2 p Support non English characters 0 Off 1 2 On Default case sensitive option Default No When en abled the search option Case is selected by default This makes
169. S dated for example 15 Oct 2000 However you would need to purchase an update to a VEDIT PLUS dated 10 Nov 2000 Our Website always lists the current VEDIT PLUS version number and release date Escape Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 307 Escape Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Esc gt This is the edit function ESCAPE Introduction The Escape menu provides quick access to several commonly used functions These items have been selected because they all represent a conventional and logical use of the lt Esc gt key that is they let you exit or escape from a particular common situation Command mode Exit Ctr E Command mode Escape AltF10 Command mode window Alt Remove block markers Shft F9 Exit save abandon Alt F4 To select the ESCAPE menu press lt Esc gt Since this key is also used to exit or escape from the menu system dialog boxes and other prompts it will only bring up the ESCAPE when no menu or dialog box is displayed Press lt Esc gt again to escape from the ESCAPE menu Notes Technically it is the ESCAPE function that displays this menu However since lt Esc gt is always assigned to ESCAPE under Windows and DOS we use the two interchangeably However under UNIX and on CRT terminals you may have to press the lt Esc gt key twice Command Mode Exit Command Mode Escape Exits or escapes Visual Mode to the Command Mode and possibly the COMMAND
170. Set CONFIG Misc Keyboard polling to 0 Set CONFIG Misc Mouse cursor to 65 or 66 If necessary you can force the first two configuration settings on startup with the j and k invocation options vedit j k Then select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE to make these con figuration settings permanent 30 Chapter2 Getting Started CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT Files CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT Files This topic applies only if you are running VEDIT for DOS VEDIT for DOS under Windows 3 1 With DOS and Windows 3 1 you should check the CONFIG SYS file in the root directory of your hard boot disk It should contain the two lines FILES 80 BUFFERS 10 It is OK if the numbers are larger than these To simultaneously edit as many files as possible 32 we recommend that your CONFIG SYS file contain FILES 99 VEDIT gives the error TOO MANY FILES if you attempt to edit more files than the FILES xx statement allows The BUFFERS 10 statement is not really necessary but speeds up not only VEDIT but virtually every other program No DOS computer should be without it PATH Command To run the DOS VEDIT DOS must know where to find VEDIT EXE We suggest simply copying VEDIT EXE to a directory typically DOS or BIN that DOS already searches for its other programs Alternatively add the VEDIT Home Directory e g C WEDIT to the PATH comm
171. Sorting by multiple fields major and minor keys When VEDIT s sorting encounters multiple lines records with the same key it leaves them in the same order as they are encountered in the file Therefore to sort by a major key and within the major key by a minor key first sort the entire file using the minor key field Then sort the entire file using the major key field The file will then be sorted by both keys Printing in VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 113 Printing in VEDIT Printing is very flexible in VEDIT You can print an entire file or just a highlighted block Since you have complete control over print jobs you can even print several blocks on the same page Configurable margins are typically used to prevent the text from printing on the extreme edges of the paper Text can be printed single double or triple spaced Or you can print a file in raw mode exactly as is without adding any margins Advanced options include setting any desired print mode which determines how control and graphics characters are printed A file can be printed in hexadecimal an EBCDIC file can be printed in ASCII Windows Version The font used for printing can be selected with CONFIG Printer Printer font or in the print dialog box All characters are printed in the same font and size VEDIT can open a file that was created with Print to file in a program that supports fonts such as Microsoft Word t
172. T Help on Help General help on using Windows on line help Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item starts up the general help topic on how to use a Windows program s on line help This is the same information displayed by other programs that have a Help on help In other words this feature is built into Windows we have no control over it Contents Topics Activate VEDIT s on line help system displaying the Table of Contents Keystroke Equivalent lt F1 gt while no menu or dialog box is displayed this is the HELP function Full Description VEDIT provides an extensive on line help system This item enters the on line help and starts at the Table of Contents Help Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 303 You can then select any desired topic and navigate through the on line help in the usual manner You can use the lt lt and gt gt buttons to navigate to the previous and next topics DOS UNIX QNX Versions Only The non Windows versions have an on line help system that is unique to VEDIT gt To access help on using the on line help 1 Select HELP Contents default lt F1 gt 2 Press HELP default lt F1 gt See Also Context Sensitive Help in Chapter 3 Keyboard layout Display the basic keyboard layout Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F1 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item displays the basic keyboard layout Each edit func
173. The new line will start at the current left margin To enable word wrap and EDIT Format paragraph you must enable CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap The desired right margin is set with CONFIG Word processing Right margin The default value of 0 sets the right margin to the current window width but any desired value can be set even values wider than the window The right margin is the last column in which a displayable character can occur However spaces especially the typical one or two spaces following a sentence are allowed to exceed this margin The right margin can be greater than the window width in which case VEDIT will either scroll the window horizontally or display a continuation line before the word wrap takes place As you edit a paragraph existing text will sometimes extend past the right margin This is normal because word wrap only occurs when new text is entered past the right margin You can get all the text back between the margins by reformatting the paragraph with EDIT Format paragraph lt Ctrl B gt or toolbar 136 Chapter4 Editing Guide Word Processing Functions IMPORTANT Word wrap should be disabled when editing programs NOTES otherwise accidentally selecting EDIT Format para graph will generally scramble your program VEDIT s undo usually cannot recover the text in this case Do not confuse the right margin with the Horizontal scroll margin the latter
174. The on line help topic HTML Editing Features DOS HTML describes this in more detail Command Macros Chapter5 Advanced Topics 161 Command Macros Command macros are sequences of commands written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language This topic covers everything the casual VEDIT user needs to know about command macros primarily how to load and run the supplied macros This topic assumes you are familiar with starting VEDIT and under stand text registers both covered in Chapter 4 Editing Guide VEDIT PLUS Macro Language The VEDIT PLUS macro language is a complete text oriented programming language It has arithmetic capabilities numeric character and string compari son if then else decision making looping user input screen output window control and much more Its over 200 commands can perform almost any conceivable character line block or file operation The DOS version also has special commands for peeking poking memory accessing I O ports and inter facing with low level DOS programming functions With VEDIT PLUS you can access the macro language at any time by pressing a key to enter Command Mode At the COMMAND prompt you can then simply enter one or more lines of macro language commands and VEDIT PLUS immediately executes the commands Besides the technical COMMAND prompt command macros can be executed in three ways Short command macros can be executed as k
175. Then copy the macro to the scratchpad text register 0 4 Toggle back to the file veditkey tmp You can use FILE Next buffer lt F6 gt or toolbar 5 Goto the end of the keyboard layout and insert the scratchpad text register 0 containing the keystroke macro Edit it so that the entire macro appears on one line Use other entries in the layout as a guide Be sure the line ends in a newline and that there are no extra blank lines in the file 6 At the beginning of the line type the name of the key to which the macro is assigned e g Ctrl F12 You may want to perform a search for the key name to be sure it is not already assigned to something else 7 Press VISUAL EXIT or lt Ctrl E gt when done editing the layout 8 At the prompt select whether you want to ignore abandon or save your changes 9 If desired switch back to the file key mac lib and close it Notes A keystroke macro must begin with VISUAL EXIT lt Ctrl E gt to enter Command Mode When done the keystroke macro will automatically return to normal editing VEDIT PLUS users a final V command is not needed and should even be avoided The upper limit for the length of a single keystroke macro is 4000 characters Complex macros that display menus etc should be loaded into text registers Editing the Keyboard Layout Chapter 4 Editing Guide 93 Macro language commands can also be mixed with normal ed
176. To create a custom VEDIT icon 1 Select the VEDIT program group or folder which contains the main VEDIT icon While holding down the lt Ctrl gt key make a copy of the VEDIT icon by dragging it to a new location within the same group 2 Open the icon s properties dialog box In Windows 95 98 NT right click the icon and select Properties 3 Change the Target to include any desired invocation options in this example e 4 Change the Start in directory to the default directory that the first File open dialog box will start in 5 If desired select Change icon to pick a different icon 6 In Windows 95 98 NT close the dialog box If desired right click the icon select Rename and give it a new name VEDIT PLUS 5 2 Properties 2 x General Shortcut N VEDIT PLUS 5 2 che Target type Application Target location vedit Target Start in fe projects webs cafe Shortcut key None Bun Normal window v Find Target Change Icon Starting Invoking VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 57 Starting VEDIT for DOS Begin editing by typing the name of the VEDIT program this is normally vedit Although not necessary this is normally followed by the name of the file or files you want to edit or create For example vedit letter txt vedit chapter1 txt chapter2 txt vedit c h When creating a new file the message New file is tempora
177. Topics 153 File type Configuration The supplied startup vdm file sets up File type specific configuration which configures VEDIT according to common filename extensions For example when you open a c file auto indenting is enabled while with a txt file word wrap is enabled It can also load a Template Editing macro for C or HTML editing and enable color syntax highlighting NOTE The original startup vdm file is also supplied as startup org If you have no startup vdm file simply copy startup org to startup vdm By default this feature is disabled in order not to confuse new users gt To enable File type specific configuration 1 OR Set CONFIG Programming File type specific config to 1 3 or 7 A value of 3 also enables template editing A value of 7 also enables color syntax highlighting If desired select CONFIG Save config to ensure that the configuration change is permanent for the next time you run VEDIT This step in not needed if CONFIG Auto save config is enabled Test the feature by opening a file with a c extension Check that CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap is off Open a file with a txt extension Check that CONFIG Word proc essing Enable word wrap is on Edit the file startup vdm in the User Config Directory Search for Config PG_F_AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 and delete the preced ing to en
178. UG DEFMAKE These specify the default Linker Debugger and Make commands There are no associated vcs files The Linker command will typically include proj to specify where the name of the project file should appear proj is immediately followed ee 9 by the filename extension of the object files typically obj or o If you have trouble with the Microsoft NMAKE try adding the n option Similarly with the Borland or Avocet MAKE try adding the lt n option Integrated Compiler Support Chapter5 Advanced Topics 183 Java SDK In the java sdk cnf file DEFLINK actually sets the Compile with debug command and DEFMAKE sets the Java VM command COLORDISPLAY WINDOW ATTRIBUTES These specify the colors used by the compiler support They are docu mented in the compile cnf file After editing compile cnf the compiler support should now be properly installed and functional gt Example COMPILE CNF for Microsoft C SUPPORTPATH DEFCOMPILEs cl am c proj ext DEFLINK link codeview proj obj DEFDEBUG cv e proj exe DEFMAKE nmake gt Example COMPILE CNF for Borland Turbo Assembler SUPPORTPATH DEFCOMPILE tasm zi proj ext DEFLINKs tlink m v proj obj DEFDEBUG id proj exe DEFMAKE make Running the Compiler Support Assuming you have enabled the compiler support and have configured the compile cnf or java sdk cnf file correctly you are ready to u
179. Ulisual Mode H Help 2 Command mode 2 At the filename prompt enter c and press lt Enter gt twice This will search for all c files in the current directory if necessary enter the full pathname WILDFILE Multi file Processing Chapter5 Advanced Topics 167 You could search all c files on the entire drive C by entering e c s 3 At the next prompt type S to select S earch At the prompt for the search string enter printf 4 At the next prompt type V to view each occurrence in Visual Mode WILDFILE can also perform global replacements on many files For example you might have misspelled parallel as parralel in a group of TXT files gt Tocorrect a spelling error in all TXT files 1 Select MISC WILDFILE macro 2 At the filename prompt enter txt and press lt Enter gt twice 3 At the next prompt type R to select R eplace Then enter the desired search and replacement strings 4 At the D isplay line or enter V isual Mode prompt type D if you only want to have each altered line displayed on the screen Or type V if you want to enter the normal Visual editing mode after each replace ment is made Auto executing the WILDFILE VDM macro The Windows version installation creates the WEDIT Wildfile Macro icon It starts up VEDIT and immediately executes the WILDFILE VDM macro When WILDFILE is done it gives y
180. VEDIT font file for Windows provides attractive and useful fixed width display fonts in various sizes in both the ANST and OEM character sets The installation expands this file to create the Win dows version specific files in particular the on line help file VEDITPW HLP and the PIF files The following files are placed into the VEDIT directory during installation by expanding the VPW FILS CAB file VEDITPW HLP MSDOS95 PIF MSDOS951 PIF MSDOS95W PIF MSDOS95C PIF MSDOSNT PIF The VEDIT for Windows on line help file A PIF file used to shell out to a maximized large DOS box in Windows 95 98 ME with MISC DOS Shell A PIF file used to shell out to a minimized invisible DOS box in Windows 95 98 ME A PIF file used to shell out to a windowed DOS box in Windows 95 98 ME with MISC Run DOS pro gram A PIF file used to shell out to a windowed self closing DOS box in Windows 95 98 ME Similar files for Windows NT 2000 XP Windows and DOS Version Common Files VP FILS CAB VCS FILS CAB The installation expands this file to create many addi tional files in particular the VDM macro files The installation optionally expands this file to create the compiler support files in the COMPILE subdirec tory Description of Files TUTORFIL CAB USER MAC CAB EBCDIC T CAB ERRATA TXT WHATSNEW TXT NEW CMDS TXT Chapter 2 Getting Started 35 The installation expands this file to
181. Win31 DOS it may bypass the DOS box in order to run a Windows program NOTES The program can open and even change the files you were editing in VEDIT The command to run a Windows program should normally be preceded with win Otherwise VEDIT will continue running and will immediately re open the files and lock them preventing the program from accessing them If a Windows program is not running properly under Windows 95 98 you can try preceding the command with start w instead of win The full pathname of the currently edited file can be passed to the program by including as a parameter in the command To illustrate this and how to run a Windows program open a small text file select USER Save and run program 2 and enter the command win notepad This will open the current text file in Notepad for editing When you close Notepad the file will be reopened in VEDIT and you should be able to see any changes made in Notepad If the program is set up to create the special file vout this file is automat ically opened in a new window For example this can be used to view the output error messages from a compiler To illustrate the vout file select USER Save and run program 1 and enter the command RUNSHELL Run Other Programs Chapter5 Advanced Topics 177 dir gt vout This redirects the directory command into the file vout which is then automatically opened in VE
182. a matter of personal preference and a consideration of the advantages and disadvantages of each Advantages of Regular Expressions For the most part regular expressions are more flexible and powerful than normal pattern matching Particularly powerful are the constructs meaning one or more occurrences of and meaning zero or more occurrences of During a search and replace groups of characters matched during the search can be used as part of the replacement text in very flexible ways This is probably the biggest advantage of regular expressions If you already know regular expressions from the UNIX environment you don t have to learn another searching language Disadvantages of Regular Expressions Regular expressions can be lengthy and verbose For example the pattern matching code IA is equivalent to the regular expression a zA Z Regular expressions are less flexible for searching multi line patterns Many characters have a special meaning in regular expressions A special syntax must be used when searching for these characters For the most part regular expression searching is slower than normal pattern matching searching Pattern matching has some capabilities not available in regular expres sions For example Pattern sets can match optional items and any one of a set of items Regular Expression Basics NOTE To use regular expressions be sure that
183. a printout of the entire keyboard layout VEDIT records the edit functions in a keystroke macro by name and not by their currently assigned keys This lets you change the keyboard layout without having to re enter existing keystroke macros In the example assignment to lt Alt Q gt above if you redefined the lt Home gt and lt End gt keys the key stroke macro would still work See Also CONFIG Keyboard layout in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Adding Keystroke Macros from KEY MAC LIB The file KEY MAC LIB includes many keystroke macros that you may find useful Although the VEDIT PLUS macro language is used in the keystroke macros they will also work in VEDIT NOTES Keystroke macros that use the VEDIT PLUS macro language can be added with Add keystroke macro but not with Record key stroke macro In practice it is easier to cut amp paste keystrokes from KEY MAC LIB into the keyboard layout with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout The topic Editing the Keyboard Layout gives a step by step example gt Example Add a keystroke macro from KEY MAC LIB This example shows how to add a typical keystroke macro from KEY MAC LIB to VEDIT In this case the macro that inserts the current date and time will be assigned to lt Ctrl F12 gt In practice you can open the file KEY MAC LIB in VEDIT and scroll the screen until the desired macro is visible in the lower half of the screen The macro is li
184. able the command Config PG_F_AUTO_CFG 1 2 4 Enable file type config Save the file and exit VEDIT Restart VEDIT to process the new startup vdm file Check that CONFIG Programming File type specific config is set to 7 Open a txt file Check that CONFIG Word Processing Enable word wrap is on Open a c file Check that CONFIG Word Processing Enable word wrap is off Although many of the macro language commands in startup vdm are outside the scope of this manual the following description will help you modify startup vdm for your needs The documentation supplied with VEDIT PLUS describes all macro language commands in detail NOTE This topic will be easier to understand if you are viewing the startup vdm file at the same time 154 Chapter5 Advanced Topics File type Configuration Several blocks of commands configure each edit buffer according to the filename extension For example here are the commands that check for a c or h file Test if this is a C or H file BOF if Search C gt NOERR 1 Search H gt NOERR 1 Buf_Switch 109 Config PG_AUTO_IND 1 LOCAL Config PG_IND_INC 4 LOCAL Config W_LF_MARG 0 LOCAL Config W_RT_MARG 0 LOCAL Config_Tab 8 LOCAL if Config PG_F_AUTO CFG amp 2 Config PG_TEMPLAT 1 LOCAL Template editing for C if Config PG_F_ AUTO CFG amp 4 Config PG_E_SYNTAX 1
185. ables for translating between ASCII and EBCDIC and between IBM PC and ANSI Windows graph ics characters are supplied File conversion All newlines Carriage Return and or Line Feed in a block or file can be converted between the type use for DOS Win UNIX and Macintosh text files Fixed length record files can be converted into text files and vice versa Stream column and line blocks VEDIT has every type of block operation imaginable Blocks may be moved or copied directly or 100 scratch pad buffers can be used for extensive cut and paste operations Blocks can be copied from one file to another Clipboard is used to exchange blocks with other Windows programs More block functions Switch blocks to upper lower case fill blocks insert empty blocks strip high bits and much more Powerful search and replace Supports sophisticated pattern matching regular expressions reverse searching selective and global replace Also incremental searching search all open files open all files containing a search string or compare two files WILDFILE macro permits search replace in large groups of files in a directory or all subdirectories Can even perform numerous search replace on all files Undo and Redo Up to 1000 of the most recent edit changes can be reversed either step by step or line by line Deleted text can be re inserted in its original position or anywhere else Auto save of files Automatically saves
186. acter edit function menu selection or keystroke macro REPEAT LAST is often used to repeat menu selec tions for which there is no hot key See also EDIT Repeat in Chapter 6 RETURN SCREEN BEGIN SCREEN END SCROLL UP SCROLL DOWN SCROLL RIGHT SCROLL LEFT TAB CHARACTER Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference 315 Is always assigned to the lt Enter gt key In overstrike mode it moves the cursor to the next line same as NEXT LINE In insert mode or at the end of the file it opens up a new line by inserting a newline char acter lt CR gt lt LF gt pair Pressed in the middle of a line it splits the line Its behavior can be changed with CONFIG Emulation lt Enter gt key emulation mode Moves the cursor to the beginning of a line at or near the top of the current window screen This function s behavior is configurable with CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes Moves the cursor to the end of a line at or near the end of the current window screen This function s behav ior is configurable with CONFIG Emulation Spe cial emulation modes Scrolls the screen to show the next previous line at the top of the screen Moves the cursor if required to keep it on screen Its behavior can be changed with CON FIG Emulation Special emulation modes See also Scrolling the Screen in Chapter 4 Scrolls the screen to show the next line at the bottom of the s
187. acter to spaces 105 109 228 Display 74 76 276 Expand Tab key with spaces 76 267 Tab stops 75 267 Technical support 20 306 Replacement disk 21 Template editing 158 159 272 Load template file 246 Temporary disk file 1R 346 Text Markers Go to 239 Setting 238 Text register Copy move to 99 206 224 Display 304 Emptying 100 In search string 125 252 382 Inserting 99 207 225 Memory usage 304 305 Naming 101 Overview 98 Usage 100 304 Usage by command macros 162 Time Display 305 Insert date and time 89 352 TOOLS menu Description 151 Load menu 248 Toolbar 216 273 Trailing spaces 105 Translating a block file 110 111 231 Transpose letters 352 Troubleshooting 354 355 Configuration and Startup 320 321 Tutorial menu 248 Undenting See Indenting 200 Undo Deletion 81 204 229 Edit 203 Introduction 49 81 203 Levels 81 328 Line 203 Redo 81 204 Reset 205 UNDO menu 203 205 UNIX text file 83 286 Convert to DOS 83 Unjustify See also Justifying paragraphs 137 Upper and lower case See Lower and upper case 76 User Config Directory 318 320 User interface 69 70 USER menu Description 151 Load menu 248 V SPELL Introduction 16 Run from inside VEDIT 351 V SWAP DOS Shell 243 Enable 286 Installation 30 VDM file 162 VEDIT environment variable 60 VEDIT Home Directory 318 320 VEDIT icon 383 P
188. age changes to the normal printing message once printing begins WRITE ERROR An error occurred writing to disk perhaps the drive door is not closed or you are trying to write to an unformatted floppy disk Under DOS this message is followed by C ANCEL IJGNORE RJETRY Press R to retry after closing the drive door Press C to cancel the write command If your disk has developed a bad sector you should attempt to save the file to another disk using FILE Save as A File Management Appendices 351 Appendices A File Management This is a technical description of VEDIT s file handling It explains the automatic file buffering used to handle large files For most applications it is not necessary to have a detailed knowledge of how VEDIT manages large files and memory Basic File Handling The purpose of editing is to either create a new file or to modify an existing file When a file is first created the initial text is entered with the editor corrections are made and the text is then saved on disk When an existing file is edited it is read from disk opened modified and then written back to disk closed with either the original filename or a new filename Since VEDIT can edit files that are much larger than memory it processes two files while editing it reads text from the existing file called the inpur file and writes text to a new file called the output file When VEDIT ed
189. ain menu function A basic editing function such as CURSOR UP or ERASE LINE Each edit function name is usually followed with the keypress corresponding to the Nor mal keyboard layout However the keyboard layout is user configurable The actual key assignments are displayed by selecting HELP Keyboard layout menu menu item x Menu system selections are shown within braces op tionally followed by x to indicate variable parame ters The main menu is selected with the MENU function lt F10 gt For example GOTO Line 71 denotes that you select Goto from the main menu select Line from the Goto menu and then enter the value 71 at the line number prompt File_Open ile Describes the prototype for a macro language com mand Items in italics are arguments File_Open myfile txt An example of an actual command Commands can be entered in any combination of upper and lower case The _ is optional and is used to improve readability Our convention is to capital ize each word of a command Search D D The Search command uses pattern matching The I is the lt Shift gt keyboard character This character is also used as the OR operator and is sometimes called the pipe character or vertical bar 20 Chapter1 Introduction Product Support Product Support Greenview Data provides free technical support for VEDIT to a
190. ake a moment to fill out the enclosed registration card and drop it in the mail You can also register on line at www vedit com register htm Registered users receive these benefits Technical support for 3 months by mail telephone or FAX Or send e mail to support vedit com Most questions are answered within 24 hours Newsletters to keep you abreast of added features new releases and helpful hints from other users Discounts on future releases We welcome your comments and suggestions Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 21 Chapter 2 Getting Started Installation The exact steps for installation depend upon which version of VEDIT you have Windows or DOS NOTES The If you received a damaged CD please contact us directly and not your dealer You can download the software from our Web site Your serial number will activate the downloaded software as the full product Be sure to read the file README TXT DOS README BAT before installing VEDIT This file may contain last minute installation instructions Refer to Appendix D Troubleshooting if you have any trouble running VEDIT Windows and DOS versions are supplied with an automated installation procedure that is both easy and flexible to use If you wish to install both the Windows and DOS versions you must follow each installation procedure We highly recommend installing both versions into the same directory they will
191. al look and work best with VEDIT each comes in several sizes The True Type font Courier New can be set to any desired size but is of lower quality and slows down screen updates Fonts either display the OEM character set in which character values 176 223 display the IBM PC line drawing graphics or the ANSI character set in which character values 160 255 display non english and special characters The fonts VEDIT Oem and Terminal use the OEM character set VEDIT Ansi Fixedsys Courier and most other fonts use the ANSI character set The custom VEDIT Oem font is the default Instead of displaying control characters with the standard IBM PC smiley face and arrows it displays more useful A CR LF etc Also values 0 and 255 are displayed as Nul and FF Hex instead of as spaces It is best to experiment to find a font you like then select MISC ASCII table to see how all characters are displayed The font selection is saved into the vedit ini file for the next time you run VEDIT By editing the vedit ini file directly you can display extra space between lines OEM fonts tend to be tight ANSI fonts tend to be looser Change the LineSpace parameter from 0 to 1 2 or more Shortcuts and Suggestions VEDIT includes some unique shortcuts that save a few keystrokes and there fore speed your editing As usual yo
192. al applications and personal preferences CONFIG Display options Window name display style can be changed to always display the window ID the buffer number or both The point and shoot for WINDOW Switch displays each window s ID number the buffer number and the filename Switching Between Windows When each buffer file is displayed in its own window select either FILE Next buffer lt F6 gt or toolbar or FILE Previous buffer lt F5 gt or toolbar to toggle round robin between the files being edited Or you can select FILE Buffer switch B lt F4 gt or WINDOW Switch lt AlIt F5 gt to switch directly to a desired buffer or window When a buffer is displayed in two or more windows you must use WINDOW Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt WINDOW Previous window lt Ctrl F5 gt or WINDOW Switch lt Alt F5 gt to switch to the additional windows You can also switch to any visible window by clicking the mouse anywhere within the window however the desired window will often be covered by other windows Zooming A Window After you have created several windows it is often helpful to zoom the current window to fill the entire screen for easier editing gt To zoom the current window to full screen 1 Select WINDOW Zoom The zooming remains in effect until you select WINDOW Zoom again to de zoom the screen to redisplay all windows MOUSE You can also zoom a window by clicking th
193. all files in the current directory with extensions C and H type vpw c h You can also load multiple files from the FILE Open dialog box In the Windows 3 1 DOS and QNX versions you can load multiple files using wildcards by selecting the Load multiple files box VEDIT PLUS You can load multiple files from Command Mode with the File_Open command For example File_Open chapter txt Read only Browse only Mode To view a file you don t want to accidently alter enable the x Read only option in the file open dialog box This has the added benefit of letting you navigate through the file more quickly GOTO Beginning of file GOTO End of file and relative jumps using the mouse will then work instantly on even multi megabyte files sey Files opened in read only mode are indicated with a filename on the status line preceding their CD ROM and other read only files are automatically opened in read only mode and can be quickly navigated If VEDIT is invoked with the b option all files are opened in read only mode and the x Read only option is always enabled You can temporarily prevent making any changes to a file by selecting FILE Browse mode The current file then cannot be altered any further However this is not quite the same as read only mode because navigating is not as fast you can also disable browse mode when desired Notes You cannot
194. all modified files after a config urable number of minutes Helps prevent losing your work due to power failures etc 12 Chapter1 Introduction Main Features Automatic indenting simplifies editing of structured programs advanta geous for word processing Block indent undent permits quick restructur ing Parentheses matching aids C programming Execute single DOS commands DIR compilers V SPELL etc or enter DOS and return later Flexible printing with variable margins and page size Print a block of text or the entire file with variable spacing Windows version supports a selectable printer font and size PRINT macro adds a convenient header file name date and page number ASCII table Pop up the ASCII table or insert any desired control printer or graphic character into the text Horizontal scrolling for editing long lines Optionally long lines can be wrapped onto multiple screen lines Word processing Word wrap paragraph formatting between adjustable margins optional justification printing Does not enter any special control characters into the text Can read write WordStar compatible files Integrated compiler support Popular compilers assemblers linkers de buggers and Make programs can be run from within VEDIT The cursor will be automatically positioned on source code lines containing compi lation errors Color syntax highlighting displays different logical parts of a program in dif
195. ame keystroke macro as above gt Example of adding a keystroke macro 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro lt Alt A gt 2 At the Assigned hot key prompt press the desired hot key for the keystroke macro For this example press lt Alt Q gt Press lt Tab gt to accept lt Alt Q gt If the key is already in use you will be prompted for confirmation to overwrite it Add Keystroke Macro Assigned hotkey BACKSPACE to edit Edit sequence Cancel Help Unused Keys gt gt 3 At the Edit sequence prompt enter the same sequence of keys as for the previous example Notice that when you press lt Home gt LINE BEGIN is displayed VEDIT records edit functions by name and not by their currently assigned keys See Notes below If you make a mistake press lt Backspace gt to delete the keystroke Finally press lt Enter gt to accept the edit sequence Test the new keystroke macro by pressing its hot key lt Alt Q gt To make new keystroke macro permanent select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout to save the layout into the vedit key file Keystroke Macros Chapter 4 Editing Guide 89 Notes CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout displays and lets you edit all active keystroke macros The lt Alt Q gt defined in the example above would display as Alt Q LINE BEGIN Begin LINE END End NEXT LINE You can then select FILE Print to create
196. and Make commands to be used Open this file for editing You will see the following COMPILE CNF Default compiler support Must be located in VEDIT Home Directory e g C VEDIT SUPPORTPATH DEFCOMPILE CL c proj ext DEFLINK LINK codeview proj obj DEFDEBUG CV e proj exe DEFMAKE NMAKE n COLORDISPLAY A A Auto Y Color N B W Prompt The following parameters must be set SUPPORTPATH Specifies the path to the compiler support files particularly the vcs files It does not need to be set if the installed location is used i e the compile subdirectory in the VEDIT Home Directory e g c vedit compile DEFCOMPILE This specifies the default Compiler command e g cl c proj ext or bec c proj ext The name of the compiler must have an associated vcs file e g cl vcs or bec vcs Typically a Compiler command will consist of the compiler name any desired compiler options and proj ext proj ext specifies where in the compile command the name of the project file being compiled should appear When running the compiler proj ext will be expanded to the full project filename and extension Alternatively proj will be expanded to the project filename without extension proj will not interfere with any p option your compiler may have You should set DEFCOMPILE to your most commonly used Compiler command DEFLINK DEFDEB
197. and in your AUTOEXEC BAT file V SWAP Installation We highly recommend that all DOS VEDIT users install the supplied V SWAP program via their AUTOEXEC BAT file V SWAP works in conjunction with VEDIT to swap out not only the editor but any desired memory resident programs TSRs when running DOS programs from within VEDIT Although V SWAP is primarily intended for running compilers from within VEDIT almost all VEDIT users will find V SWAP useful V SWAP is very small and unlikely to cause conflicts with other programs The on line help topic VWSWAP describes V SWAP and its installation in detail including how to use V SWAP with Microsoft Windows tm Network Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 31 Network Installation Customers that have purchased two or more licenses of VEDIT such as the 5 User Pack can simply install VEDIT on each licensed user s workstation Alternatively some network administrators may prefer to install VEDIT on the network server This makes it easier to update the software and monitor license usage The network installation is designed so that each user only needs Read access and not Read Write access to the VEDIT files on the server When VEDIT is installed on a network server each user can still have their own personal configuration and keyboard layout Each user can also set up their own color syntax highlighting template editing a USER menu etc gt To install VEDIT o
198. and syntax highlighting when files are opened This is controlled by the STARTUP YDM file Help Auto Indent mode Default No When enabled the indent position left margin for a new line of text is initially the same as for the previous line of text This is convenient for programming in C Pascal etc It is sometimes desirable when editing word processing documents The indent position can be changed with EDIT Indent lt F8 gt and EDIT Undent lt F7 gt Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 271 Indent increment 1 20 Default 4 Controls how much the left margin is indented undented for each EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent Common values are 4 or the same value as the tab stop interval Lower Upper case key conversion 0 5 Default 0 Determines whether lower case letters typed on the keyboard are converted inserted as upper case letters Upper case can also be converted to lower case Primarily for assembly language programming It does not affect any existing text use EDIT Edit translate Lower Upper case to convert existing text 0 No conversion takes place 1 All lower case letters are converted to upper case 2 Lower case letters are converted to upper case unless the cursor is past the Key conversion character below Primarily applicable to assembly language programming where it is desirable to have the Label Opcode and Operand in upper case and t
199. anges will be there the next time you run VEDIT We call it permanent but of course you can change them again To make configuration and keyboard changes permanent they must be saved into the vedit cfg and vedit key files VEDIT automatically loads these files on startup and thereby configures itself As you become more familiar with VEDIT you may prefer to make configu ration and keyboard layout changes by editing the vedit cfg and vedit key files directly Some additional rarely used configurations can only be made by editing the vedit cfg file SUGGESTION You may want to save a copy of your vedit cfg and vedit key files in another directory e g c vedit save vedit cfg Your preferred VEDIT configuration and keyboard layout can then be restored if you or someone else makes unwanted changes to it 318 Chapter8 Configuration Basic Configuration Most configuration changes are made by selecting items in the CONFIG menu To save the changes you must also select CONFIG Save config and choose the default filename of vedit cfg in the User Config Directory typically c vedit save vedit cfg Alternatively if CONFIG Auto save config is enabled VEDIT automat ically saves configuration changes as you make them VEDIT is supplied with Auto save config enabled but after you are familiar with VEDIT you may decide that you don t want to automatically save every configuration change Similarly the keybo
200. aragraph It should be disabled when editing programs VEDIT only performs word wrap when entering text past the right margin Use EDIT Format paragraph to reformat existing text If CONFIG Config all buffers is disabled you can enable or disable word wrap for each file being edited Right margin 0 Window 1 HSM 16 255 Default 0 Sets the right margin used for word wrap EDIT Format paragraph and EDIT Center line The default value of 0 sets the right margin to the current window width 1 sets it to the same value as CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll margin Any desired value between 16 and 255 can also be set A value of 70 is good for printing text on an 80 column printer with CONFIG Printer Left margin set to 10 which gives a 1 inch left margin The right margin is actually set to one less than the width of the window or the horizontal scroll margin to leave room for the cursor Left margin 0 80 Default 0 Sets the left margin used for formatting paragraphs It can also be changed with EDIT Indent lt F8 gt and EDIT Undent lt F7 gt Note Don t set a left margin to keep your text from printing on the left edge of the paper Instead use CONFIG Printer Left margin to position your text on the printed paper 270 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Format paragraph options 0 7 Default 0 Determines how EDIT Format paragraph deals w
201. ard layout can be changed and new keystroke macros added with the CONFIG Keyboard layout sub menu To save the changes you must also select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout and choose the default filename typically c vedit save vedit key NOTES VEDIT does not automatically save changes to the keyboard layout You must select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save lay out DOS Version The basic configuration described in the manual and on line help assume that CONFIG Misc Auto load config is set to 3 How VEDIT Configures Itself To fully understand and possibly troubleshoot VEDIT s configuration you need to know exactly how VEDIT configures itself at startup Note The DOS and QNX version configuration is somewhat different Refer to the on line help topic CFG for details 1 The executable VEDIT file e g vpw exe contains the complete de fault configuration and the normal keyboard layout DOS version You can change this built in configuration by selecting CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE If no other configuration files are found or the ixxx g invocation options are specified this determines the startup configuration 2 VEDIT opens the vedit ini file which it expects to find in the same directory as the executable vpw exe file This is usually the directory into which you installed VEDIT The entries HomeDir and UserCfgDir determine the VEDIT Home Direct
202. ases the Y does not hurt either and we recommend using it in front of all non alphanumeric characters In the replacement string only the two characters and amp are special symbols Search and Replace Chapter 4 Editing Guide 129 Special Matching Characters The following special matching characters are defined They can be used in both the search string and replacement string of a regular expression b Matches the ASCII backspace character hex 08 dDDD Matches the character with decimal value DDD All three digits MUST be present d010 does not work in the search string use N instead e Matches the ASCII lt Esc gt character hex 1B f Matches the ASCII Form feed character hex OC hHH Matches the character with hexadecimal value HH Both digits MUST be present hOA does not work in the search string use N instead n Matches the Line Feed character hex OA This is the newline character for UNIX type text files To search for multiple line patterns use N instead N Matches the newline character s and allows searching for multiple line patterns The newline depends upon the cur rent file type and can be lt CR gt lt LF gt lt LF gt or lt CR gt Cur rently N and N are not supported o000 Matches the character with octal value OOO All three digits MUST be present o012 does not work i
203. at contains the currently executing macro commands This includes any parent macro when Call commands are used In other words self modi fying macros are not allowed CANNOT NEST KEYSTROKE MACROS You previously pressed a keystroke macro that contains the Visual command to return to Visual Mode While in Visual Mode you pressed another keystroke macro This is not allowed a previous keystroke macro must finish running before you can press another one Keystroke macros rarely need a Visual command in them They should never have Visual at the very end they automatically return to Visual Mode CANNOT OVERWRITE READ ONLY FILE The file you specified with FILE Save as or BLOCK Write to disk is a read only file and cannot be overwritten CANNOT RUN COMMAND COM ERROR Windows version Most likely DOS cannot find its COMMAND COM file make sure your COMSPEC environment variable is set correctly Check that you can enter DOS from the normal desktop MS DOS icon DOS version Usually indicates that there is not enough memory to shell out to DOS and run COMMAND COM Perhaps you can exit one or more edit buffers to free more memory space You should have V SWAP installed in memory before running VEDIT in order to prevent this error This error also occurs when DOS cannot find its COMMAND COM file make sure your COMSPEC environment variable is set correctly Cannot undo this operation Proceed anyway Yes
204. ated by a command macro If you remove the only window attached to a buffer file VEDIT automat ically creates a new window when you switch to that buffer The current window cannot be removed You may notice a flicker as the current window is deleted but then immediately recreated Notes VEDIT for Windows users are unlikely to use this unusual function during routine editing To remove all extra windows select View Reset It is usually easier to delete extra windows by simply clicking the mouse on their close button See Also VIEW Reset Switch Switch directly to another window Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F5 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Switch prompts for the ID number of the desired window and then switches to the specified window If the specified window does not exist the command is ignored The window can also be selected via point and shoot If the new window contains a different file it also switches to that file buffer i e it also performs FILE Buffer switch If the new window contains the same file the editing position is moved to the cursor position in the new window This makes it easy to view and edit two or more regions of one file 262 Chapter6 Menu Reference Window Menu Notes WINDOW Switch is not the same as FILE Buffer switch It is primarily used when one buffer file is being edited in two or more windows e g following VI
205. ation 292 Control character 252 Error 293 From beginning of file 251 Incremental search 254 Introduction 249 Local only to end of memory 251 Modes 120 250 292 Multiple files 166 256 Newline 122 Next 254 Null character 122 129 Options 250 Pattern matching codes 348 350 Previous 254 Regular expressions 250 292 349 SEARCH menu 249 257 Simple mode 250 292 String 125 249 Text 249 Words 251 Search and Replace 120 132 249 257 282 Again 254 Multiple files 167 381 Options 253 Serial number 306 Set markers See Block markers or Text markers 218 Setup exe 34 Shelling out to DOS 176 177 242 244 328 lt Shift gt key shortcuts 283 Shortcuts 69 SORT VDM macro 171 172 Sorting 112 171 172 231 Spaces Convert to tabs 105 109 228 267 In paragraphs 137 270 Trailing 105 Trimming 108 268 Starting VEDIT 44 55 62 Startup configuration 57 STARTUP VDM file 58 147 150 326 Status display 304 Status line 67 68 Configuration 327 Strip comments assembly language 124 Strip high bit Bit 8 230 Substitute See Search and Replace 120 132 Switching buffers See Edit buffer Switching 140 Syntax highlighting 155 157 272 Colors 279 Load syntax file 247 T REG COPY 224 316 T REG INSERT 225 316 T REG MOVE 224 316 TAB CHARACTER 267 281 315 Tab character key 75 267 315 Convert spaces to tabs 105 109 228 Convert Tab char
206. b option The base value of 0 displays all characters literally except lt Tab gt lt CR gt and lt LF gt Mask 1 Display control characters in the format x Mask 2 Display graphics character in the format lt nnn gt Mask 4 Display lt Tab gt lt Null gt lt CR gt and lt LF gt literally Used in the ASCII window following VIEW Toggle Hex mode split Mask 8 Display all characters in hexadecimal Used in the hex mode window following VIEW Toggle Hex mode split Mask 16 Display all characters in octal Mask 32 Display all characters in EBCDIC or according to the currently loaded translate table The file itself is not translated Mask 8 Mask 16 and Mask 32 cannot be combined with any other masks Therefore the valid values are 0 through 7 8 16 and 32 VIEW Toggle display mode toggles through the eight most useful values Normal ASCII files display as gibberish in EBCDIC mode 276 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Newline display character 0 254 Default 32 Determines the character displayed at the end of each line where the newline lt CR gt lt LF gt pair is The default space value 32 is of course not visible Visible candidates on an IBM PC include values 14 17 and 20 Tab display character 0 254 Default 32 Determines the fill character used to display tab characters on the screen By default
207. block operations appear as natural as possible VEDIT performs some additional manipulations on your text Jt ensures that the columnar block being copied has a flush right margin If any lines being copied are shorter than the block s right margin they are padded with spaces to make them flush This ensures that when the columnar block is inserted it does not destroy the alignment of the following text Similarly when inserting a columnar block spaces are added to pad short text lines which do not reach the insertion column This keeps the inserted text aligned Any tab characters in the columnar block being copied are converted to spaces This is necessary for columnar operations to work as expected When the columnar block is inserted you can select with CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces whether these spaces and adja cent spaces in the existing text are converted back to Tab characters In some cases such as inserting a columnar block at the end of text lines these extra padded spaces become trailing spaces These extra spaces are trimmed by default but this can be changed with CONFIG Tab Fill Trim spaces after columnar operation NOTE This trimming and tab space conversion applies only to the inserted text and adjacent spaces It DOES NOT affect the entire file and only applies when working with columnar blocks Columnar Block Examples To perform columnar block operations mark the desired blo
208. board saves a copy of the marked highlighted text in the Windows clipboard while Cut to clipboard also deletes the marked text from your file gt To save cut or copy text to the clipboard 1 Highlight the desired text You can either set both markers or use the cursor as the second marker 2 Select EDIT Cut to clipboard lt Ctrl X gt to cut move the block Select EDIT Copy to clipboard lt Ctrl C gt to copy the block 198 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Menu Notes The clipboard should only be used for exchanging data with other programs The text registers scratchpad should be used for cut amp paste operations within VEDIT The Clipboard does not handle columnar blocks as well as the text registers and does not support binary data The Windows clipboard is a temporary holding area for text to be exchanged with other programs Text placed in the clipboard remains there until it is overwritten or you exit Windows All Windows programs share the same clipboard For example you can copy a block of text from VEDIT to an E mail program While most other editors require that you use the clipboard to cut and paste blocks within your file we strongly suggest that you use VEDIT s text registers instead The default text register 0 also called the scratchpad is just as easy to use The Clipboard does not handle columnar blocks as well as the text registers and does not support binary data Tech
209. cally if you try to access a file with VEDIT which is already in use by another program the operating system will first issue you an error message Then VEDIT will issue an additional error message FILE NOT OPENED to note that the file was not successfully accessed VEDIT ensures that files which it is working on or will soon need to access are locked from use by other programs VEDIT will also release files as soon as it is done with them so that they may then be used by other programs VEDIT also prevents you from editing the same file in two edit buffers Otherwise it would be unclear which edit buffer contained the real file However you can edit different parts of a file using one edit buffer in multiple windows 354 Appendices B Search Modes Summary B Search Modes Summary Pattern Matching Codes NOTE Only the codes Hhh N Oo00 ddd and n can be used on the replacement side IA Match any alphabetic letter upper or lower case IB Match a blank one space or tab IC Match any control character ID Match any numeric digit 0 9 IF Match any alphanumeric a letter or a digit IG Match any graphics high bit character IHAh Match the character with hexadecimal value Ah Can also be used on the replacement side II Match any word separator including Config_String WORD_SEP IK Match any non standard control character other than Tab Carria
210. can highlight either a stream colum nar or line block 2 Select BLOCK Write to disk You are prompted for the desired filename Either enter a new filename or select an existing file to be overwritten See Also Block Operations Cut amp Paste Huge Blocks in Chapter 4 EDIT Insert file Edit Translate Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 227 Edit Translate Sub menu Introduction This menu processes the currently marked block change case fill with spaces detab retab or translate to from another character set Upper case Lower case Switch case Detab tabs to spaces Retab spaces to tabs Block delete Block fill Insert empty column Strip high bit Translate from EBCDIC Translate to EBCDIC Load translate table Upper Case Lower Case Switch Case Change the case of the current character of limited use or all characters in a highlighted block very useful Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description If the cursor is in a highlighted block of text the case of all letters in the block is changed Otherwise these functions simply change the case of the current letter and advance the cursor to the next character Non letters are not affected After changing the case of a single character you can repeatedly press or hold down REPEAT LAST lt Alt R gt to change additional characters These functions work with a stream columnar or line block of any si
211. ceeeeeeceeeseeeeeseeseeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaes 133 Definition of Word and Paragraph neeesser 133 Indenting Text Left Margin oe eee ce esesseeseeee cee cneeeeeeee 134 Word Wrap Right Margin oo eee eee esecseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeenees 135 Formatting and Justifying Paragraphs 20 000 eect eeeee eee 136 Offset Paragraphs ceceeeeesseeseeeeeaeceeeeseeesaereeeenes 136 JUSUPEIC ATION isses ccovsesetet eeeis rae watt tive eevee e neones 137 Format Paragraph Options 200 0 cee eee eeeceeeeeecseeeceseeaeeneeees 137 Editing Multiple Files oes ceeeeeessceseeeecaeceeseeseeseceseneesaseaeees 138 FILE Open More Sub menu c cee eeeeeeesseeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 139 Switching Between Files Edit Buffers 0 0 eee eeceeeeeeeeeeee 140 Closing Files and Windows 00 eeceeeseceeeeseseeeseeeceeecaeeneeeeenees 140 Copying Text From One File to Another sssr 141 Starting Default Directory for File Open 0 eee 142 Edit Biter Details cs sicesesereesediseseecteaseteeteteseee tesene E pede vores 143 Windows s2acsszctacths scien hess E E eh ed A ieee eter leet 144 TntrO du chin ves erior stoves icssssassecesthaueastnitieaeinster adh E ates 144 Windows are attached to buffers 0 eee eset eeeeeeeeees 144 How window names are displayed ceeeeecesseeeeeerreeerees 144 Switching Between Windows cee cece cseeseeseeseceeeeeeeeeeaees 145 Zooming A Window oo ceceesesseeseeeeesecseeseeseeseceeeeseesaeeeeeeeeaes 1
212. ck with BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt or toolbar After setting the first block marker the highlighting shows precisely which characters are included in the block You should immediately notice the difference in the way the text is highlighted in Column Mode NOTE When columnar markers are set CURSOR RIGHT will move past the end of short lines similar to cursor positioning mode 4 This lets you set the right column past short lines 106 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations The following screen shows a columnar block highlighted Note that the cursor is in the lower right corner of the block rue VEDIT PLUS 1 ioj x File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x ddd addi kceceeararaddd dy POPC CCC eC eC eee BLOCK 1 LINE 7 COL 21 After copying this block to a text register the register will contain 000000000 000000000 000000000 00000000 000000 The are padding spaces that were added to the register in order to give it a flush right margin Now consider the following text before inserting this register mus EDIT PLUS 1 Ioj Xx ca File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x PFFFFPFFPFPFPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSESSSS PPPPPPPPPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS PPFPPFPPPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS PPFPPPFPPPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS BPEPEFPPPFPPPSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS BPEPPPFFPPSSSSS5355 BPEEPPPFPFPFPPSSS BPEEFPPFFPFPPSSS Fi Help 1 LINE 2 COL 18 Block
213. configuration from the previous VEDIT to the new one or simply over writing the previous VEDIT Even if you choose overwriting all configu ration related files are first copied to the OLD subdirectory To activate VEDIT as the full product you should enter the serial regis tration number when the installation prompts you If you purchased VEDIT as a download you should have received the serial number by email If you purchased VEDIT with printed manuals the serial number should be printed on the CD ROM envelope Otherwise you can enter the serial number later by selecting HELP Register VEDIT Follow the remaining prompts on the screen It is easy to later change any configurations that you now select such as the color scheme without having to re install We highly suggest selecting the Normal keyboard layout which closely follows Microsoft conventions Otherwise commonly used VEDIT functions will often not be accessible via a hot key s Skip down to the topic Initial Configuration below Please also read the Keyboard Layout topic before using VEDIT 24 Chapter2 Getting Started Windows Installation Un installing VEDIT If VEDIT was installed into the Windows Registry you can select Add Re move Programs in the Control Panel to uninstall VEDIT This is the normal way to uninstall Windows programs Alternatively you can select the Uninstall VEDIT icon from the VEDIT Program group
214. cratchpad by double pressing the hot keys for the text register functions These are normally the lt Numpad gt lt Numpad gt and lt Numpad gt on the numeric pad Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 99 Double press lt Numpad gt or lt Numpad gt when no block is high lighted to copy move the current line to the scratchpad Then double press lt Numpad gt to insert the line somewhere else This is a quick way to copy move a single line When a block is copied to the scratchpad or text registers VEDIT remembers what type of block stream column or line it is When the scratchpad is inserted into the text it is inserted in the manner appropriate for that type of block For example a line block is inserted at the beginning of the current line This is the primary advantage of using the scratchpad instead of the Windows clipboard Accessing Other Text Registers HINT DOS UNIX QNX To copy a block of text into a text register highlight the block of text and select BLOCK Copy to register lt Numpad gt Alternatively to move or cut the block to a text register select BLOCK Move to register lt Numpad gt VEDIT then prompts for the register s number Enter the desired number 0 through 100 0 is the default When prompted for a text register number you can easily select the default scratchpad register 0 by pressing any function con trol key For example
215. create the tutorial files in the TUTOR subdirectory The installation expands this file to create the user supplied macros placed in the USER MAC subdirec tory ERRATA TXT describes the files The installation optionally expands this file which contains a trial version of our EBCDIC Level 2 con version software This can convert EBCDIC main frame files with packed signed zoned and other special fields into ASCII A COBOL copy book can control the conversion See the file EBCDIC T TXT in the VEDIT directory for details Contains errata to this manual and describes recent enhancements that are not documented in the manual Please note that the on line help is always completely up to date Description of new features added to this release of VEDIT primarily oriented to previous VEDIT users A summary of recently added changed or enhanced macro language commands primarily oriented to technical users The following files are placed into the VEDIT directory during installation by expanding VP FILS CAB KEY MAC LIB BRIEF KEY WORDSTAR KEY WORDPERF KEY USER MNU TUTOR MNU ANSLTBL EBCDIC TBL Library of useful keystroke macros that can be added to VEDIT View the beginning of this file for more information The topic Keystroke Macros in Chapter 4 Editing Guide contains a step by step example Keyboard layout file to emulate Brief tm Described in BRIEF DOC Keyboard layout file to emulat
216. creen Moves the cursor if required to keep it on screen Scrolls the screen to view long lines going off the right side of the screen Moves the cursor if required to keep it on screen It scrolls by the number of columns defined by CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll increment Scroll the screen to view the beginning portions of long lines Moves the cursor if required to keep it on screen In insert mode or at the end of a line it inserts a Tab character or optionally spaces to the next tab position into the text In overstrike mode it moves the cursor to the next tab position Its behavior is configurable with CONFIG Emulation TAB CHARACTER emu lation mode If the cursor is in a highlighted block it indents all lines in the block same as EDIT Indent In dialog boxes it always moves to the next item See also The lt Tab gt Key and Tab Characters in Chapter 4 CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces in Chapter 6 316 Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference T REG COPY T REG MOVE T REG INSERT VISUAL ESCAPE VEDIT PLUS only VISUAL EXIT These functions are identical to BLOCK Copy to register BLOCK Move to register and BLOCK Insert register At the COMMAND prompt T REG INSERT inserts the contents of the scratchpad text register 0 Exits the Visual Mode and aborts any command macro such as WILDFILE VDM that is currently running
217. ct Yes to redefine it or No if you made a mistake and you do not want to redefine it VEDIT PLUS The command option NOCONFIRM or OK sup presses this prompt on the Key_Add command REGISTER NOT AVAILABLE PROTECTED Command macros can protect the text registers they use internally so that they are not accidentally modified from Visual Mode We suggest that text registers 0 through 9 be used as Visual Mode cut and paste registers Command macros should only use registers 10 and up for their own use Ideally command macros should use the highest numbered registers possible to reduce the chance of this error REGULAR EXPRESSION SYNTAX ERROR SEARCH There is a syntax error on the search side of a regular expression Perhaps a T or is missing or the groups are not nested properly The OR operator I cannot occur within groups only between groups A regular expression cannot begin with When using Ww be sure that the n th group already exists REGULAR EXPRESSION SYNTAX ERROR REPLACE There is a syntax error on the replacement side of a regular expression Most likely you are improperly using n be sure that the n th group was defined on the search side Counting starts at 1 REGULAR EXPRESSION NOT ENOUGH MEMORY There is insufficient free memory available to perform the search and replace Most likely due to an n on the replacement si
218. ction Reference CANCEL CURSOR UP CURSOR DOWN CURSOR RIGHT CURSOR LEFT DELETE DEL PREV WORD During normal editing no prompts it removes any block markers that are set Also stops any REPEAT operation DOS UNIX QNX versions It also cancels the menu system and any dialog box In Windows DOS press ing lt Ctrl Break gt performs CANCEL It is assigned to lt Ctrl gt in most keyboard layouts See also BLOCK Remove markers in Chapter 6 Moves the cursor up one line to the same horizontal position The setting for CONFIG Emulation Cur sor positioning mode determines whether the cursor can be positioned past shorter lines In dialog boxes it recalls previous entries Moves the cursor down one line to the same horizontal position The cursor cannot be moved past the last line in the file Moves the cursor to the next character At the end of the line it moves to the beginning of the next line Its behavior at the end of a line is configurable with CONFIG Emulation Cursor positioning mode Set to 4 the cursor can move past the end of a line In dialog boxes it permits editing the current entry Moves the cursor to the previous character At the beginning of a line it moves to the end of the previous line this behavior is configurable with CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes Deletes the character at the cursor At the end of a line it deletes the newl
219. ctions BLOCK Copy move to cursor use an internal text register If you have other blocks or macros stored in the text registers the maximum cut amp paste block size may be much smaller than 250 000 If the block is too large to fit into a text register you will receive the error message BLOCK TOO LARGE FOR TEXT REGISTER gt You can cut amp paste blocks of any size 1 Highlight the block and select BLOCK Write to disk Both non co lumnar stream and line and columnar blocks can be written to disk Choose a filename such as temp 2 Move to the destination for the block It can be in the same file or a different file 3 Select EDIT Insert file Enter the same filename e g temp If you wrote a columnar block to disk in step 1 be sure to select Columnar block insert This will insert the file as a columnar block in the same way that BLOCK Insert register does The 32 bit Windows version supports multi megabyte clipboard operations and 250 000 bytes in the text registers The Windows Clipboard Blocks of text can also be copied moved to the Windows clipboard and inserted from the clipboard It is similar to VEDIT s scratchpad Although the clipboard is the only method for cut and paste with most other programs we highly suggest using VEDIT s scratchpad and other text registers for all cut and paste operations within VEDIT The clipboard should only be used for exchang
220. cular string This keystroke macro prompts for a search string and then deletes all lines in the file containing the string As a precaution the search string must be at least four characters long however the macros should still be used with CAUTION The cursor is left following the last deleted line VISUAL EXIT Get_Input 103 Enter search string STATLINE NOCR if Reg_Size 103 lt 4 Alert Statline_Message ERROR Minimum 4 chars Return BOF repeat ALL Search 103 ERRBREAK BOL Del_Line Word count The following keystroke macro counts the number of words in a file and displays the result You can assign it to any desired key It is the same as USER Word count VISUAL EXIT M Counting words in file Please wait STATLINE Save_Pos BOF 102 Search s a ALL NOERR Restore_Pos 101 Win_Num Win_Switch STATLINE Win_Clear M Word count Num_Type 102 NOCR Get_Key Press any key Win_Switch 101 360 Appendices C Application Notes Compare two windows This keystroke macro compares the current window with the next window It is similar to Search Compare buffers but it never prompts for the buffer number It beeps if there is only one window VISUAL EXIT if 100 Win_Next Win_Num Compare Win_Status 100 BUFFER else Alert Align left edge of line with cursor This keystroke macro aligns the lef
221. d Macros Gives step by step directions on how to use the supplied macros PRINT WILDFILE COMPARE COMPDIR SORT DBASE and CFUNC Explains how to set up and use the Ctags symbol lookup feature Introduces VEDIT s compiler support The on line help describes it in complete detail STARTUP VDM File The startup vdm file is a special command macro which VEDIT executes upon startup It sets up many of VEDIT s advanced features including the USER and TOOL menus file type specific configuration template edit ing and color syntax highlighting The startup vddm file can easily be modified to optionally set up special hot keys and force any desired configuration settings Having a startup vdmfile is highly recommended but optional and no error is given if the file is not found Since startup vdm is a command macro it can be modified in any way desired especially if you are familiar with the macro language However you don t need to fully understand the macro language to modify startup vdm to your preferences NOTE The best way to understand this topic is to open the supplied startup vdm file with VEDIT and examine it If you do not have startup vdm in your User Config Directory typically c vedit simply copy startup org to startup vdm We supply startup org so that you can easily restore our default startup file 148 Chapter5 Advanced Topics STARTUP VDM File UNIX QNX The startu
222. d Restricts the search to entire words e g a search for the will not find there other and similar words It is equivalent to entering e g ISthelS using pattern match ing Begin of file Start searching from the beginning of the file otherwise the search starts from the current cursor position In a block search it starts searching at the beginning of the block Local Restricts the search to the portion of the file currently in memory It also causes the Begin option to start search ing from the beginning of the text currently in memory It can be useful when searching in huge files to prevent an unsuccessful search from wasting time examining the entire file when you only want to search nearby Block Restricts the search to the highlighted block This option is selected automatically if the cursor is within or imme diately past the block DOS UNIX and QNX Versions The terse dialog box only displays some options Immediately press lt Enter gt to switch to the full dialog box In the terse dialog box the button A gain re uses the previously entered search string It is often used in conjunction with the B O F option to restart the search from the beginning of the file or with the Prev option to search again in the backwards direction Searching within a block You can restrict the search or replace to a highlighted block even a columnar block This is useful for sea
223. d can be lt CR gt lt LF gt lt LF gt or lt CR gt The character with octal value OOO All three digits MUST be present The Carriage Return character hex OD The ASCII space character hex 20 The ASCII tab character hex 09 Zero The ASCII Null character hex 00 Use the contents of text register r in this position in the replacement string Same text as was matched by the n th group on the search side Entire text that was matched by the search expression Precedence of Regular Expression Operators Highest Lowest Regular Expression Operator Precedence 4 Concatenation C Application Notes Appendices 357 C Application Notes This appendix lists a few keystroke macros that you can add to VEDIT These and many more are listed in the supplied file KEY MAC LIB Some of these macro are included in the default USER menu The VEDIT PLUS macro language is used in these keystroke macros NOTE The Chapter 4 topic Editing the Keyboard Layout Adding a Keystroke Macro from KEY MAC LIB describes how to add these keystroke macros to VEDIT Duplicate line This keystroke macro duplicates the current line of text and moves the cursor to the beginning of the new line VISUAL EXIT BOL Block_Copy This simple macro above does not work quite right on the last line of a file However the following macro does VISUAL EXIT BOL Block_Copy if Cu
224. d in bright characters Config C_LRESERVE_W1 Color for reserved words 1 28 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Reserved1 Config C_LRESERVE_W2 Color for reserved words 2 27 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Reserved2 328 Chapter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config C_LRESERVE_W3 Color for reserved words 3 29 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Reserved3 Config C_LRESERVE_W4 Color for reserved words 4 31 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Reserved4 Config CLSYMBOL Color for symbols 23 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Symbols Config C_COMMENT Color for comments 18 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definitions for Comment or Linecmt Config C_LSTRING Color for strings 26 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Strings Config C_NUMBER Color for numeric 23 Color of the syntax highlighting items that match the definition for Numeric Most of the following Config commands apply to all versions of VEDIT Most correspond to items in the CONFIG menus Config E_CR_MODE Cursor positioning mode 0 4 1 Same as CONFIG Emulation C
225. d select Copy then right click on the VEDIT icon and select Paste This is an alternative to drag and drop when the file icons and the VEDIT icon are not visible at the same time In Windows you can double click on files whose type or filename extension is associated with VEDIT Select the Run command and enter the name of the executable VEDIT any desired invocation options and any desired filenames This is one way to start up VEDIT with invocation options You typically must specify the full pathname to the executable VEDIT In Windows 95 98 NT you can start VEDIT from the MS DOS command prompt C in the same way as with the Run command above You can start either the Windows or the DOS version 56 Chapter4 Editing Guide Starting Invoking VEDIT Changing the VEDIT Icon Properties The VEDIT icon properties can be changed to select invocation options Typically you would copy the main VEDIT icon and then change the new icon s properties The following example demonstrates how to create anew VEDIT icon which uses the e invocation option to ignore any previously saved edit session restore i e if you just double click the icon VEDIT will start without any open files Otherwise it may start with the last files you were editing The icon properties can also set the default directory for the first File open dialog box in this example c projects webs cafe gt
226. d to store small blocks of text that are inserted over and over again VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 53 Printing Text You can print the entire file or just a highlighted block gt To print the entire file 2 4 You Select FILE Print default lt Ctrl P gt Assuming a block of text is not highlighted All is automatically selected otherwise manually select All If you prefer to have the filename page number and date printed at the top of each page select PRINT VDM macro instead If needed select Setup to select a different printer or change its proper ties If desired select Font to select the font used to print the entire file or block Select the Ok button or press lt Enter gt The entire file should print can change VEDIT s top bottom and left margins for printing with CONFIG Printer You can also select single double or triple spacing Printer Name Lexmark Optra R Properties Status Default printer Ready Font Type Lexmark Optra R Plus Series Where DATA1 Lexmark J Bew Ne Margins Comment Set margins amp line spacing in CONFIG Printer Tl Printto file Print range Copies All Number of copies f1 C Selection Block M Auto close Finish print job Collate C PRINT YDM macro conei He Notes The Font button lets you print the text in any desired font and size The Raw option lets y
227. de which corre sponds to many thousands of characters matched on the search side Can also result from an improperly formed expression SEARCH REPLACE STRING TOO LONG This error occurs if the overall search replace string plus any variable characters included with I r exceeds 260 characters SYNTAX ERROR SEARCH There is a syntax error in the search string using pattern matching codes The search string cannot end in just I use Il to search for a I Idda requires that all three decimal digits are present e g use 1000 to search for the Null character lHhh requires that both hexadecimal digits are present e g use IHOD to search for the Carriage Return character TOO MANY FILES OPEN You are attempting to simultaneously edit more files than the FILES nn statement in your CONFIG SYS file allows Increase the number by three for each additional file you want to edit See Checking your CON FIG SYS file in Chapter 2 Getting Started 350 Chapter9 Messages V SWAP ERROR n DOS Only VEDIT attempted to use V SWAP while shelling out to DOS and an error occurred See V SWAP Error Messages in the on line help topic VSWAP for a detailed description WAITING FOR PRINTER Press lt CTRL C gt to Abort VEDIT is waiting on a network or multi user system for another program or user to release the printer before it can begin printing This mess
228. depending upon the setting of CONFIG Display options Auto create window style The status line will display the new buffer number the window border will display the new filename Notes VEDIT requires enough disk space to accommodate approximately 2 times the actual file size You should always work with at least that amount of disk space available If you select a file which is already open in another edit buffer Open only switches to that buffer you cannot have the same file open in two buffers at once To display different parts of one file in two windows select WINDOW Split 188 Chapter6 Menu Reference File Menu The new buffer selected by Open will be the lowest numbered buffer between 1 and 32 that is currently unused Buffers that are currently open but are empty are not selected To edit a file in a particular edit buffer instead of the next available buffer use FILE Buffer switch lt F4 gt to switch to the desired buffer Then select FILE Open See Also Editing Multiple Files in Chapter 4 FILE New FILE Open More WINDOW Split WINDOW Switch VIEW Zoom VIEW Full size Open More Sub menu VEDIT has three variations of FILE Open to save you steps when editing multiple files Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt O gt Keystroke macro for FILE Open Same buffer lt Alt Y gt Keystroke macro for FILE Open Horizontal window Full Description FILE O
229. desired filename NO CURRENT SEARCH REPLACE STRING The SEARCH Again function did not operate because you have not yet specified a search or replace string with SEARCH Search or SEARCH Replace NO DIRECTORY SPACE NO DISK SPACE The disk or directory became full before the entire file s was saved to disk To save your file s you must first delete some unneeded files Alternatively you might be able to save the file to another disk using FILE Save as Windows version Switch to Explorer or Program Manager and delete any old unneeded files to make more free disk space DOS version Shell to DOS with MISC DOS Shell and delete any old unneeded files See Maximum File Size in Appendix A for a description of how much disk space VEDIT requires to edit files NOTE Chapter9 Messages 347 Never delete any files from within VEDIT that have in their filename extension e g 1 and 1R They are temporary files needed by VEDIT You can delete them after exiting VEDIT in the unlikely event they still exist NO EDIT BUFFER AVAILABLE You are attempting to simultaneously edit more files than VEDIT has available edit buffers At most 32 files can be simultaneously edited however command macros can use edit buffers for their own purposes and reduce this number Perhaps you can close some of the files you are done editing with FILE Close NOT ENOUGH MEMORY FOR OPERATION There was insu
230. diately after each file is closed The Buffer switch event macro It is executed immediately after each buffer switch in Visual Mode or due to the macro language command Buf_Switch r EVENT The Template editing macro It is executed for each character entered in Visual Mode when CONFIG Programming En 102 Chapter 4 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 Editing Guide Block Operations able template editing is enabled It can be loaded with MISC Load template file Reserved for use by future event macros Internally used text register It is used by and emptied by many block commands Should be reserved for subroutine macros set up within a key file Internally used text register It is emptied with each keystroke and by many block commands Internally used register that holds the filename from the File selection dialog boxes Internally used to load the PRINT VDM SALLBUFF VDM SRCHINCR VDM LOADSYN VDM KEYEDIT VDM and VEDITSAV VDM macros This register holds the custom editing functions for the TOOL menu Otherwise it must be empty This register holds the custom editing functions for the USER menu Otherwise it must be empty Internally used to hold the keyboard layout in a binary format It MUST NOT be altered 125 127 are accessible for use by the VEDITSAV VDM macro which saves the entire VEDIT environ ment Internally used to hold th
231. dified file and prompts whether it is to be saved or abandoned It repeats this for each file and exits VEDIT A typical prompt would be Exit YEDIT A Save CHAPTER1 TXT T No abandon Save all Quit all Cancel 2 Select Yes to save this file If the file has no assigned filename you are prompted for one Select No to abandon quit this file the changes are not saved Select Save all to save all remaining files and exit VEDIT Note it only saves those buffers that have assigned filenames Select Quit all to abandon all remaining files and exit VEDIT If there are additional modified files open you are prompted for confirmation Notes If FILE Enabled edit restore is set VEDIT saves the names of the files being edited so that the files can automatically be reloaded later Files which you now abandon will be reloaded with their previous contents Files which you now save will be reloaded with their current contents When you abandon a file you only discard any changes made to the text since the last time you saved the file e g with FILE Save and continue or the auto save feature saved all files VEDIT checks to see if any changes have been made since the file was opened or last saved and only prompts for modified files If there is insufficient disk space to save the modified file VEDIT displays an error and aborts the request to exit If this happens you have several options You can qui
232. disable browse mode if you invoked VEDIT with b or opened the file in read only mode VEDIT does not always know the current line number when navigating a read only file the line number is then displayed as If you must know the line number in a browsed file set CONFIG File Handling Enable fast 62 Chapter4 Editing Guide Starting Invoking VEDIT browse mode to No Browsing will be slower but the correct line number will always be displayed See Also FILE Browse mode in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Overwrite Only Mode When editing some types of files particularly binary e g EXE and database e g DBF it is important not to change the size of the file or the file would become corrupted and unusable In overwrite only mode deletions and insertions that would change the file size are not allowed Only character overstriking block overwrites and other editing operations that don t change the file size are allowed Search replace operations are allowed but only when the replacement text is the same size as the search text Overwrite only mode is controlled with CONFIG File handling Over write only mode It has three settings 0 Disabled 1 Default Record mode Overwrite only mode is only enabled if the File type is set to 8 or greater for binary or database file editing 2 Enabled for all file types The default value of 1 only enables overwrite only mode when
233. dit Function Reference Edit functions are the basic building blocks of VEDIT s operation Each edit function is assigned to a specific key or key combination Edit functions can also be assigned to several duplicate keys For example the Normal layout assigns T REG INSERT to both lt Numpad gt and lt F11 gt Many basic editing functions such as cursor movements are also available in dialog boxes For more information on assigning keys to edit functions see CONFIG Keyboard layout in Chapter 6 Menu Reference and Chapter 8 Configura tion You can display which key or keys are assigned to each edit function by selecting HELP Keyboard layout BACKSPACE Deletes the character to the left of the cursor At the beginning of a line it deletes the preceding newline character effectively merging the lines together This function s behavior is configurable with CONFIG Emulation BACKSPACE emulation mode In dialog boxes it permits editing the current entry In Window s dialog boxes this function is always lt Backspace gt BACKTAB Moves the cursor to the character at the previous tab stop It stops at the beginning of a line If the cursor is in a highlighted block it undents all lines in the block same as EDIT Undent This behavior can be changed with CONFIG Emulation TAB CHARACTER emulation mode In dialog boxes it always moves to the previous item 312 Chapter7 Edit Fun
234. ds the search and restores the normal operation of VISUAL EXIT gt Tosearch all open files for a string of text 1 Select SEARCH Search all buffers 2 At the prompt enter the desired search string Simply press lt Enter gt to use the same string as for the last SEARCH Search 3 When the string is found you can make any desired editing changes 4 Press VISUAL EXIT lt Ctrl E gt to search for the next occurrence 5 Press VISUAL ESCAPE lt Alt F10 gt when done searching Notes The search is case sensitive if CONFIG Search options Default case sensitive option is enabled The search mode is set by CONFIG Search options Default search mode Other search options cannot be specified This function will be an option in the search dialog box in a future version This function is implemented by the sallbuff vdm macro The WILDFILE macro can also search replace numerous files without having to simultaneously load them into VEDIT WILDFILE can search replace thousands of files in one operation e g it can search all files in a subdirectory tree See Also WILDFILE Multi file Processing in Chapter 5 SEARCH Search Search Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 257 Compare Buffers Perform a byte by byte comparison between two buffers files Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F3 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This function performs a quick comparison of two buffers files It
235. dy know the decimal value of a character you can enter it with Windows or DOS by holding down the lt Alt gt key and typing the value on the numeric keypad the character will be entered when you release the lt Alt gt key The IBM PC displays the characters with values 00 and 255 as a space effectively making them invisible For this reason VEDIT can optionally display the Null value 00 as any other character this is set with CONFIG Characters Cursors Null display character VEDIT can display control and graphics characters in the file in several ways This is described under Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Control and Graphics Character display in Chapter 4 Editing Guide You can also insert control characters using ENTER CTRL See Also Entering Control and Graphics Characters in Chapter 4 ENTER CTRL Box Drawing Mode Draw graphic boxes using cursor keys Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Enters a special mode for drawing decorative boxes in the current file using the cursor keys The style for vertical and horizontal lines is selected with CONFIG Misc Box drawing style Press lt Esc gt to exit this mode and return to normal editing Notes This function is only available when a font using the OEM character set has been loaded ANST fonts do not have box drawing characters This function is implemented by the box draw vdm macro DOS Sh
236. e If the mouse cursor does not move to the lower lines of a 43 or 50 line display you should check that you have a recent version of the mouse driver version 6 24 or later for the Microsoft mouse version 4 15 or later for the Logitech mouse The mouse support is optimized for the Microsoft and Logitech mouse if you have a Mouse Systems mouse you may have to set CONFIG Misc Mouse options to 65 or 66 Then select CONFIG Save into VEDIT exit and start up VEDIT again If your mouse still acts erratically you can try setting CONFIG Misc Mouse cursor to 129 or 130 Then select CONFIG Save into VEDIT exit and start up VEDIT again These special values allow VEDIT to work with older style mouse drivers If you still have trouble with the mouse select the CONFIG Misc sub menu and press HELP lt F1 gt Additional values for Mouse options that solve other mouse problems are described With compatible VGA cards and mouse drivers VEDIT s mouse support will work with extended screen sizes such as 132 by 50 If your mouse does not work in these extended modes you should contact the VGA card and or mouse manufactures for a compatible mouse driver After exiting VEDIT DOS only scrolls in the top half of the 43 50 lines on the screen When running VEDIT on an EGA VGA system you can toggle to 43 50 line mode If you then exit VEDIT and configuration parameter Con fig S_RESTORE is set to
237. e The function s name as it will appear in the menu Command Sequence The macro language command s to be executed when this item is selected The commands must be listed on one line but can be as long as needed The set of all custom editing functions for the USER menu is then loaded into special text register 124 with the command Reg Load 124 user mnu Similarly the TOOL menu is loaded with the command Reg_Load 123 tutor mnu These commands are typically included in the startup vdn file 152 Chapter5 Advanced Topics USER and TOOL Menus For example the following addition lets you run our V SPELL spelling corrector from inside VEDIT Enter the last two lines as one line 5 Run V SPELL Reg_Set 103 PATHNAME File Close Sys vs 103 DOS File_Open Q103 Notes DOS If the contents of text registers 123 and 124 are not set up properly the error INVALID MENU is displayed when you attempt to access the main menu This also empties register 123 or 124 so that the main menu continues to work The command Reg_Empty 124 empties the USER menu Similarly Reg_Empty 123 empties the TOOL menu When the USER or TOOL menus are empty they do not appear on the main menu bar The on line help topic USER describes how to add Toggle into VGA 132 Column Mode and Toggle to 80 Column Mode func tions to the USER menu File type Configuration Chapter5 Advanced
238. e WordStar tm De scribed in WORDSTAR DOC DOS only Keyboard layout file to emulate WordPer fect tm Described in WORDPERF DOC The default USER menu it is loaded by the STARTUP VDM file The default TOOLS menu is used as the TUTO RIAL menu it is loaded by the STARTUP VDM file Translation table for converting between IBM PC Graphics characters and ANSI Windows graphics characters Translation table for converting between the ASCII and EBCDIC IBM mainframe character sets Note that EBCDIC TBL is built into VEDIT 36 Chapter2 Getting Started Description of Files USER TBL SYN VTM VDM STARTUP VDM DOS Version Only READ DOS TXT INSTALL BAT INSTALL VDM EXTRACT EXE VEDIT EXE VEDIT ICO VEDIT PIF VPD FILS CAB A prototype translation table that can be used to create a custom translation table Color syntax highlighting files are supplied for C Clipper Cobol Folio HTML Java MBasic Pascal Perl Rexx SQL Systat and others They can be manu ally loaded with MISC Load syntax file or auto matically loaded by the STARTUP VDM file Template editing macros are supplied for C HTML Java and VEDIT They can be manually loaded with MISC Load template file or automatically loaded by the STARTUP VDM file VEDIT is supplied with many macros which have a vdm filename extension Some are automatically run by menu functions while others are run from MISC More macros or
239. e beginning of the next line Pressing lt Enter gt while in Insert mode or at the end of the file inserts a newline character Every text line ends in a invisible newline character Therefore pressing lt Enter gt in the middle of a line splits the line into two lines You must be in Insert mode Now try typing a very long line When you go past the right window edge VEDIT will horizontally scroll the window to handle the long line To simplify entering text for word processing you can enable word wrap VEDIT then automatically wraps words to the next line when you reach the right edge of the window or a configurable right margin gt To enable word wrap to simplify word processing 1 Enable CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap and format ting This notation for configuration parameters means la Select CONFIG menu and then the Word processing item 1b Select the item Enable word wrap and format paragraph lc Select the Close button to exit the configuration dialog box 2 The default right margin is the edge of the window Alternatively you can select a specific right margin For example a right margin of 70 is often good for printing If desired select a specific right margin with CONFIG Word process ing Right margin Now try entering a long line of text and notice how words are wrapped to the next line when you reach the right margin Unlike word
240. e buffer selected by New will be the lowest numbered buffer between 2 and 32 that is currently unused Buffers that are currently open but are empty are not selected You can also open an empty edit buffer with FILE Buffer switch When the specified buffer is not already open it is opened as an empty buffer VEDIT can have multiple lt Untitled gt buffers open without assigned file names However selecting FILE Exit and then Save all does not save those edit buffers which have no filename See Also FILE Open FILE Buffer switch Open Open an additional file for editing If the selected file does not exist it is created Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl O gt Keystroke macro for FILE Open New buffer Full Description Open opens or creates an additional file in an unused buffer and displays it in its own window The File open dialog box optionally lets you open the file in Read only mode so that you don t accidentally alter it and can navigate it more quickly You can also open binary and fixed length record files The on line help for the File open dialog describes these options in detail gt To simultaneously edit another file in a new window 1 Select FILE Open lt Ctrl O gt 2 You are prompted for the name of the file to edit If VEDIT does not find a file with the specified name it will create the file The new window will either be full sized or cascaded
241. e current column Edit Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 199 Notes By default the cursor will be positioned past the inserted text Alternatively set CONFIG Emulation Advance cursor past block insert to No to have the cursor remain at the beginning of the inserted text See Also Block Operations The Windows Clipboard in Chapter 4 EDIT Copy to clipboard BLOCK Insert register Center Line Center the current line Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Center line adds just enough space to the beginning of a line to center the line between column and the right margin If no explicit right margin is set it defaults to the width of the current window gt Tocenter a line of text 1 Make sure that the right margin is set correctly with CONFIG Word processing Right margin 2 Select EDIT Center line This will center the current line It also advances the cursor to the next line so that you can easily repeat this process to quickly center several consecutive lines Notes Unlike other functions which indent with the optimal number of tabs and spaces Center line only adds space characters as needed To center a number of lines or an entire paragraph precede this function with REPEAT lt Ctrl R gt and the desired count Alternatively follow this function with REPEAT LAST lt Alt R gt to center additional lines See Also CONFIG Word processing Right marg
242. e current window structure It MUST NOT be altered Internally used to hold the last command line entered at the COMMAND prompt It has a constant size It MUST NOT be altered To protect users from unintentionally overwriting text registers the Visual Mode can only access registers 0 through 100 The Reg_Prot command can also be used by a command macro to write protect the text registers it uses More Text Register Notes The description for BLOCK Copy to register in Chapter 6 Menu Refer ence gives step by step examples for using the text registers All text register contents are lost when you exit VEDIT unless you are using the Edit Session Restore feature When an edit session is restored all text registers are restored Command macros have the ability to write protect text registers used by the macro so that you do not inadvertently alter them Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 103 Cut amp Paste Huge Blocks Many Cut amp paste operations are currently limited to a maximum block size of about 250 000 bytes for the Windows 32 bit version and 60 000 bytes for other versions However by writing a block out to disk with BLOCK Write to disk and then inserting it with EDIT Insert file you can cut amp paste huge multi megabyte blocks This limitation occurs because the text registers are currently limited in how much they can hold The scratchpad is one text register The fun
243. e file Use the mouse to drag over the desired stream block By also holding down the lt Alt gt key it marks a columnar block To highlight a large block first highlight a small section at the beginning of the block then go to the end of the block finally hold down the lt Shift gt key and finish highlighting the entire block Holding down the lt Shift gt key lets you expand the size of a highlighted block Small block are easily marked with the lt Shift gt key or mouse It sets both the beginning and ending block markers all block operations are then available However the BLOCK menu items or equivalent hot keys give you more flexibility and make it easier to mark a very large block gt Tomarka large block of text assuming no block markers are set 1 Position the cursor on the first character to be included in the block Or you can mark the end of the block first Set the first block marker with BLOCK Set stream marker lt F9 gt or toolbar Note the message 1 END on the status line Alternatively select a columnar block with BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt or toolbar Move the cursor to the end of the block any desired method can be used For example you can search for text at the end of the block For stream blocks the cursor should be positioned just past the last character of the block To include the newline at the end of a line position the cursor at the beginning o
244. e handling e iti i Ja Printer p Search options All windows Miscellaneous p Window name display style 0 Normal 1 2 3 Auto create window style 1 Full 2 Cascaded Scroll Options buffer selectable 4 a 0 Horizontal scroll margin 0 Off 1 WWin 40 2048 Help 20 Horizontal scroll increment 1 100 Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 273 Enable Scroll Bars Default Yes Windows version only When enabled scroll bars are displayed for all editing windows However the vertical scroll bar is only displayed when the file buffer contains enough lines to require scrolling Non editing windows created with the VEDIT PLUS macro language never have scroll bars You can also turn scroll bars on off with VIEW Scroll bars Select CONFIG Save config to make the configuration change permanent Enable Toolbar Default Yes Windows version only When enabled the VEDIT toolbar is displayed The toolbar is an easy way to access commonly used menu items with the mouse A VEDIT program size of about 720 pixels is needed to see all toolbar buttons You can also turn Scroll bars on off with VIEW Toolbar Select CONFIG Save config to make the configuration change permanent Enable MORE operation Default Yes When enabled the screen display will be paused with the MORE prompt when any command macro attempts to display more than one page of text between keystrokes When set to
245. e mouse on the zoom button The button then changes to a de zoom button 146 Chapter4 Editing Guide Windows Full Size Windows Windows version VEDIT has the useful concept of full size windows This is similar to you manually stretching a window s borders to the maximum possible size More over a full size window will remain full size if you change VEDIT s overall window size toggle the toolbar on off or toggle the command mode window on off A window remains full size until you explicitly resize tile or cascade it A full size window is not the same as a zoomed window even though they look similar and serve similar purposes When you zoom a window each window you switch to will also be zoomed until you dezoom In contrast some of your editing windows can be full size while others are custom sized or tiled CONFIG Display options Auto create window style determines if newly created window are initially full size or are smaller and cascaded The default is cascaded because this is typical for other windows programs SUGGESTION We suggest setting CONFIG Display options Auto create window style to 1 to create new windows as full size windows This lets you edit in the largest possi ble window without having to zoom all windows Once you are familiar with VEDIT we are confident that you will will use and appreciate the full size window concept Editing One
246. e normal setting of 0 uses the same color as for Edited text Setting an overriding color gives an unusual effect but lets you clearly see trailing spaces at the ends of lines Block highlighting With the default value of 0 highlighted blocks are displayed in reverse video Use this parameter to set an overriding color For example 71 displays blocks as white text on a red background Cursor line This parameter sets the color for the entire cursor current line when CON FIG Display options Highlight cursor line is enabled The default setting of 0 causes the line to be displayed with the IBM PC intensity flipped Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 279 Syntax Colors Category Tab Fill Word processing Reserved words 1 lt lt Change color Programming Display options Characters Cursors pe pesoyodworda z Ee ee sella Editing colors ear Reserved words 3 lt lt Change color Emulation File handling Printer 30 Reserved words 4 lt lt Change color Search options Miscellaneous 30 Symbols lt lt Change color En Comments lt lt Change color Strings lt lt Change color Help Bo Numeric lt lt Change color The syntax highlighting colors are only used when CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting is set The syntax highlighting definition file sets up pattern matching to recognize different parts of the displayed text as Reserved w
247. e or with WINDOW Split Copying Text From One File to Another A common reason for editing two files is to copy portions from one file to another This requires the use of a text register gt To copy text from one file to another 1 Highlight the block in the normal fashion Either a stream line or colum nar block can be copied You may want to use BLOCK Set stream marker lt F9 gt or the toolbar to highlight a very large block Select BLOCK Copy to register default lt Numpad gt Enter the desired text register number we suggest 0 through 9 You can immediately press lt Enter gt or lt Numpad gt again to select register 0 also called the scratchpad Switch to the second file and move the cursor to the desired position 142 Chapter4 Editing Guide Editing Multiple Files 4 Select BLOCK Insert register default lt Numpad gt Select the same text register as in step 2 If the block is too large to fit in a text register you will receive an error message See Cut amp Paste Huge Blocks earlier in this chapter for a work around one way is to use the Windows clipboard Starting Default Directory for File Open HINT VEDIT gives you flexibility determining in what directory most file selection dialog boxes start Starting in the correct directory can save a lot of time For some dialog boxes VEDIT selects the most likely directory Others start in the directory of the
248. e so many files and windows open that the screen gets cluttered and things get confusing As you finish with each file you can close it and then open the next file This keeps things simpler Use FILE Open more Same buffer lt Alt O gt It is a shortcut way of closing the current file and opening the next file It saves keystrokes and mouse clicks Sometimes you want to see two files side by side or one above the other perhaps to compare them You can do this in two ways Open both files with FILE Open Then resize the windows so that they are side by side or above each other Open the first file with FILE Open more Same buffer By default VEDIT displays it in a full sized window Open the second file with FILE Open more Vertical window or FILE Open more Hori zontal window The screen will be nicely split into two windows saving you the time of manually resizing windows Once a file has been opened in a window the window can be moved or resized in the usual manner with the mouse or by selecting Move or Size from the window s option menu click on the window s icon or press lt Alt Space gt and lt Cursor Right gt Select WINDOW Cascade to display all windows at once with overlap ping or WINDOW Tile to display all windows without overlapping Selecting VIEW Zoom is the same as clicking on the Window s zoom button It zooms the current window to it maximum size fo
249. e to enable automatic syntax highlighting Color Syntax Highlighting Chapter5 Advanced Topics 157 See Also See the topic HTML Editing for detailed steps on editing the startup vdm file to enable syntax highlighting Automatic syntax highlighting for other languages You can add automatic syntax highlighting for other programming languages or file types to the startup vdm file Follow these general steps 1 As described in the earlier topic File type specific configuration add another block of commands for a new filename extension In the new block of commands enable syntax highlighting for this filename extension with the command Config PG_E_SYNTAX 1 LOCAL In the Syntax highlighting section of startup vdm load the desired syntax definition file with the Syntax_Load command For example to load syntax highlighting for Pascal use the command Syntax_Load pascal syn Be sure that any other Syntax_Load commands in this section are disabled VEDIT can only load one syntax file at a time Only one syntax definition file can be loaded into VEDIT at a time However the following trick can load different syntax definition files for different projects 1 Notes Change the Syntax_Load command in the startup vdm file to Syntax_Load proj syn Copy the desired syn file to proj syn in each project s directory VEDIT first searches the local directory for
250. e to work and exceed the maximum number of edit operations VEDIT can remember oldest operations are forgotten Because of this you can only go as far back as 1000 keystrokes Notes Each basic edit operation uses one undo level VEDIT is typically configured for 1000 undo levels Therefore VEDIT could undo the last 1000 cursor movements characters typed in or single characters deleted However some editing functions consume many undo levels Therefore you can undo far fewer of these These functions and the number of undo levels used include columnar block operations 3 levels per line paragraph formatting 3 levels per line search and replace 3 levels per replacement Obviously keystroke macros can also consume many undo levels In extreme cases a single editing operation e g a keystroke macro may be so complex that it consumes more than the available undo levels Such operations cannot be undone Two configuration parameters Config U_UNDO_MAX and Con fig 0_UNDO_MIN determine how many undo levels are available to each file When sufficient memory is available 1000 levels are typically available As memory becomes tight as more files are opened new buffers may only have the minimum number of levels available this is typically 100 When deleting large blocks of text VEDIT must save this text in memory in case you want to undo the deletion VEDIT allocates at most 256K 64K for 16 bit DOS version for delet
251. easily done from a DOS command line In the Windows version you can also create a special VEDIT icon that starts up with the PRINT VDM macro gt To print a file with PRINT VDM from a command line 1 Give the command vpw x print vdm filename VEDIT PLUS for Windows 3 1 is veditpw VEDIT PLUS for DOS is vedit The entire file should begin printing To stop the printing before it is done press lt Ctrl C gt or lt Ctrl Break gt 2 When done PRINT VDM gives you the choice of printing another file or returning to the operating system OS NOTE PRINT VDM is intended as a macro example which is relatively easy to understand and enhance Much more sophisticated format ters can be written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language If they are named print vdm they can easily be accessed from the print dialog box See also On line help for FILE Print dialog box 166 Chapter5 Advanced Topics WILDFILE Multi file Processing WILDFILE Multi file Processing WILDFILE VDM is probably the most useful macro supplied with VEDIT It lets you perform a search search and replace or run another macro on an entire group of files The group of files may be specified using the wildcards and k These files will be searched in the current directory and optionally in all subdirectories Since VEDIT can edit any file including binary files such as EXE ex ecutables you can search through all fil
252. ecome important This is especially true when the VEDIT environment variable is used to specify default options VEDIT first processes the VEDIT environment options from left to right then it processes any command line options from left to right The startup vdm file is processed after any 6699 options but before the first option Auto execution macros can be specified in the Windows version by changing the Target in the icon s properties or by using the Run command See Starting VEDIT for Windows in Chapter 4 for more information PRINT Print Macro Chapter5 Advanced Topics 165 PRINT Print Macro The PRINT VDM macro can be selected as an option in the FILE Print dialog box It adds the filename date and page number at the top of each page It also skips page perforations and indents the text from the left paper edge This makes it ideal for printing source code modules and other text files print vdm documents how to optionally print line numbers and or file positions on the left side of the page Only trivial editing changes are needed gt To print a file with PRINT VDM 1 Select FILE Print 2 Inthe print dialog box select PRINT VDM macro Then select Ok The entire file should begin printing To stop the printing before it is done press lt Ctrl C gt or lt Ctrl Break gt Alternatively PRINT VDM can be auto executed when VEDIT is invoked This is
253. ed windows at the top or bottom of the screen that cannot be cascaded tiled or resized See Also Windows in Chapter 4 Arrange Icons Line up minimized icons at bottom of VEDIT s desktop Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Arrange Icons neatly arranges all icons corresponding to minimized editing windows at the bottom of the VEDIT desktop area Notes The minimized icons are not visible if the current window is zoomed to full size or if any window is otherwise overlaying the icons You may have to move windows to see them all Split Split the current window into two horizontal or vertical custom sized windows Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item split the current window into two windows each displaying the same file This lets you view and edit two regions of the file without having to manually scroll back and forth For example you may want to refer to the definitions listed at the beginning of a file while you are editing in the middle of the file The dialog box lets you specify the location of the new window in the top bottom left or right half of the current window You can also specify the number of lines columns in the new window The default value of 0 splits the window exactly in half Use WINDOW Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt WINDOW Previous win dow lt Ctrl F5 gt WINDOW Switch lt Alt F5 gt or the mouse to switch to the new window You ca
254. ed if any The filename is preceded with if the file has been altered It is preceded with if the file is in Read only mode If you are only viewing the buffer information press lt Esc gt or select Cancel to return to your editing when done Alternatively you can switch to another edit buffer Notes This item duplicates FILE Buffer switch so that all status information can be found in one menu See Also FILE Buffer switch FILE Open Text Registers Display active text registers their name size and contents Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item displays the names of non empty text registers their size and up to the first 60 bytes of their contents See Also HELP Edit buffers FILE Buffer switch Status Display Display VEDIT s version release date and status information Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description The VEDIT Status Display provides important information about the copy of VEDIT you are using and its present state Here is an example The following information is displayed Product name You will need this information when you contact Green version and view Data Inc for technical support or upgrade assis release date tance It describes exactly which product you are using the revision number and the date this revision was first released Help Menu Current directory Input file Output file Output file size Free in b
255. ed text If you delete either a single large block of text or successive smaller blocks of text which exceed VEDIT s undo storage you will get the following confirmation prompt Cannot undo this operation Proceed anyway Yes No This is a warning that VEDIT won t be able to undo the deletion if you go ahead and confirm the deletion This also resets the undo system See Also EDIT Undo menu in Chapter 6 Menu Reference 82 Chapter4 Editing Guide File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary VEDIT can edit both text files and binary data files A program source code file or the chapter of a manual are typical text files while executable files EXE database files DBF are typical binary data files With VEDIT the file type is mostly a matter of the newline character s used in the file For Windows DOS and UNIX text files VEDIT expects Line Feed characters to end each text line for Mac text files Carriage Return characters end each text line If the Line Feed characters in a text file are preceded with Carriage Return characters VEDIT considers the file to be a Windows DOS text file otherwise it s a UNIX text file If only Carriage Return characters are found it s a Mac text file If no or very few newlines are found e g the lines are more than 2000 characters long VEDIT considers the file to be a binary data file The difference between Windows DOS UNIX a
256. ediate attention since the file currently cannot be saved to disk See the topic Exiting VEDIT earlier in this chapter for more informa tion The current window s display mode is set to EBCDIC ASCII text will display as gibberish If another translation table has been loaded its name will be displayed in place of EBCDIC Indicates the name of the file you are currently editing The full pathname is displayed on the window s title bar If the filename is extremely long use HELP Status display to display the full pathname 68 Chapter4 Editing Guide The Status Line INS LINE xxxx LIne liNE line POS yyyy xxxx RM xx 1 END lt lt The filename is preceded with when the file has been altered since the last time it was saved to disk sey The filename is preceded with when the file was opened in read only mode The file cannot be altered but you can browse through it more quickly Indicates that you are in Insert mode Any typed text will be inserted and not overwrite the existing text Otherwise you are in Overstrike mode Indicates on what line of the file the cursor is When the message is all in capital letters the entire file is in memory Otherwise the message is displayed as follows The beginning of the file is currently in memory but the end of the file is on disk The end of the file is currently in memory but the begin ning of the file has been
257. edit vpw exe i toms vdm Name of STARTUP VDM and VEDIT INI We always refer to the name of the default startup file as startup vdm but you can change the name by editing the vedit ini Windows parameter file Furthermore you can specify a Windows parameter file other than vedit ini with the k invocation option vpw kinifile inifile is used as the Windows parameter file in place of vedit ini There must be no space between k and the filename This lets you completely customize VEDIT for different tasks For each task create a VEDIT icon which uses the k invocation option to specify a different Windows parameter file Each Windows parameter file can then specify a different startup macro file One advantage of using this scheme over the i option described above is that each task can have a different set of recently used files in the FILE menu and can have different display and printer fonts USER and TOOL Menus Chapter5 Advanced Topics 151 USER and TOOL Menus Two sets of custom editing functions can be added to the main menu as the TOOL and USER menus As with all menu functions the custom func tions can have hot keys assigned to them The supplied startup vdm loads the file user mnu as the USER menu It also loads the file tutor mnu as the TOOL menu and renames the menu to Tutorial Both the USER and TOOL menus can have any desired name appear on the menu
258. el gt deletes the newline character effectively appending the following line Similarly when the cursor is at the beginning of a line pressing lt Backspace gt deletes the previous newline This appends the current line to the end of the previous line In short when you re at the beginning of a line and want to append it to the previous line press lt Backspace gt When you are at the end of a line and want to append the following line press lt Del gt The behavior with respect to deleting newlines is configurable Deleting Lines VEDIT has three functions for deleting partial or entire lines lt Ctrl J gt ERASE BOL Erase to beginning of line lt Ctrl K gt ERASE EOL Erase to end of line lt Ctrl L gt ERASE LINE Erase delete entire line Press lt Ctrl L gt to delete an entire line any following lines will then move up Press lt Ctrl K gt to delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line You can blank out the current line by first pressing lt Home gt and then lt Ctrl K gt This is different from lt Ctrl L gt in that it changes a line of text to a blank empty line instead of erasing it entirely VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 47 Deleting Words VEDIT can delete the word before or after the cursor position lt Ctrl Bksp gt DEL PREV WORD Delete previous word lt Ctrl Del gt DEL NEXT WORD Delete next word Pressed once it deletes the characters that make
259. ell Suspend VEDIT and display the DOS prompt Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description DOS Shell temporarily suspends VEDIT and shells out toa DOS box You can then run any DOS command and or programs These commands can range from simple directory and file management commands i e DIR COPY DEL CHDIR to running other application programs Give the DOS command exit to return to VEDIT Misc Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 243 MISC DOS shell does not affect your files it merely suspends VEDIT When you return to VEDIT you will find everything exactly as it was when you left it gt To temporarily suspend VEDIT and enter DOS 1 It is a good idea to select FILE Save all to save all file before shelling to DOS 2 Select MISC DOS shell You may now see a copyright notice for your operating system and the DOS command prompt 3 You can now execute DOS commands and other software 4 To return to VEDIT type exit at the DOS prompt WARNING If you forget to return to VEDIT before you shut down your computer any changes made since the last time your files were saved will be lost Therefore it is a good habit to save all files before shelling out to DOS DO NOT delete files that are currently open for editing or have a filename extension of or R These may be temporary files in use by VEDIT DOS Version While shelled out to DOS VEDIT chan
260. en Avr 318 How VEDIT Configures Itself eee eee cesceeeeseeseeseeseeseceecneeseesaees 318 Troubleshooting ses era zea atusssesssivsevetint de E RE E 320 VEDIFKEY Layout File s enano an a E E R oa 322 Modifying the VEDIT KEY file oo eee ceeceeereeeees 323 Configuration Commands in KEY Files s 323 VEDIT CFG Configuration Filer sieis sesoses arinei i 324 List of Config Parameter ensaio ii E E EE EEEE 325 Config_String Parameters ssesesesseeeeesesseesrsessrerrrrrrerrrereersree 337 Config_Tab Param ter neiseirge i 338 Chapter 9 Messages e ssssosssscoecsssscccssscossssoosessocesesoseoesssesssssoosseses JDI Appendices Cisse ssrosesssescsssosossorssossscos siose o ssas e soser sesoses e L A Pil Manasement vecerne e 351 Basic File Handling ssiri rr oeer n eresien asa atte 351 Automatic File Buffering e sseeeeessseeeeesesssesreresrsrereresrereresesrees 352 Maximum Pile Si e isis sscsecs deessssssscessdeeszsenests apdessttetsesi geiten 352 Networking and Multi Tasking cece ceceeeesecseeeeeeeseees 353 B Search Modes Summary 00 cece cceececeeecseeseeeceseceeceseseesaesaeeeseeeenee 354 Pattern Matching Codes oo cece cee ceeesceecesecsecneeeeesseeeeneeseenaees 354 Regular Expressions roiie Soseties sessed ots sdvesspi ape sad seeds siias 355 C Application Notes se tn cus nel ete Miata ten aa ties 357 D Troubleshooting DOS ce eecesecenceeeeeneeesseeseceeceseesseesaeeneeeeeeseenes
261. eral reasons for always editing the vedit key file directly and never saving it with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout or CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout You can add comments to the layout for future reference Comments are lost if CONFIG Keyboard layout saves the layout You can add Config commands to the vedit key file to force any configuration changes needed to make the keyboard layout work properly Config commands are lost if CONFIG Keyboard layout saves the layout After creating a custom keyboard layout you may want to save it not only as vedit key but use FILE Save as to save it under an additional name such as bobs key A new keyboard layout can be loaded at any time by selecting CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout Any supplied key file such as nor mal key brief key or wordstar key can be loaded A custom file such as bobs key can also be loaded NOTE After carefully personalizing and commenting a vedit key file be sure to save a copy under another name or in another directory In particular don t overwrite it with CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout because any comments and Config commands will then be lost gt To edit the vedit key file 1 Select FILE Open default lt Ctrl O gt and select the file in the User Config Directory typically c vedit vedit vedit key 2 Change the layout as described below 3 Save your chan
262. erforms BLOCK Set stream marker this is an easy way to set block markers Mask 8 lt Ctrl Shift gt performs ERASE LINE this is an easy way to delete lines This is not the default because it requires some care if you need both keys down for lt Shift gt block marking press lt Shift gt first Enable lt Shift gt block marking Default Yes Controls whether the lt Shift gt key can be used to mark blocks of text When enabled a block can be marked highlighted by holding down the lt Shift gt key and moving the cursor This includes the arrow keys lt Home gt lt End gt lt PgUp gt lt PgDn gt lt Ctrl End gt etc In this mode lt Shift Home gt etc cannot be used as function keys Also lt Shift F1 gt through lt Shift F12 gt cannot be used as cursor movement functions but can be used for other functions When disabled lt Shift Home gt etc can be used as function keys with editing operations and have keystroke macros assigned to them Auto replace block with new text 0 7 Default 3 Determines whether a highlighted block of text at the cursor position is automatically deleted if new text is typed or inserted from a text register or the clipboard This is the default and is typical for most Windows programs See NOTES below For example a search normally highlights the found text as a block You can then immediately type in replacement text without first deleting the block
263. ers this is especially true in the VEDIT PLUS macro language This advanced topic describes how buffers and windows interact Introduction VEDIT can have up to 32 edit buffers open at once they are numbered 1 through 32 Each buffer can have a file open in it for editing although it is not necessary for a buffer to have an open file In other words multiple lt lt No name gt gt buffers can be open at once At least one buffer is always open although the file in the last buffer can be closed the last buffer itself cannot be closed When you open additional files with FILE Open additional buffers are automatically opened as needed to hold the files VEDIT can also have up to 32 windows open at once they have an ID number between 1 and 32 These are sometimes referred to as editing or Visual mode windows to distinguish them from special Command mode windows Command mode windows have a non numeric name such as or H They are often created and used by the VEDIT PLUS macro language Windows are attached to buffers To display buffers in windows VEDIT automatically attaches a window to a buffer When you display one buffer file in two or more windows multiple windows are attached to one buffer Each time a new buffer is opened in Visual Mode e g when you open a file anew window is also created and attached to the buffer The window is initially full sc
264. ers as they are typed on the keyboard These modes are selected with the parameter CONFIG Programming Lower upper case key conversion which can take these values 0 Default No conversion takes place 1 All lower case letters are converted to upper case This is similar to the Caps Lock on a keyboard 2 Conditional key conversion lower case letters are converted to upper case only when the cursor is to the left of the key conversion 66 99 character which is typically 3 Similar to 2 except that characters are reversed instead of being forced to upper case 4 All upper case letters are converted to lower case 5 Similar to 2 except that characters are converted to lower case Modes 2 and 3 are specifically designed for assembly language program mers who prefer having the Label Opcode and Operand in upper case and the comment in upper and lower case In Mode 2 lower case letters are converted to upper case if they occur to the left of the key conversion character typically To the right of the they are not converted In this mode an assembly language program can be entered with all lower case letters and VEDIT will automatically convert the labels opcodes and operands to upper case while leaving the comment fields alone Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Chapter 4 Editing Guide 77 The key conversion character may be changed with CONFIG Program ming
265. erstrike mode explicitly put VEDIT into Insert or Overstrike mode The primary purpose for these items is for keystroke macros that require a particular mode Notes In Insert mode characters you type are inserted in front of the character at the cursor The message INS is displayed on the status line In Overstrike mode characters you type replace any existing text at the cursor position The message INS is not displayed on the status line EDIT Delete Overstrike mode explicitly puts VEDIT into Overstrike mode Unlike INSERT TOGGLE lt Ins gt which toggles between Insert and Overstrike modes this item can be used in a keystroke macro to ensure that Insert mode is off See Also EDIT Delete Insert mode INSERT TOGGLE View Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 211 View Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt V gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The VIEW menu lets you change the window view by zooming dezooming a window resetting all windows and changing the window text font You can also toggle through a wide range of display binary and hex editing modes zoom AltZ Full size Full size All Reset Toggle display mode AltD Toggle binary text mode Alt Toggle hex mode split Alt Color toggle Alt J v Scrollbars v Toolbar Font Zoom Zoom de zoom the current window Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt Z gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Zoom
266. ert the block at the beginning of the existing contents select the Append or Insert option in the dialog box Notes The lt Numpad gt hot keys are usually more convenient but laptop users can use lt F11 gt instead In overstrike only mode e g when editing binary data files Move to register causes the original text to be filled overwritten with the configurable block fill character typically spaces Block Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 225 Text register contents are lost when you exit VEDIT However if you restore a previous edit session the text register contents are also restored There is a limit to the amount of text that can be saved in the text registers This is usually between 40 000 and 60 000 characters but can be much less if VEDIT has limited memory available to it If possible try working with several smaller pieces of text Huge blocks can be copied by first writing them to disk with BLOCK Write to disk Then position the cursor at the destination perhaps after opening another file and insert the block with EDIT Insert file DOS UNIX and QNX Versions The text register dialog box has a terse selection option To select from the first ten registers simply press 0 through 9 To select other registers first e6 99 type period type the number and then press lt Enter gt For example to select register 10 enter 10 Note the help line a
267. es in a directory by specifying without worrying about what kind of files they are will also search any hidden files The primary use of WILDFILE VDM is to search for all occurrences of a word variable name etc in a large group of files For example you might want to view all occurrences of the word printf in all the C files The WILDFILE VDM macro can also be used to run a second macro on a group of files For example the PRINT VDM macro could be run on all of your TXT files gt Example To view all occurrences of printf in all c files 1 Select MISC WILDFILE macro fe Eile Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Tools User Config Help 5 x pelage alo ale se Pls eal SelB yee al DE IE DE DE IE DE DE HE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE JE DE DK JE DE DE DE DE JE JE JE JE JE JE x WILDFILE UDM 29 Apr 99 x x Multi file Processing YEH HH HH HEIE HE JE HE HE JE HEIE HEHEHE HIE Enter the names of the files to process The wildcards and x may be used Append s to include files in subdirectories Examples x c c proj x s TEXN S s Press lt Enter gt again when all filenames have been entered Press lt Ctrl C gt to cancel Default directory is c vasm vcw32 Enter filename x c Enter filename Execute a Clommand Mlacro Slearch or Rleplace s Enter search string printf Dlisplay or P rint line or enter V
268. es not affect Tab charac ters already in your file Use BLOCK Edit translate Detab to convert existing Tab characters in your file to spaces Block fill character 0 255 Default 32 This is the character used by BLOCK Edit Translate Block fill and BLOCK Edit Translate Insert empty column to fill insert blocks It is also used when selecting the Fill buffer text option with BLOCK Move to register It is typically set to Space value 32 but can be changed for special purposes For example setting it to a value 46 lets you insert a column of periods with BLOCK Edit Translate Insert empty column Note Depending upon the setting of Expand lt Tab gt with spaces VEDIT may convert spaces to the optimal number of Tabs and spaces Trim spaces after columnar operation Default Yes Controls whether the trailing spaces at the end of lines are removed following a columnar block operation This only trims spaces on those lines involved in the operation Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 269 Word Processing Category Select margins buffer selectable 4 Enable word wrap amp Formatting p Bight margin 0 Window 1 HSM 16 255 2 Lettmargin 0 80 Options p Eormat paragraph options 0 7 T Justify paragraphs Enable word wrap and formatting Default No Enables word wrap when entering new text and paragraph formatting with EDIT Format p
269. eserved window create a window that already exists or create too small large a window Win_Re served attempted to create a second window at the top or bottom of the screen At most there can be one reserved window at the top and one at the bottom CANNOT EDIT FILE IN THIS MODE USE BINARY This error is usually caused by editing a file with very long lines in non binary mode Try editing the file again in binary mode by immedi ately setting CONFIG File handling File type to 64 VEDIT PLUS Try entering the commands Config F_F_TYPE 64 BOF V to place VEDIT into binary mode go to the beginning of the file and reenter Visual Mode Chapter9 Messages 341 CANNOT ENTER CTRL Z You cannot enter a Ctrl Z character into a file when Con fig F_EOF_PROC is enabled it is disabled by default because Ctrl Z is then treated as the End of file marker CANNOT FIND search string The specified search string could not be found This is a normal message for SEARCH menu items when no more occurrences can be found Remember that VEDIT always searches from the current cursor position perhaps you want to restart the search from the beginning of the file VEDIT PLUS Use the NOERR option on the applicable commands to suppress this message CANNOT MODIFY EXECUTING MACRO REGISTER Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS A macro cannot modify the contents of any text register th
270. et If desired each paragraph can have different left and right margins The margins for an existing paragraph can also be changed and the paragraph then re formatted to fit the new margins When paragraphs are formatted they can optionally also be justified Justification produces a straight right edge to the text by adding spaces between words on each line Lines of text can quickly be centered between the current left and right margins with EDIT Center line Unlike dedicated word processors VEDIT s word processing functions never insert special control codes Paragraphs are formatted by inserting only newline characters Carriage Return and or Line Feed depending upon the file type Text is indented by using only Tab characters and spaces if desired only spaces can be used This makes it possible to use text files formatted with VEDIT with almost any other program Definition of Word and Paragraph VEDIT considers a word to be any sequence of characters separated from each other by certain characters A space always separates words from each other Any control character including Carriage Return Line Feed and Tab separates words from each other A space always separates words from each other Any control character including Carriage Return Line Feed and Tab separates words from each other 134 Chapter4 Editing Guide Word Processing Functions The characters confi
271. eystroke macros A se quence of up to 1024 characters can be executed Many keys in the layouts to emulate Brief Word Perfect and WordStar are implemented as such keystroke macros The supplied file key mac 1ib contains numerous keystroke macros con sisting of macro language commands Longer command macros are typically stored as disk files These command macros can be loaded into the text registers and executed with MISC Load Execute macro Once acommand macro is loaded into VEDIT it can be executed with MISC Execute macro A command macro can also be auto executed when VEDIT starts up Command macros can also be executed from the USER and TOOL menus Short macros are typically included in the user mnu file longer macros are typically loaded from a file with the Call_File command Notes The main editing mode of VEDIT and VEDIT PLUS is called Visual Mode The distinction between Command Mode and Visual Mode is especially important to VEDIT PLUS users VEDIT derived its name from Visual EDITor 162 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Command Macros The topic Keystroke Macros in Chapter 4 Editing Guide gives a step by step example of adding a keystroke macro listed in the key mac lib file with the CONFIG Keystroke layout Add keystroke macro function You may find it easier to add keystroke macros by editing the keyboard layout with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit v
272. f the next line Set the second marker by again selecting BLOCK Set stream marker or BLOCK Set column marker Note the message BLOCK on the status line After marking a block you can change its size and or the type of block Move the cursor to the desired end of the block and then select Set stream marker Set column marker or Set line marker from the BLOCK menu NOTE The normal keyboard layout assigns lt F9 gt as a hot key for BLOCK Set stream marker If your layout does not have an assignment for this function you can alternatively press BLOCK Copy to cursor lt Cirl F9 gt to mark a block Until both block markers are set Copy to cursor only sets the block markers when both block markers are set it copies the block to the current cursor position 96 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations VEDIT s Blocks are Persistent VEDIT s blocks are persistent after marking a block it remains marked until you process it or explicitly remove the markers Simply moving the cursor doesn t remove the markers Persistent blocks offer flexibility you otherwise can t have After marking a block you can move the cursor anywhere and then directly copy move the block to the new position without using a scratch pad clipboard this saves keystrokes After marking a block you can easily change its size After marking a block you can restrict a search replace to just
273. ference This chapter is a detailed description of the VEDIT menus and provides a quick reference for specific menu operations This chapter lists the menus in the order in which they appear on the top menu line Introductory information pertaining to each menu is given Also included are the hot key assignments in the Normal keyboard layout which may be used to directly access each menu and many menu items The description of each menu item is divided into the following sections Menu Item Brief Description Keystroke Equivalent Full Description Notes See Also This is the name of the menu item as it appears on the screen Read this brief description to determine if you have found the desired item If the normal IBM PC keyboard layout has a hot key or other keystroke equivalent for select ing this item it is listed here Many keystroke equivalents are set up as keystroke macros other menu items are equivalent to basic edit functions Use CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view lay out to view all assigned keys and keystroke mac ros For those items without keystroke equivalents you can always create a new keystroke macro A detailed description of the menu item and how to use it This often includes step by step instruc tions for performing common operations Related comments suggestions and warnings List of related menu items edit operations and other supporting references 1
274. ference 297 function s to be performed For the user s benefit key s that perform a single edit function are considered part of the basic keyboard layout as displayed by HELP Keyboard layout everything else is considered a keystroke macro Add Keystroke Macro Define a new keystroke macro or change an existing one Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt A gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item adds a new keystroke macro or changes an existing one Compared to CONFIG Keyboard layout Record keystroke macro this item has the advantage of letting you edit the macro as you enter it It should also be used for macros that access the VEDIT PLUS macro language gt To add define a new keystroke macro 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro 2 At the Assigned hot key prompt press the function or control key s to which this keystroke macro should be assigned This is the key s that you will later press to play back the macro Typically a keystroke macro is assigned to a key such as lt F12 gt lt Shift F10 gt or lt Ctrl T gt which is currently unused or whose current assignment you want to overwrite If necessary you can edit the Assigned hot key sequence with BACK SPACE 3 When Assigned hot key is correct press lt Tab gt DOS version press lt Enter gt If the Assigned hot key is already in use you will be prompted for confirmation to overwrite
275. ferent colors For C HTML Pascal Basic Perl Clipper Systat and others Users can set up syntax highlighting for other languages or applications Template editing performs shorthand expansion by recognizing a key word and expanding it to the full string of characters For C and HTML The Normal keyboard is very similar to Win95 Microsoft products Or chose a very compatible WordStar Word Perfect or Brief layout The keyboard layout can be modified at any time Unlimited keystroke macros Allows single key access to menu functions and creation of custom editing functions Keystroke macros may be built into VEDIT saved to and loaded from disk Fully adjustable tab stops The lt Tab gt key can enter a tab character or optionally spaces to the next tab position Configurable tab fill newline and null display characters Word processor emulation VEDIT can closely emulate other editors and word processors Contains options for emulating common cursor position ing modes other block operations various styles of searching functions performed by the lt Tab gt and lt Enter gt keys and much more Totally configurable with over 200 parameters VEDIT can be configured using menus or with easily edited vedit cfg and vedit key files Ready To Use Macros Chapter 1 Introduction 13 Ready To Use Macros VEDIT runs most macros written in the VEDIT PLUS programming lan guage Although the VED
276. fficient free memory to perform the operation such as copying a block of text to a text register Other than some block operations such as copying too large a block to a text register this error will rarely occur See the error message BLOCK IS TOO LARGE for a method of copying larger blocks This error will occur with EDIT Insert file if the current buffer does not yet have a file open First open a file with FILE Open or FILE Save as Be sure that configuration parameter Config F_AUTO_BUF is set to 2 as it always should be Other settings are provided for backwards compatibility with old macros NOT ENOUGH MEMORY TO AUTO BUFFER There is insufficient free memory in the edit buffer to perform auto buff ering Most likely you are simultaneously editing more files than VEDIT can handle with the available memory Use HELP Status display to see how much memory space is free Most likely almost the entire memory is being used by other edit buffers and text registers leaving less than 3 Kbytes for the current edit buffer You must empty some text registers and or close other files If there is sufficient free memory try editing the file in binary mode by setting CONFIG File handling File type to 64 NOT ENOUGH MEMORY TO LOAD VEDIT DOS Only There is insufficient memory available for VEDIT to start up approxi mately 180K is needed Use the DOS MEM or CHKDSK command to see how much is a
277. fic Configuration The topic Syntax Highlighting The topic HTML Editing Features 160 Chapter5 Advanced Topics HTML Editing Features HTML Editing Features VEDIT has several features that simplify editing HTML files used for Internet Web pages Template editing lets you enter simple two letter codes which are auto matically expanded to the full HTML codes For example typing he expands to lt HEAD gt lt HEAD gt with the cursor in the middle Enhanced keyboard layout with many hot keys for common HTML codes For example pressing lt Alt 1 gt inserts lt H1 gt lt H1 gt with the cursor in the middle Color syntax highlighting for common HTML codes The macro htm12txt vdm strips out all HTML codes to create a simple text file The macro txt 2htm1 vdm creates a simple HTML file from a text file The user mac sub directory contains user supplied macros for website development This includes WebXref vdm which creates a cross reference of all files used in a website HTML files can be edited using template editing or hot keys or both at the same time Template editing is performed by the macro files htm1 vtm or vedit vtm In addition html key is the normal keyboard layout with the HTML hot keys VEDIT s HTML support is oriented towards experienced Web page creators Webmasters that want to create Web pages quickly with as few keystrokes and errors as possible
278. figuration Commands in KEY Files A key keyboard layout file in Text mode can optionally have any desired number of lines consisting of Config and other macro language commands This is useful for setting up configuration parameters that are needed to accurately emulate other editors For example our supplied brief key has the command Config E_Line_Mode 5 to properly make the lt Home gt and lt End gt keys emulate the Brief tm editor When adding macro language commands to a vedit key file follow these guidelines Each command line must begin in column 1 with a valid command Comment lines can also be included beginning with the normal The maximum line length for commands and comments is 1000 characters Complex macros using flow control statements are supported however each line must be a complete macro Text register 119 is reserved specifi cally for use by macros in key files CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout does not save any Config commands or comments back into the key file Therefore you may find it better to make all permanent keyboard layout changes by editing your personal key file e g bobs key and then copying this file to vedit key NOTE Loading a new keyboard layout may not restore configuration settings set by a previous key file 324 Chapter8 Configuration VEDIT CFG Configuration File VEDIT CFG Configuration File
279. files you were last editing This is the default setting When the edit session is saved in the current directory you can save multiple sessions each in a different directory If you then invoke VEDIT without filenames it will restore the last edit session you had in that directory When VEDIT starts up it searches for the files vedit sav env and vedit sav dat first in the current directory and then in the User Config Directory regardless of how CONFIG File handling Save session in current direc tory is set Once the files are found they are loaded and then immediately erased Notes Files that you abandon during FILE Exit will be reloaded with their previous contents Files which you save will be reloaded with their current contents Your entire configuration is saved restored including changes that you did not make permanent with CONFIG Save into VEDIT This includes any changes to the keyboard layout Exception The setting of FILE Enable edit restore is not saved restored The only status not saved is the history of previously entered filenames search strings i e the character strings you can recall with CURSOR UP The status save is performed by the macro veditsav vdm Exiting VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 65 Backup Files When you edit and modify an existing file VEDIT can optionally create a backup of the original file in one of two ways Default Rename the original file to have a BAK
280. for menu highlighting Config CLMENU_S Color for menu selection 62 Color of the letter that selects each pull down menu item This color should be different from Color for menu However the same color as Color for menu highlighting can be used Config CLMENU_H Color for menu highlighting 78 Color of the pull down menu item that is currently selected Config CLMENU_I Color for inactive menu items 56 Override for items in the BLOCK and other menus that are currently inactive If 0 it is the same as Color for menu Config C_PROMPT Color for simple prompts 47 Color of simple one line prompts such as the prompt for GOTO Line Config CO_DIALOG Color for dialog boxes override 0 Override color for dialog boxes If 0 it is the same as Color for menu bar List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 327 Config CO_DIALOG S Color for dialog selection override 0 Override color for the letter that selects each dialog box item If 0 it is the same as Color for menu bar selection Config CO_DLG_BUT Color for dialog buttons override 0 Override color for the inactive buttons in a full dialog box If 0 it is the same as Color for menu Config CO_ACT_BUT Color for active button override 0 Override color for the active button in a full dialog box If
281. g c s it processes all matching files in all subdirectories VEDIT s ctags facility therefore supports the biggest projects even those with thousands of files in many subdirectories The format of the generated tags file is identical to that produced by the UNIX ctags utility Therefore as an alternative to the ctags vdm macro you should be able to produce the tags file with any utility that is ctags compatible Setup To use ctags you must create the tags database in the main project directory This is the directory you use to edit and compile the program gt To create a tags database 1 Start VEDIT and open just one file in the main project directory This will set VEDIT current directory so that the tags database is created in this directory 2 Runthe ctags vdm macro by selecting MISC More macros Ctags OR 1 At a DOS QNX UNIX command prompt switch to the main project directory The file tags will be created in this directory ctags Symbol Lookup Chapter5 Advanced Topics 179 2 Run the ctags vdm macro vpw x ctags VEDIT PLUS for Windows 3 1 is veditpw VEDIT PLUS for DOS is vedit 3 At the ctags macro s language prompt select whether you are working in C or Assembler or want to enter a custom symbol recognition search pattern 4 At the filename prompt enter a file specification typically using the wildcard characters and
282. g the VEDIT DOS Installation 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 29 CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT Files ose eee ccesseesceeeeeeeees 30 Network Installation 0 eeeeseeseeseesceesecseeeseesceeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeenes 31 Initial Configuration 2 eee eeeeseceeeeceeecaeeseeeeeseeseseseeecaseseeeeaesaeees 33 Description of Files sirener eneo cee E E EE 34 Keyboard Layout c s cccccsssccckescpecsckccies the coset aces once suses iro eoe es bisis Eee 38 Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial ccsccccssssssccssssscccsssssscssssssssccsssees GO Starting VEDIT oeeo eneee eoe rerne eene Ees SEEE estes sebovicedh onevsegeap ess tons EEEE 44 Enterin New Texts o E hy eS E ad 45 Deleting Text nieni sores et re sui haiti Sida dives 46 Moving the Cursor 0 cceceseesecseeeeescesseeeseeecaeeseeeeeaecsessesseesaeeeseaeeaesseees 47 Undo and Redo wis icsiice cetin s cubes tcegecaees vonsveciundgsgsenapanes ulunssesneuqaesugewane Wlasaeobes 49 Repeating Operations o e ee ecceceeseeseesseeeeeeecseeeeeeeseeseceeseeecaeseeeeeaeeseens 50 Cut and Paste a BIOCK irite reidio E T A E 50 Printings Texte nee ee n E E E E E NRS 53 Saving Your WOK seseo ara er a tees ea EE EE 54 xing A D U E E A E E E E E 54 Thats TE ideen r a aE r r e a e S Aeee 54 4 Chapter 4 Editing Guide csccssssssccssssssccscsssssscssssssssesssssees D Starting Invoking VEDIT zaire in n a a 55 Starting VEDIT for Windows sseseeesesseeeessrserereereeeersreeesesrsee 55 Start
283. ge Re turn and Line Feed IL Match newline Carriage Return and or Line Feed CR is optional in DOS Windows files IM Multi match any sequence of zero or more characters IN Match newline characters similar to IL CR is required in DOS Win dows files Can also be used on the replacement side lO000 Match the character with octal value 000 Can also be used on the replacement side IP Match any parenthesis lt gt IS Match any separator not a letter digit or _ underscore IT Match the Tab character value 09 IU Match any upper case letter IV Match any lower case letter IW Match white space single or multiple Spaces or Tabs IX Match extended white space one or more Spaces Tabs Carriage Re turns and or Line Feeds lY Match multiple characters until the next pattern matches Iddd Match the character with decimal value ddd 1000 Match the Null value 00 character I lt Match beginning of line zero length match I gt Match end of line zero length match I set Matches one occurrence of any item in the pattern set I set Matches one optional occurrence of any item in pattern set I r Access contents of text register r as a variable string I Match any character I Match any character except following character or pattern p Il Use I when you need to search for a B Search Modes Summary Appendices 355 Regular Expres
284. ges e g with FILE Save and continue or WINDOW Close 4 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout to load the new vedit key file and verify that the layout is correct The next time VEDIT is started it should have the new layout If it does not see Troubleshooting above most likely the startup macro startup vdm is overriding the layout VEDIT KEY Layout File Chapter 8 Configuration 323 Modifying the VEDIT KEY file Follow these guidelines when editing the keyboard layout either by editing the vedit key file directly or by selecting CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout 1 Normally leave the first line alone It assigns the lt Enter gt key to the RETURN function It must be the first line of the keyboard layout However it can be preceded by comments or Config commands 2 Notice that all remaining lines have the same format Each line begins with the key or keys that are pressed to perform an editing function This is followed by whitespace at least a tab or two spaces Then comes the entire editing sequence on one line 3 As long as each line has the correct format you can add new lines delete lines and modify lines Wherever you need a Tab character enter TAB CHARACTER wherever you need a newline i e Carriage Return and Line Feed enter RETURN 4 You can add comment lines to the file by starting the line with two slashes IP See the NOTE above Con
285. ges the DOS prompt to pathname gt gt The double gt gt is a reminder that VEDIT is still loaded This can be changed with Config_String OS_PROMPT in the vedit cfg file YOU SHOULD NOT load any resident TSR programs while shelled out to DOS If V SWAP is installed in memory VEDIT will use it to swap itself out of memory before re entering DOS V SWAP can be disabled by setting CON FIG File handling Use V SWAP when entering DOS to No If VEDIT has used up all available memory and V SWAP is not installed or disabled you will not be able to shell out to DOS Notes The Windows 95 98 version shells to DOS with the MSDOS95 PIF file in the VEDIT Home Directory If desired right click on it select Properties and change whether the DOS window is opened full screen or the size of the window MISC DOS shell will not work unless the DOS COMSPEC parameter is properly set This is usually set automatically or it may have an override in your AUTOEXEC BAT file using a command similar to the following SET COMSPEC C COMMAND COM Refer to a DOS manual for information on the COMSPEC parameter See Also RUNSHELL Run other programs in Chapter 5 MISC Run program 244 Chapter6 Menu Reference Misc Menu Run Program Execute a Windows DOS program and return to VEDIT Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Run program executes DOS commands or runs Windows DOS prog
286. ght margin 0 Same as CONFIG Printer Right margin Config P_LINE_S Line spacing 1 4 1 Same as CONFIG Printer Line spacing 332 Chapter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config P_DSP_MODE Print mode 0 Same as CONFIG Printer Print mode Config P_E_STRING Enable print job strings 0 Same as CONFIG Printer Enable print job strings Config P_E_FF Enable Form Feed 1 Same as CONFIG Printer Enable Form Feed Config P_E_PE Page eject on Finish Eject 1 Same as CONFIG Printer Page eject on Finish Eject Config P_DEFAULT Printer 0 Default 7 File 0 Same as CONFIG Printer Printer Config PG_AUTO_IND Auto indent mode 0 Same as CONFIG Programming Auto indent mode Config PG_IND_INC Indent increment 1 20 4 Same as CONFIG Programming Indent increment Config PG_CASE_CONYV Lower Upper case key conv 0 5 0 Same as CONFIG Programming Lower Upper case key conver sion Config PG_CONV_C Key conversion character 32 126 59 Same as CONFIG Programming Key conversion character Config PG_F_AUTO_CONFIG File type specific configuration 0 Same as CONFIG Programming File type specific config Config PG_TEMPLAT Enable template editing 0 Same as CONFIG Programming Enable template editing Co
287. gt or lt Alt F11 gt identical to T REG MOVE Full Description A text register is a temporary holding area for blocks of text Once text is saved in a text register it can be used again and again Text you save stays in the register until you either save a different block of text or exit VEDIT Copy to register saves a copy of the highlighted text in a register while Move to register also deletes the highlighted text from your file as it is placed in the text register If no block is highlighted these functions copy move the current line to the selected register gt To save copy or move text into a text register 1 Highlight the desired text You can either set both markers or use the cursor as the second marker 2 Select BLOCK Copy to register lt Numpad gt to copy the block Select BLOCK Move to register lt Numpad gt to move the block You are prompted for the register number Register number 3 To select the default text register 0 the scratchpad just press lt Enter gt or press the hot key again Otherwise enter the desired text register number O through 100 HINT When prompted for a text register number press any function con trol key to select the default scratchpad register O For example simply double press the hot key for T REG COPY to copy the highlighted block to register O To append the block to the existing contents of a text register or ins
288. guage If they are named print vdm they can be accessed from the print dialog box See Also The topic PRINT Print Macro in Chapter 5 Print Display Mode Similar to the screen display mode you can determine how control and graphics characters are printed You can also print in hexadecimal octal or print an EBCDIC file Since printers respond to control sequences to changes fonts turn on underlining and select other features you have to be careful when printing files that contain control characters If these control characters are intended for controlling the printer they should be printed as is Otherwise they should be converted to the x format CONFIG Printer Print mode determines the printing mode The most common values are 0 Default Print in the same mode as the current display mode i e what you see is what you get Depending upon the display mode control characters may be sent as is to the printer or can be expanded to the x format 2 Only expand tab characters with spaces All other control characters are sent as is to the printer This lets you embed printer control sequences in your text to control fonts and other features 274 Safe mode All control characters are expanded to the x format 1024 Print all control characters including tab characters as is This mode is automatically used when Raw is selected in the Print dialog box The on line help for CON
289. gured with Config_String WORD_SEP separate words from each other By default only the following characters are configured as separators fg a TD The characters lt are treated as the beginning of a word Similarly gt y are treated as the end of a word With the default Config_String WORD_SEP the lt and gt char acters are treated as part of the word However since and are word separators they are not treated as part of the word This makes it easy to delete the words inside parentheses without deleting the parentheses themselves As a special case numbers with embedded commas such as 10 000 are always treated as one word The characters configured with Config_String WORD_SEP separate words from each other By default only the following characters are configured as separators By default words are allowed to have embedded periods in them as in i e Chapter 8 describes how to change the configuration parameter Config_String WORD_SEP in the vedit cfg file To VEDIT a paragraph is one or more lines of text separated from other paragraphs by these rules A blank line always separates paragraphs from each other The blank line is allowed to have invisible spaces and Tab characters Lines beginning with the characters configured with Config_String PARA_SEP separate paragraphs from each other By default the following characters
290. h Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 263 Config Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt C gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Config selections let you tailor VEDIT to your applications and personal preferences Some less commonly used configuration options cannot be con figured from inside VEDIT but only by changing the vedit cfqg file as described in Chapter 8 Configuration Parameters marked with are buffer dependent you can have a different value for each buffer file CONFIG Config all buffers explains this in detail Tab Fill Word processing Programming Display options Characters Cursors Editing colors Syntax colors Emulation File handling Printer Search options Miscellaneous Keyboard layout gt Save config Load config Auto save config Config all Buffers DOS When you browse through the Config Menu using CURSOR UP UNIX and CURSOR DOWN you will see the contents of each sub menu displayed This lets you see settings available in each QNX sub menu before you actually select it This assumes CONFIG Display options Enable sub menu preview is set Windows and DOS versions By default all configuration changes except for the keyboard layout are automatically saved for the next time you run VEDIT Experienced users may want to turn off this feature with CONFIG Auto save config so that configu
291. hapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations NOTE An option in CONFIG Emulation Expand lt Tab gt with spaces fills a columnar block with the optimal number of Tab characters and spaces The default is to fill only with spaces When a block of text is inserted pasted from a text register with BLOCK Insert register you can optionally overwrite the existing text In the Insert register dialog box select the Overwrite buffer text option Since block operations using the Fill and Overwrite options do not change the size of the file these options are automatically selected when editing in Overwrite only mode This mode is selected with CONFIG File handling Overwrite only mode To prevent file corruption binary and database file editing should normally be done in overwrite only mode In Overwrite only mode BLOCK Copy Move to cursor also overwrite the existing text at the cursor BLOCK Move to cursor also fills the original block NOTE A highlighted block can simply be filled e g with spaces by selecting BLOCK Edit Translate Block fill Emptying a Text Register If you receive the error message NOT ENOUGH MEMORY FOR OPERA TION when attempting to copy move a block to a text register you may be able to perform the operation successfully if you first empty any text registers that are no longer needed Unless you receive this error message it is usually not worth while to empty text
292. have no CONFIG menu equivalent Config B_HORZ Horizontal border character 205 Config B_ DOS UNIX and QNX versions only These parameters determine the characters used to draw boxes around its menus and dialog boxes They are not used by the Windows version The following parameters determine the colors used by VEDIT Most only apply to the DOS UNIX and QNX versions Only the editing colors and the syntax highlighting colors apply to the Windows version The parameter names beginning with C_ are used on color displays the parameter names beginning with C_X_ are used on monochrome displays Config C_TEXT Color for edited text 30 The color used for the edited text This color may be changed for individual windows with MISC Color Toggle lt Alt J gt keystroke macro Config C_STAT Color for status line 112 Color of the filename line and column numbers and empty parts of the status line Usually set to reverse video Config C_LSTAT_M Color for status line messages 112 Color used for status line messages including BLOCK and INS They are usually displayed in reverse video To make these messages stand out make this color different from Color for status line This color is also used for the continuation characters used when wrapping long lines on the screen Config C_WIN_B_M Color for active window border 63 Color of the bo
293. he comment in upper and lower case 3 Similar to 2 except that characters are reversed instead of being forced to upper case 4 All upper case letters are converted to lower case 5 Similar to 2 except that upper case letters are conditionally con verted to lower case Key conversion character 32 126 Default Sets the conditional lower upper case key conversion character used by Lower upper case key conversion above The default is applicable to assembly language programming File type specific config 0 Off 1 7 Default 0 Determines whether VEDIT configures itself according to common filename extensions such as txt c html etc The startup vdm file deter mines the configuration performed for each file type including color syntax highlighting and template editing The supplied startup vdm file defines the following values 0 All file type specific configuration is disabled 1 Enabled but syntax highlighting and template editing are disabled 3 Template editing is also enabled syntax highlighting is disabled 5 Syntax highlighting is also enabled template editing is disabled 7 Syntax highlighting and template editing are both enabled NOTE This function only works with the supplied startup vdm file 272 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Technical When enabled the special file open event macros in text registers 110 and 112 are automaticall
294. he current file this is useful when the other files are not in a state in which you want to save them Otherwise use Save all to save all modified files If the current buffer has no assigned filename you will be prompted to enter the Save as filename Save all only saves text in the current edit buffer in the main edit buffer 1 and in those buffers that have assigned filenames If the current or the main edit buffer do not have filenames assigned it will prompt for the Save as filename If CONFIG File handling Auto save is enabled VEDIT automatically performs a FILE Save all at regular intervals See Also Exiting VEDIT Auto file Save in Chapter 4 FILE Save all FILE Save as FILE Exit Save As Name a file and save contents of buffer Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Save as saves the file you are currently editing under a new name This is convenient when you want to use an existing file as a template or prototype for a new file Save As also lets you save the contents of an edit buffer that currently has no filename associated with it gt To save the current file under a new name 1 Select FILE Save as 2 You are prompted for the desired filename You could select an existing file but more likely you will enter a new filename 192 Chapter6 Menu Reference File Menu Notes You can save steps by entering the save as filename
295. he current line See also EDIT Delete Erase EOL in Chapter 6 Erases deletes the entire current line See also EDIT Delete Erase line in Chapter 6 Escapes from the current prompt or menu level If there is no prompt or menu it pops up the ESCAPE menu See also Using Menus in Chapter 4 ESCAPE Menu in Chapter 6 Displays context sensitive help relevant to the current menu or prompt If there is no prompt or menu it starts up the on line help at the Table Of Contents same as HELP Topics When the menu system or a prompt is on the screen HELP directly access the topic relevant to the currently displayed menu or prompt See also HELP Topics Contents in Chapter 6 Toggles between Insert and Overstrike modes See also EDIT Delete Insert mode in Chapter 6 Moves the cursor to the first character of the screen line or if already there to the first character of the previous screen line This function s behavior is con figurable with CONFIG Emulation LINE BEGIN END emulation mode 314 Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference LINE END MENU NEXT LINE NEXT PARAGRAPH NEXT TAB STOP NEXT WORD PAGE UP PAGE DOWN PREV PARAGRAPH PREV WORD REPEAT REPEAT LAST Moves the cursor to the end of the current screen line If already there it moves the cursor to the end of the next screen line This function s behavior is configur able wi
296. he line you are editing VEDIT automatically adjusts this value according to the size of the current window You can also use SCROLL UP lt Alt Up Arrow gt and SCROLL DOWN lt Alt Down Arrow gt to scroll the screen without having to move the cursor This lets you view lines that are just off the screen Configuration Options The configuration parameters Config S_PG_OVERLAP Config S_TOP_MARG and Config S_BOT_MARG determine how many lines of overlap you will see with PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN and how close to the top bottom of the window the cursor can get before the window scrolls These parameters can only be changed by editing the vedit cfg file as described in Chapter 8 Configuration CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes can change SCROLL UP and SCROLL DOWN to leave the cursor in the current screen line instead of in the current text line Horizontal Scrolling VEDIT can deal with long lines in two different ways Default Long lines can be viewed with horizontal scrolling Each dis played line corresponds to one text line or record Long lines can be wrapped onto multiple window lines An entire long line can be viewed at one time Horizontal scrolling is typically used for editing documents that are wider than the display such as spreadsheets or structured programs Similar to vertical scrolling the screen automatically scrolls as the cursor is moved toward the beginning or end of long
297. he modes listed and you may want to pick one that you are already familiar with A little experimentation is best for understanding these modes and deciding which you like best CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes can be set to prevent CURSOR RIGHT and CURSOR LEFT from wrapping to the next pre vious line when they reach the end beginning of the line TAB CHARACTER emulation mode 0 3 Default 3 Controls how the TAB CHARACTER and BACKTAB functions operate These functions are almost always assigned to lt Tab gt and lt Shft Tab gt 0 TAB CHARACTER always inserts a Tab character or spaces to the next tab stop 1 TAB CHARACTER performs NEXT TAB STOP in Over strike mode and inserts a Tab character or spaces in Insert mode 2 If the cursor is not in a highlighted block TAB CHARACTER inserts a Tab character or spaces If the cursor is in a highlighted block TAB CHARACTER and BACKTAB are equivalent to EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent all lines in the block are re indented 3 Combines 1 and 2 lt Enter gt key emulation mode 0 3 Default 1 Controls how the lt Enter gt key RETURN function operates 0 lt Enter gt always inserts a newline at the cursor position this splits the current line or adds a new one at the cursor position 1 lt Enter gt only inserts a newline in Insert mode in Overstrike mode it is equivalent to NEXT LINE
298. hey are independent When you display a buffer in two or more windows e g with VIEW Toggle hex mode split the buffer is attached to additional windows Use WINDOW Switch to switch directly to a window See Also Editing Multiple Files in Chapter 4 FILE Open FILE Next buffer FILE Exit HELP Edit buffers WINDOW Switch File Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 193 Next Buffer Previous Buffer Toggle round robin style to the next or previous buffer file Keystroke Equivalent lt F6 gt is a keystroke macro for Next buffer lt F5 gt is a keystroke macro for Previous buffer Full Description This is the easiest way to switch to another file when simultaneously editing multiple files It toggles you round robin fashion to the next previous edit buffer file If necessary select FILE Next buffer lt F6 gt or toolbar repeatedly until you reach the desired file You can also switch directly to a given file by switching to its corresponding edit buffer with File Buffer switch but usually Next buffer or Previous buffer is simpler and quicker Notes These functions will also switch to empty edit buffers that are in use but have no file open in them This can happen after you have used FILE New FILE Buffer switch or when a command macro sets up additional edit buffers You can close buffers that are no longer needed e g buffers that are empty or contain files y
299. hich are entirely comments i e that have a 66 99 in the first column are not deleted Search W Y gt Replace None just press lt Enter gt As another example we want to search for the following two lines MOV BL DL An arbitrary comment MOV BH DH We want to be certain that the second line immediately follows the first line As indicated the critical part of the first line could be followed by unknown text The search string to find these two lines is MOV BL DL Y LMOV BH DH Notice that substituting IM for IY would not be the same we could no longer be sure that the second line immediately followed the first line Pattern Sets The pattern matching codes Hset and I se contain a user definable pattern set This is analogous to an OR operator the match is successful if the text matches the first item OR the second item OR the third item etc Each item in the pattern set can itself be a search string The items are separated from each other by commas Commas themselves are represented by For example the search string to find any of the animal names CAT DOG LION or MOUSE is CAT DOG LION MOUSE Pattern sets are very useful when searching for alternative words Unfortu nately pattern sets execute more slowly than other searches in this example the pattern set has to be checked for each character in the text As
300. hlighted block lt Enter gt key emulation mode controls how the lt Enter gt key works in Insert and Overstrike modes BACKSPACE emulation mode controls whether this function is destructive in Overstrike Insert mode and how it behaves at the beginning of a line Line emulation mode controls how the LINE BEGIN and LINE END functions lt Home gt and lt End gt keys work when the cursor is already at the beginning end of the line Special emulation modes control how the SCREEN BEGIN SCREEN END SCROLL UP SCROLL DOWN SEARCH and DELETE functions work A little experimentation is best for understanding these modes and deciding which you like best More sophisticated emulation can be performed with the use of keystroke macros and the VEDIT PLUS macro language 78 Chapter4 Editing Guide Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Other Keyboard Input Options DOS Only Technical Configuration parameter Config H_KEY_IN Chapter 8 controls whether VEDIT reads the IBM PC keyboard via ROM BIOS or System The default is ROM BIOS and is only very rarely changed The parameter CONFIG Misc Keyboard input options controls several rarely changed options The 8th bit can be enabled or stripped when reading the keyboard you always want it enabled on an IBM PC Note that this has no effect on 8 bit characters already in the file 8 bit character
301. hould be disabled on an IBM PC Mask 4 Enter unassigned function control keys into the text Almost everyone will want this disabled ten Mask 8 Reverse the case of all letters e g typing a gives you A and typing A gives you a We are not exactly sure why you would want this but a few users have asked for it Mask 16 In amulti character control sequence convert the 2nd and follow ing lt Ctrl gt characters to equivalent letters This is useful for the WordStar layout so that for example K V is equivalent to K V This is enabled by default because it does not interfere with other layouts The recommended values are 1 and 17 296 Chapter6 Menu Reference Keyboard Layout Sub menu Keyboard Layout Sub menu Keystroke Equivalent None Introduction VEDIT s keyboard layout is completely configurable Each basic edit function can be assigned to any key or alternate keys As many keystroke macros and hot keys as desired can be added to the layout This sub menu lets you record or add new keystroke macros and view edit the entire keyboard layout as a normal text file While editing you can also print the layout if desired To make changes to the keyboard layout permanent they must be saved to the vedit key file Entire keyboard layouts can also be loaded on the fly Add keystroke macro AltA Record macro AltK Edit view layout Display unused keys
302. ied an invalid text register number which must be in the range 0 E 1277 INVALID TEXT MARKER Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS You specified an invalid text marker with the Set_Marker or Marker command The text markers must be in the range lt Q lt Q JUMPING INTO A FLOW CONTROL STATEMENT Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The Goto command cannot jump into a flow control statement Flow control statements can only be entered at their beginning However it is allowable to jump out of a flow control statement or to jump within it KEYBOARD LAYOUT CORRUPTED VEDIT noticed that its internal keyboard layout table has become cor rupted it will immediately exit after saving all files May be caused by loading an invalid KEY file with CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout If this error occurs whenever you start VEDIT simply delete the file vedit key file in the VEDIT Home Directory VEDIT will then start up with the normal layout Then select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout to create anew vedit key file DOS version You may have to go back to the original VEDIT EXE file if the invalid keyboard layout was saved into the current VEDIT EXE file LABEL MISSING label Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The Goto command could not find the Jabel it is to jump 66 99
303. iew layout The topic Editing the Keyboard Layout Adding a Keystroke Macro from KEY MAC LIB in Chapter 4 gives a describes how to copy and paste a new keystroke macro from key mac 1ib directly into your keyboard layout Command Macros and Text Registers Simple command macros can be built into VEDIT as keystroke macros However more complex command macros are stored as files typically with a vdm filename extension There is nothing special about these files they are normal text files containing the macro commands and hopefully descrip tive comments All VEDIT command macros are in source code format There are no compiled macros Therefore all macros can easily be viewed While experi enced and adventurous VEDIT users could make small modifications to these macros it requires the extensive documentation that comes with VEDIT PLUS to fully understand the macro language The VEDIT PLUS macro language has a C like syntax and a free form format each line can contain just one command or many commands Command macro files are run by first loading them into a text register and then executing the register MISC Load Execute macro performs this operation Alternatively if the macro is already loaded MISC Execute macro executes it directly These functions load execute the macro in text register 100 by default Although some macros can execute from other registers you should assume that macro
304. im spaces after columnar block op eration Config E_BK_FILL_C Block fill character 0 255 32 Same as CONFIG Tab Fill Block fill character Config E_LSCRL_MARG Horiz scroll margin 0 Off 0 Same as CONFIG Display options Horiz scroll margin Config E_SCRL_INC Horiz scroll increment 1 100 20 Same as CONFIG Display options Horiz scroll increment Config E_LINS_MODE Insert mode Visual mode 1 Determines whether VEDIT starts in Insert or Overstrike mode Set by INSERT TOGGLE Since this Config parameter is not saved into vedit cfg the startup vdm file must be used to set this parameter Config ELEMULATE Emulation 0 VEDIT 2 3 vi 4 QNX 0 Reserved Note the vi emulation package originally supplied with VEDIT PLUS version 3 7 is no longer available due to the new macro language introduced in version 4 0 Config F_AUTO_SAVE Auto save interval 0 Off minutes 0 Same as CONFIG File handling Auto save interval Config F_BACKUP_MODE Backup files 0 Off 1 BAK 2 Dir 1 Same as CONFIG File handling Backup files Config FLOVER_MODE Overwrite only mode 0 Off 1 Same as CONFIG File handling Overwrite only mode Config F_LSAVE Same as CONFIG File handling Save session in current directory Config F_VSWAP Use V SWAP when entering DOS 1 DOS only Same as CONFI
305. imate line number of a particular location in your file you can get to it very quickly gt Togo toa specific line record in the file 1 Select GOTO Line Goto Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 237 2 You are prompted for the line number Enter the desired line number and press lt Enter gt You can also enter numeric expressions such as 12454 858 2 Notes When a file is opened for editing you can start editing on a particular line number by following the filename with the Lnnn option This function may take some time to perform on very large files when the entire file cannot be kept in memory The mouse can also be used to quickly access relative positions in the file See Also GOTO Set Text marker GOTO Goto text marker Column Move the cursor to a specific column in the current line Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description gt To go toa specific column in the current line 1 Select GOTO Column 2 You are prompted for the column number Enter the desired column number and press lt Enter gt You can also enter numeric expressions such as 1980 4 Notes This item is primarily useful when editing very long lines For example if you know that a line is about 2000 characters long and you want to go to the middle of it you could simply go to column 1000 The mouse and bottom scroll bar can also be used to scroll sideways in long lines File Position Move the curso
306. in Format Paragraph Format a paragraph between the left and right margins Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl B gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item re formats a paragraph to the current left and right margins Optionally the paragraph can also be justified with an even right edge 200 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Menu gt To format or re format a paragraph 1 Make sure that CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap and formatting is enabled and that CONFIG Word processing Right margin is set correctly 2 Also set the left margin if you want the paragraph indented This margin can be set with CONFIG Word processing Left margin but is typically set with EDIT Indent lt F8 gt and EDIT Undent lt F7 gt 3 Place the cursor anywhere in the paragraph and select EDIT Format paragraph lt Ctrl B gt After formatting the cursor is advanced to the beginning of the next paragraph so that you can easily format several consecutive paragraphs Notes If CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap and formatting is not enabled you will be prompted for confirmation to enable it This can save you the steps of going to the CONFIG menu Blank lines MUST be used to separate paragraphs from each other just an indented line is not enough Otherwise formatting paragraphs will combine several paragraphs into one The configuration parameter Con fig String PARA_SEP Chapter 8 determ
307. in both windows are synchronized and will move together When editing in hexadecimal you may find it easier to treat the file as a binary file with a uniform 16 or 64 characters displayed per screen line You can easily enter Binary 16 mode by selecting VIEW Toggle hex mode split again VIEW Toggle bi nary text mode lt Alt gt toggles between Binary 16 Binary 64 and the normal file types NOTE By default selecting a binary file type will only let you overstrike characters and not insert or delete characters If you need to insert delete change CONFIG File handling Overwrite mode to 0 Use WINDOW Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt WINDOW Switch lt Alt F5 gt or the mouse to switch between the windows If desired use VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt to toggle either window to a different display mode For example you can toggle the ASCII window to EBCDIC so that you can edit in hex and EBCDIC at the same time To edit a file in split screen Hex and ASCII with 16 characters per line 1 Select VIEW Toggle hex mode split default lt Alt gt 2 Select it again to toggle to Binary 16 mode In a hex mode window new characters must be entered in hexadecimal i e by entering 00 thru FF Other characters cause an error beep Similarly in octal mode new characters must be entered in octal i e by entering O00 thru 377 When the current window is displayed in hexadecima
308. in can be set to values up to 2048 which is obviously wider than your screen In this case only lines longer than the scroll margin are wrapped and normal horizontal scrolling is used to view columns up to the scroll margin Since continuation lines stand out on the screen this lets you flag lines longer than a specified length e g lines that are too long for your application For example your compiler may not support lines longer than 132 characters In this case set the horizontal scroll margin to 132 and any longer lines will be obvious on the screen Configuration Options The continuation character can be changed with the configuration parameter Config S_CONT_C see Chapter 8 Notes Due to the continuation character continuation lines display one character per line less than the first line UNIX and QNX versions To reduce the amount of unwanted side to side scrolling especially on slow CRT terminals LINE END can be configured with CONFIG Emulation Line emulation mode to only go to the end of the window line instead of the end of the text line Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Chapter4 Editing Guide 73 Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters VEDIT lets you display control and graphics characters in several different ways You can also display and edit any file in hexadecimal or octal This is particularly useful for editing binary files EBCDIC IBM mainframe files can also be directly edited
309. in virtual space Config S_CR_BLINK Cursor blink rate 2 25 8 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor blink rate Config S_CURSOR_C Cursor type 0 character 1 254 176 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor type 0 character Config S_ERASE_C Screen erase character 32 VEDIT normally clears the screen with spaces value 32 However for special applications a different character could be used Config S_EMPTY_C Empty desktop character 176 DOS only This character is displayed in the background desktop screen behind all windows It is only visible when windows don t cover the entire screen The color is set with Config C_EMPTY Config S_N_LINE Number of screen lines 0 Auto 0 IBM DOS With default value of 0 VEDIT starts up in the current number of screen lines When set to other values such as 28 or 50 VEDIT will attempt to switch the screen to the specified number of lines This requires a VGA display adapter Changes to this value must be saved into VEDIT EXE with CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE DOS CRT version only Set this value to the number of lines on your CRT terminal typically 24 or 25 Config S_N_COL Number of screen columns 0 Auto 0 DOS CRT version only Set this value to the number of columns on your CRT terminal typically 80 or 132 Config S_PG_OVERLAP Line overlap when paging 2 Deter
310. indows clipboard The maximum block size is about half of your physical memory however huge clipboard operations are often very slow Alternatively you can use BLOCK Write to disk to write the huge block to a disk file such as block tmp You can then insert the block into any file at the cursor position with EDIT Insert file See the on line help topic Blocks Cut and paste huge blocks DOS HUGEBLOCK for details on how to cut and paste huge blocks of any size BREAK You pressed CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl C gt while printing or while a command macro is running This message can also occur if a macro or menu function could not complete and VEDIT could not determine its exact cause If it persists you may want to exit VEDIT and restart it C JANCEL I GNORE RJIETRY DOS only Occurs when DOS detects an error and is preceded by READ ERROR disk drive door open read error WRITE ERROR disk write error or PRINTER NOT READY to indicate the type of error Press C to cancel the operation This is safe because it returns to VEDIT Press R to retry the operation such as after closing the drive door You can press T to ignore but this usually just leads to another error CANNOT CREATE WINDOW WINDOW Custom split attempted to create a window that already exists or you specified too small large a size VEDIT PLUS Win_Split attempted to split a r
311. ine The Windows DOS newline consists of the Carriage Return and Line Feed characters If a block is currently highlighted and the cursor is within the block or immediately past it it deletes the block same as BLOCK Edit Translate Block de lete This function s behavior with respect to newlines and blocks is configurable with CONFIG Emula tion Special emulation modes See also EDIT Delete Delete in Chapter 6 Deletes the word or portion of a word or whitespace to the left of the cursor Pressing it again deletes the next whitespace or word DEL NEXT WORD ENTER CTRL ERASE BOL ERASE EOL ERASE LINE ESCAPE HELP INSERT TOGGLE LINE BEGIN Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference 313 Delete the word or portion of a word to the right of the cursor Enters the next keystroke literally into the text includ ing control and graphics characters Also used to enter control characters into search replace strings It is assigned to lt Ctrl Shift gt in most keyboard layouts Windows and DOS versions it is also as signed to lt Ctrl Q gt See also Keyboard Characters and Screen Display in Chapter 4 EDIT Enter CTRL char and MISC ASCII table in Chapter 6 Erases deletes all characters from the beginning of the line up to the cursor See also EDIT Delete Erase BOL in Chapter 6 Erases deletes all text from the cursor to the end of t
312. ine Undo Edit Introduction When you press the right mouse button during normal editing the Right Click menu is displayed at the mouse position It simply duplicates some of the more com monly used functions in the main menu Most of the Right Click menu items also have equiva lent hot keys and are duplicated on the toolbar There fore it is simply an alternative way of accessing these items Itis probably more useful when the toolbar is not displayed Cut move the highlighted block to the scratchpad text register 0 Same as EDIT Scratchpad Cut to scratchpad Copy the highlighted block to the scratchpad Same as EDIT Scratchpad Copy to scratchpad Paste insert the scratchpad at the cursor position Same as EDIT Scratchpad Paste scratchpad Start a new search Same as SEARCH Search Start a new search and replace Same as SEARCH Replace Search or search amp replace the next occurrence Same as SEARCH Next Toggle round robin fashion to the next buffer file Same as FILE Next buffer Toggle round robin fashion to the previous buffer file Same as FILE Previous buffer Delete the current character or highlighted block Same as EDIT Delete Delete char block or DELETE Delete the current line Same as EDIT Delete Erase line or ERASE LINE Undo the last editing keystroke Same as EDIT Undo Edit Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference 311 Chapter 7 E
313. ines which special characters at the beginning of a line also separate paragraphs from each other When formatting paragraphs VEDIT normally trims trailing spaces removes extra spaces from between words and leaves only a single space following I and If this is not desirable for your application you can select other options with CONFIG Word processing Format paragraph options See Also Word Processing Formatting and Justifying Paragraphs in Chapter 4 EDIT Indent EDIT Undent CONFIG Word processing sub menu Indent margin block Undent Change the left margin or indent undent the entire block Keystroke Equivalent lt F8 gt This is a keystroke macro lt F7 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description If no block is highlighted Indent increases the left margin by the amount of the indent increment Each new line is then automatically padded with tabs and spaces to the left margin If the cursor is before any text on the current line the current line is indented to the new left margin Edit Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 201 If the cursor is within a highlighted block it increases the indentation of all lines within the block by the amount of the indent increment The left margin is not changed Similarly Undent decreases the left margin or undents a highlighted block Notes The indent increment can be changed with CONFIG Programming Indent increment
314. ing File handl nten ng e Expand lt Tab gt with spaces 0 Never 7 Always Search options 32 lock fill ch 254 Miscellaneous a taae a M Trim spaces after columnar operation Tab stops See also Emulation TAB CHARACTER emulation mode Help Tabs stops Default Every 8 columns If only one number is entered it is considered a uniform tab interval Since the far left column is column number 1 the first tab stop will be at the interval plus 1 Therefore the default value of 8 sets the tab stops at column 9 17 25 33 4l If more than one number is entered they are considered to be explicit tab stops If for some reason you only wanted a single tab stop for example 20 enter it as 20 20 Any Tab characters in your file past the last explicit tab stop are displayed as normal control characters You can set a separate set of tab stops for each edit buffer if you disable CONFIG Config all buffers Expand lt Tab gt with spaces Default 4 Determines whether the lt Tab gt key TAB CHARACTER function inserts a Tab character or alternatively spaces to the next tab stop Also controls whether whitespace in a columnar block that is being inserted copied or moved is re tabbed to the optimal number of Tab characters Alternatively any Tabs are converted to just spaces This switch does not affect normal non columnar block operations Also controls whether a Block fi
315. ing VEDIT for DOS ehe ioe nE V 57 Invocation Options All Versions sesseeseeseeseeserseesesseressessees 57 VEDIT Environment Variable eeesseeeeseeeeeesreeerersrrrrerseseees 60 Loading Multiple Files cseeceee ce cneeseeseesseeeeeeeeaees 60 Read only Browse only Mode 000 eee eeeeeeeseseesecneceeeeeeenees 61 Overwrite Only Mode sissies sepse gees Hoven eotea ise ieSe 62 Exiting VEDI Torrea a nE ER E E R 63 Edit Session Restori ei 64 Backup Flesh r an n A R 65 A tofleSsSaye nnen a E E EE 66 The Staus Lihen ar ea E E A ees 67 User Interface oc Seas n A ATRAE Sion ais Betis 69 Selecting Display Fonts Windows version eset 69 Shortcuts and Suggestions cesses cseeeceeeesecneeeeeeeeeeeseees 69 DOS UNIX and QNX Versions cccccceessecesseeeeeesseeceeeeeeeees 70 Scrolling the Screen is c25ossecsces este seuscke cave case ecs shea sescteaccbes ibenssneussovievsbaaevsedes 71 Vertical Scrolling soi nisssrisiscinescsrinseii eisses orisi seisis 71 Horizontal Scrolling e essseeseesssseeesesssseeseresrsrrreresrersrssrerereresreess 71 Wrapping Long Lines on the Screen eee eset eeeeeee eee 72 Screen Display amp Keyboard Character 0 0 cee seseeeeeseeseeeeesesneeneeees 73 Entering Control and Graphics Characters 00 0 eeeeeeeee eee 73 Control and Graphics Character Display cee eeeeeeeee trees 74 Display Modes reire reet ioii eE E NT RAR 74 The lt Tab gt Key and Tab Characters 0
316. ing and other applications V SPELL can perform file hyphenation by inserting soft hyphens in all words of a docu ment Since the hyphenation points are built into the dictionary you can be sure it is 100 correct no error prone algorithms are used List price 79 Registered VEDIT users may purchase V SPELL with manual for 49 or without manual for 25 The text of the manual is on disk System Requirements Chapter 1 Introduction 17 System Requirements The Microsoft Windows version requires Windows 95 98 ME or Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP or later VEDIT PLUS works well with minimal memory 3 Megabytes of free disk space The DOS version requires MS DOS or PCDOS version 3 1 or later or a compatible DOS such as OS 2 or DR DOS The DOS version works very well under Windows Windows 95 98 ME long filenames and OS 2 extended attributes are supported An IBM PC compatible computer with an 80386 or better processor At least 640 Kbytes of memory A hard disk is highly recommended but VEDIT can be installed on and will run from a floppy disk A full installation with the compiler support requires about 2 Megabytes of disk space A monochrome CGA MCGA EGA VGA or compatible display adapter and display A special Telnet MS DOS version supports most CRT terminals on the market including terminals externally connected to an IBM PC via Telnet serial ports and or modems 18 Chapter Introducti
317. ing text with other Windows programs The clipboard does not handle columnar blocks as well as the text registers and does not support binary data You can cut or copy the currently marked highlighted block to the clipboard or paste the clipboard into the file being edited You can paste the clipboard as either a stream or columnar block Selecting Paste clipboard inserts the entire clipboard at the cursor position Selecting Paste columnar clipboard inserts each line of the clipboard into successive lines of your file each time starting at the current column 104 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations See Also EDIT Clipboard functions in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Block Indenting You can easily change the indentation of an entire block of text This is especially useful when editing structured programming languages such as C and Pascal When the cursor is within a highlighted block of text EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent indent undent all lines in the block by the current indent increment typically 4 columns The indent increment can be changed with CONFIG Programming Indent increment HINT With the default keyboard layout and configuration the keys lt Tab gt and lt Shift Tab gt are equivalent to EDIT Indent and EDIT Undent when the cursor is within a highlighted block gt Tochange the indentation of an entire block of text 1 Highlight the lines that need re indenting Be
318. ing useful in searches the IM code can be used to delete large blocks of text For example the following search and replace string would delete this paragraph Search Besides Mparagraph Replace None just press lt Enter gt The IM code often matches too much text For example the search string SalMtion S will match words beginning in a and ending in tion However it will also match the next word beginning in a followed by any text until it finds a word ending in tion The code IY can also match multiple characters but is more restrictive than IM IM matches ever more characters until the rest of the search string is 124 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace satisfied or the end of the file is reached Once that portion of the search string in front of the IM is matched it is never searched for again there is no need On the other hand IY matches ever more characters only until the very next character or pattern matches If the rest of the search string then fails the entire search string is re searched 66 99 For example in assembly language programming any text following a character is a comment Instructions are often followed by a few tabs to align the comments the and the comment The following search and replace ment strings will delete the tabs and or spaces and the comment which follow any instruction However lines w
319. installed for a color display and you have a Laptop computer or a monochrome display connected to color adapter Start up VEDIT with the m option and then select CONFIG Save into VEDIT Cannot read first letter in menus This occurs with some monochrome displays and Laptops First adjust your screen contrast and brightness controls to see if this helps If not select the CONFIG Colors sub menu and change Color for menu bar selection and Color for menu selection to 7 15 or 127 Experi ment with these and other values Keyboard typematic rate is slow in VEDIT or after exiting VEDIT normally speeds up the keyboard typematic rate key repeat rate inside VEDIT and then restore it upon exit However this interferes with other keyboard enhancers and many PS 2 machines In this case configure CONFIG Misc Keyboard typematic rate to 0 With this setting 362 Appendices D Troubleshooting DOS VEDIT does not attempt to change the typematic rate Then select CON FIG Save into VEDIT Finally exit and start up VEDIT again For more details see the topic Installation Setting the Keyboard Type matic Rate in Chapter 2 Getting Started Mouse does not work or works erratically in VEDIT For VEDIT s mouse support to work you must have a mouse driver installed typically this is the line DEVICE MOUSE SYS in your CONFIG SYS file or the line MOUSE in your AUTOEXEC BAT fil
320. is will also remove extra windows You can select a particular display mode with CONFIG Characters Cur sors Screen display mode This will affect the current window and all newly created windows 214 Chapter6 Menu Reference View Menu See Also Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Display Modes in Chapter 4 VIEW Toggle Hex mode split CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen display mode Toggle Binary Text Mode Toggle the current file between 16 and 64 bytes per line and the original file type Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Toggles the current file s file type to binary i e fixed length records with 16 or 64 bytes per line and back to the original file type This is useful for editing binary data and other non standard files especially in hexadecimal Notes This function does not alter the file Use the BLOCK Convert newlines sub menu to translate between different file types or from fixed length records to newlines The status line temporarily displays a message indicating which mode you are in See Also File Types Binary Data Files in Chapter 4 Toggle Hex Mode Split Split the current window into ASCII and Hex mode windows Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item splits the current window into two vertical windows The left window displays the file in hexadecimal
321. it functions and Menu selections Use VISUAL EXIT to switch to Command Mode VEDIT automatically switches back to Visual Mode when any edit function e g MENU or CURSOR UP is encountered When necessary ESCAPE can be used to force the switch back Loading a New Keyboard Layout You can easily load a different keyboard layout e g WordStar or a custom layout without re installing In general you can change the entire keyboard layout on the fly and load different sets of keystroke macros for different editing tasks This is also useful when several people use a computer and would like different keyboard layouts This is described under CONFIG Keyboard Layout Load layout in Chapter 6 Menu Reference gt Example Load the WordStar keyboard layout 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout 2 Change the default filename of vedit key to wordstar key and press lt Enter gt Alternatively change the filename to key for point and shoot file selection The new keyboard layout will be loaded 3 To make the new keyboard layout permanent select CONFIG Key board layout Save layout to save the layout into the vedit key file Notes You could also change the keyboard layout by simply copying wordstar key or brief key to vedit key You can load a keyboard layout when you start up VEDIT For example the command to load the WordStar keyboard layout on startup is
322. it opens the new window by splitting the current window horizontally into two windows Hot key for FILE Open More Horizontal window lt F5 gt These keys toggle round robin fashion to the previous next lt F6 gt open buffer file This is the most common way of switching between files Hot keys for FILE Previous buffer and FILE Next buffer they are also available on the toolbar lt Ctrl F4 gt Closes the current window If it is the last window attached to the file buffer it also closes the file prompting whether the file is to be saved or abandoned However it does not close the last window and buffer it then only closes the file Hot key for WINDOW Close It is the same as clicking the win dow s close button You can open two or more files at once by entering their names in the Filename prompt in the File Open dialog box You can also specify a Save as name or begin editing on any desired line number See the on line help for this dialog box or File Open in Chapter 6 Menu Reference for more information Editing Multiple Files Chapter 4 Editing Guide 139 FILE Open More Sub menu VEDIT has three variations of FILE Open to save you steps when editing multiple files Many times you will edit one file after another without needing to switch back and forth between them You can do this in three ways Youcan simply open each additional file However after a while you will hav
323. ith extra spaces This option combines three options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option The base value of 0 trims trailing spaces removes extra spaces from between words and leaves only a single space following and Mask 1 Add a trailing space after each paragraph line except the last This extra space is allowed to exceed the right margin Mask 2 Allow extra spaces between words Mask 4 Allow two spaces after and Use this if you like two spaces between sentences For example if you want trailing spaces after each line and two spaces between sentences configure this parameter to 5 Justify paragraphs Default No When enabled EDIT Format paragraph will also justify the formatted paragraph by adding spaces between words to give an even right margin Programming Preferences Category Buffer selectable M Auto indent mode Display options j Characters Cursors M Indent increment 1 20 Editing colors Syntax colors p Lower Upper case key conversion 0 5 Emulation 59 Key conversion character 32 126 File handling Es is i Printer Search options Miscellaneous p Eile type specific configuration 0 0ff 1 7 Smart functions M Enable template editing 4 Enable color syntax highlighting 4 Note Set File type specific config to 7 to enable template editing
324. its an existing file it performs the following operations 1 The existing file is opened as the input file As much of it as will fit is read into memory for smaller files all of it is read into memory 2 Anew file is created for the output file It temporarily has the desired filename but with an extension of r where r is the edit buffer number The main buffer 1 uses the extension 1 Buffer 10 uses the extension A buffer 11 uses B and so on 3 The file is edited as desired In the case of large files VEDIT will shuffle text between the input and output files so that the desired portion is in memory and can be displayed on the screen 4 When saving the file VEDIT performs some file renaming it first renames the existing input file to have an extension of BAK This is referred to as the backup of the file Any previous backup of the file is deleted by this process It then renames the r output file to the real name of the destination file 352 Appendices A File Management Automatic File Buffering When editing files which are larger than can fit into memory at one time VEDIT shuffles text between the input and output files so that the desired portion is in memory and can be displayed on the screen We call this shuffling auto buffering Conceptually it helps to consider the displayed screen a window into the edit buffer Thi
325. kers are automatically removed cleared following a block copy or move With a Copy the original block remains highlighted with a Move the block is highlighted in its new position This emulates real WordStar It simplifies copying a block to several positions but requires an extra step to remove markers With both a Copy or Move the block is highlighted in its new position This emulates the Borland editors emulation of WordStar Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 285 File Handling Category Tab Fill Allfiles Word processing Programming Auto save interval 0 Off minutes Display options Characters Cursors Backup files 0 Off 1 BAK 2 Backup Dir Editing colors Syntax colors Emulation Save session in current directory Buffer selectable Printer i m 1 Ri A Search options prenre one made teat EnA Miscellaneous V Enable fast browse mode MV Enable auto file type 0 Eile type 0 CR LF 1 LF 2 CR n Record size p Record header size 0 16K Help Auto save interval Default 0 VEDIT can optionally auto save all modified files after a configurable number of minutes This option sets the time interval A value of 0 disables this feature Although by default this feature is turned off we recommend that you enable it with a typical value of 20 Backup files 0 Off 1 BAK 2 Backup Dir Default 1 Controls whether backup files are created so that you ca
326. kup files are in one directory where they can easily be deleted Move Method Disadvantages If you edit two files with exactly the same name in two directories you will only have a backup of the last one saved When editing files on other drives file saving is slower because the original file must be copied to the Backup directory The move is instantaneous on the same drive If desired you can delete the backup files when you are sure that you do not need them anymore With the move method you can simply delete all files in the Backup directory With the rename method you must delete all BAK files in each directory 66 Chapter4 Editing Guide Exiting VEDIT gt To choose the backup method or turn backups off 1 DOS Select CONFIG File handling Backup file mode Enter the value 0 turn off backup files entirely 1 create backups by renaming original file with BAK extension 2 create backups by moving original file to the VEDIT Backup directory Skip this step if you want to use the default VEDIT Backup Directory of c vedit backup However you may prefer to use c backup or another directory DOS version Set the desired VEDIT Backup Directory with CONFIG Misc Change VEDIT Backup directory To make these changes permanent in VEDIT select CONFIG Save config It is a good idea to also select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE Windows version Set the desired VEDIT Back
327. l the status line changes to display the cursor s hexadecimal offset into the file 80 Chapter4 Editing Guide Hex Mode Editing and Octal Searching in Hex Decimal or Octal You can search for hexadecimal octal or decimal values With normal pattern matching use IH h to search for hex value hh Similarly use IOooo to search for octal value ovo Use Iddd to search for decimal value ddd IHhh Match the character with hex value hh Both digits must be present Each hex value must be preceded with IH lO000 Match the character with octal value ooo All three digits must be present Iddd Match the character with decimal value ddd Examples h74 h68 h65 Search for the word the in hex 0164 0150 0145 Search for the word the in octal NOTES is the pipe character which is lt Shift gt on the keyboard When you enter a letter in hex decimal or octal the search automatically becomes case sensitive Since it is tedious to precede hex values with IH you can alternatively select the Hex search mode In this mode all search characters are entered as two character hex codes 00 thru ff followed by a space This is identical to the way characters are displayed in VEDIT s hex mode For example to search for ABC123 enter 41 42 43 31 32 33 Alternatively hex words double words and quad words can be entered with
328. l margin 72 85 274 Horizontal scrolling 71 274 HTML editing 155 160 Icon properties changing 56 Indent increment 135 271 Indenting text 104 134 200 Input file 305 345 INS message 68 Insert File 202 From ASCII Table 241 Text Overview 45 Insert mode 210 276 281 325 INSERT TOGGLE 210 313 Installation 21 DOS 24 29 DOS version in OS 2 28 DOS version in Windows 27 376 Files Description 34 37 IBM PCDOS MS DOS 24 Network 31 32 Testing 29 Windows 22 23 Invoking VEDIT 147 150 Options 57 164 Overview 44 55 62 J Java SDK support 181 Justifying paragraphs 136 137 270 K Key conversion character 76 271 KEY file VEDIT KEY 300 322 323 KEY MAC LIB file 89 92 Keyboard Notation 19 Options 78 295 326 Polling 26 58 Shortcuts 283 Typematic rate 26 Keyboard layout 38 42 296 301 Change 91 93 299 322 323 Display Help 303 Edit 91 93 299 Edit Keyboard layout file 323 Load from disk 93 301 Normal layout 39 40 356 359 Print 299 Save to disk 300 Supported keys 326 UNIX 39 Unused keys 299 Keystroke macros 86 90 Add Record 88 297 298 Built in 41 Delete un assign a key 90 Escape sequence 296 Examples 88 89 351 Help 303 Hot keys 86 Macro language VEDIT PLUS 86 89 92 161 Misc notes 297 351 Modify 90 Repeating 297 Save 300 L Large files See File Large 346 Left ma
329. late Insert empty column An empty columnar block will be inserted and any existing text on the selected lines will be indented to the right HINT This useful and unique function is best understood by trying it in a small test file Notes Strip This function may seem confusing at first because the highlighted text is not really processed the highlighting simply indicates the size and position of the empty block being inserted The highlighted text and the text to the right of it will be indented to make room for the empty block You can reduce the space between two columns of text e g newspaper style by highlighting one or more columns of spaces and then deleting them Insert empty column performs the opposite operation of increasing the space between two columns of text This function is most useful with columnar blocks but it could be used with stream and line blocks too High bit Strip the high 8th bit from all characters in the marked block Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Some word processors such as WordStar tm set the high bit on some text characters for internal formatting purposes These text files are then difficult to edit in VEDIT because the high bit characters appear as graphics characters and the words are not readable This function strips the high 8th bit from all characters in the marked highlighted block BLOCK Select all can be used to mark the entire file as
330. late the file See VIEW Toggle display mode The topic Translating a Block or File in Chapter 4 describes VEDIT s translation capabilities in more detail EBCDIC conversion packages are available for translating EBCDIC files with packed signed decimal packed binary zoned and other special COBOL fields into ASCII Please refer to the EBCDIC page on our Web site or contact us for details Load Translate Table Load a custom translation table to replace the built in EBCDIC table A custom translation table can be loaded to replace the built in ASCII EBCDIC table ANSI TBL is supplied for translating between the IBM PC graphics characters and the ANSI Windows character set USER TBL is supplied as a template for creating your own translation table gt To load a new translation table 1 Select BLOCK Edit translate Load translate table 2 You are prompted for the desired filename which typically has a tbl extension Each translation table file includes the new name that will replace EBCDIC in the BLOCK Edit translate sub menu See Also BLOCK Edit translate Translate from EBCDIC Convert Newlines Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 233 Convert Newlines Sub menu Introduction This menu converts newline characters to the selected type for DOS Windows UNIX or Macintosh Also converts between fixed length database records and normal text files DOS to UNIX UNIX to DOS CO
331. le will be inserted just before the cursor 2 Select EDIT Insert file 3 You are prompted for the desired filename with the File dialog box Notes Assuming you have a file open there is no limit to the size of the file that can be inserted This is the reason you should use BLOCK Write to disk and EDIT Insert file when copying or moving very large blocks of text between files If necessary use FILE Save as to open the destination file before inserting a large file After inserting a file the cursor will normally be positioned past the inserted text However if desired set the configuration parameter CONFIG Emula tion Advance cursor past block insert to No to have the cursor remain at the beginning of the inserted text Undo Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 203 Undo Sub menu Introduction VEDIT can undo most editing operations including cursor movements inser tions deletions and search replace You can undo operations keystroke by keystroke line by line or deletion by deletion The redo capability lets you undo the undo Edit Ctrl Z Line Ctrl U Deletion Redo Ctrl Y Reset See Also The topic Undo and Redo in Chapter 4 Edit Undo a single keystroke or editing operation Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Z gt or lt Alt Bksp gt These are keystroke macros Full Description Each time Edit is used it reverses the effect of the previous edit operati
332. le line or the highlighted block of text to the scratchpad text register 0 Keystroke Equivalent lt Shft Del gt This is a keystroke macro lt Ctrl Ins gt This is a keystroke macro Alternatively double press the keys assigned to BLOCK Move to register default lt Numpad gt and BLOCK Copy to register lt Numpad gt to cut copy to the scratchpad Full Description Copy to scratchpad saves a copy of the highlighted text in the scratchpad while Cut to scratchpad also deletes the highlighted text from the file If no block is highlighted these functions copy cut the current line to the scratchpad The line is stored as a line block when inserted it is always inserted at the beginning of the current line These functions are used in the same way as EDIT Cut copy to clipboard Notes For maximum flexibility experienced users may want to skip the scratchpad functions in the EDIT menu and use the text register functions in the Scratchpad Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 207 BLOCK menu instead With these functions you can optionally append to a text register and fill the original block with spaces The default hot keys for the scratchpad functions are the old style clipboard keys Everyone found them difficult to remember HINT We highly suggest accessing the scratchpad by double pressing the hot keys assigned to the Copy Move Insert text register func tions in
333. le menu operation com plete on line help facilities and the ability to edit text and binary files up to 2 Gigabytes in size VEDIT s multi mode editing and display capabilities let you effortlessly edit any file in the most efficient manner possible Edit in ASCII EBCDIC used by IBM mainframes Hexadecimal or Octal modes or split the screen for any combination of modes File modes support Windows DOS text UNIX text Macintosh text binary and many fixed length record data formats A block or entire file can be translated between ASCII and EBCDIC ASCII and ANSI graphics characters or with a custom translation table Text files are easily converted between Windows DOS UNIX and Macintosh newlines Carriage Return and or Line Feed Fixed length records can be converted into normal text files and vice versa A file block can be sorted using any desired columns fields as the sort key s A Sort macro is supplied for sorting multi line mailing lists Totally Configurable Yet Instant Startup The comprehensive configuration lets you completely determine your own keyboard layout and precisely configure VEDIT to your particular hardware applications and personal preferences Over 200 configuration options are available By using the available options and keystroke macros VEDIT can very closely emulate other editors and word processors VEDIT starts up instantly with its speed almost every operation is performed instantl
334. le with Windows conventions and therefore not supplied with the Windows version BRIEF Emulates the Brief editor It is fully described in the file BRIEF DOC Why lt Ctrl S gt is different in VEDIT Most Windows programs assign lt Ctrl S gt to FILE Save but VEDIT does not By default the key is unassigned because it is too easy to press by mistake Our experience is that you may be making temporary editing changes during a complicated cut and paste operation that you don t want to save Also when editing a huge multi megabyte file an unneeded file save can waste several minutes It take several minutes to copy a 100 Megabyte file and it takes VEDIT just as long to save the file Sometimes saving unwanted editing changes can be disastrous For the same reason VEDIT s auto file save feature is disabled by default If you don t like our reasons you can assign lt Ctrl S gt to FILE Save See Keyboard Layout in the index Otherwise you may want to assign lt Ctrl S gt to GOTO Set marker in place of the default lt Ctrl D gt Keyboard Layout Chapter 2 Getting Started 39 Notes on the Normal Layout NOTE The lt Numpad gt keys are on the very right hand side on the IBM PC keyboard VEDIT treats the lt Numpad gt keys as function keys If desired they can be assigned as keystroke macros to the displayable characters and The
335. lect FILE Close If the buffer contains modified text it prompts whether the current file should be saved or abandoned Save current file Yes No Abandon Answer Yes to save the current file Answer No to abandon any changes that have been made since the last time the file was saved If you answer Yes to save the text but no filename is assigned you will be prompted for the Save as filename in which to save the file 190 Chapter6 Menu Reference File Menu Notes VEDIT skips confirmation prompts when you abandon unmodified files and does not re write unmodified files to disk Use WINDOW Close lt Ctrl F4 gt or click the mouse on the window s close button to close both the window and the edit buffer However since the last window cannot be closed WINDOW Close is equivalent to FILE Close when only one window exists In most cases WINDOW Close is preferred over FILE Close See Also Editing Multiple Files Closing Files in Chapter 4 FILE Open WINDOW Close Browse Mode Enable disable browse mode for the current file and the next file edited Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description When set the current file cannot be altered any further If VEDIT was invoked with the B invocation option or if the current file was opened in Read only mode this toggle is set and cannot be turned off This item is normally disabled so that the current file can be altered
336. liably and satisfy your needs you should be aware of several important configuration options Setting the Keyboard Typematic Rate Disabling Keyboard Polling for Windows NT and OS 2 Setting the Keyboard Typematic Rate The rate at which the keyboard repeats keys when you hold them down is called the typematic rate The default rate of about 10 keys per second is slow for editing and should be speeded up VEDIT can optionally speed up the keyboard typematic rate inside VEDIT However this interferes with a faster rate you may have already set It also causes problems with some machines resulting in slow startup slow exiting or a frozen keyboard on exit To disable having VEDIT change the typematic rate set CONFIG Misc Keyboard typematic rate to 0 Then select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE NOTE The DOS automated installation disables the features sets it to 0 if you specify that your Operating System OS is Windows 95 98 ME NT 2000 XP With DOS 5 0 and later and OS 2 we highly recommend that you set VEDIT s Keyboard typematic rate to 0 and instead set the desired typematic rate in your OS The DOS command MODE CON RATE xx DELAY 2 will set the rate to xx You could add the following command to your AUTOEXEC BAT file to set a very fast typematic rate MODE CON RATE 32 DELAY 2 Disabling Keyboard Polling Technical DOS only VEDIT normally polls the keyboard constan
337. line Offset Paragraphs An offset paragraph is a paragraph whose first line is not indented the same distance as the rest of the paragraph VEDIT maintains this difference in indentation when formatting a paragraph as in the following examples This is an offset paragraph Notice how the first line is indented 4 character spaces further than the rest of the paragraph When this paragraph is reformatted with different margins the second line will be aligned with the left margin and the first line will be indented the same four spaces An offset paragraph can also have the first line outdented from the remainder of the paragraph Word Processing Functions Chapter 4 Editing Guide 137 1 This is an offset paragraph Notice how the first line is at the left margin while the remaining lines are indented 4 characters When this paragraph is reformatted with different margins the first line will be aligned with the left margin Justification When justification is enabled with CONFIG Word processing Justify paragraphs VEDIT will adjust the spacing between words to create a straight right edge to the paragraph This is a justified paragraph Notice how the spacing is randomly adjusted between words to maintain a justified right margin This is preferable in some but not all applications If you need to edit text after it has been justified it is easier if you first unjustify the text This removes the additi
338. line A columnar block will be inserted on the current line and at the starting column on successive lines In overstrike only mode e g when editing binary data files the overwrite option is automatically selected You can insert a text register even when a block is currently highlighted By default the cursor will be positioned past the inserted text Alternatively set CONFIG Emulation Advance cursor past block insert to No to have the cursor remain at the beginning of the inserted text You can also insert the contents of an edit buffer At the prompt enter the buffer number followed by BUFFER For example to insert buffer 5 enter 5 buffer See the Hints and Notes for BLOCK Copy to register See Also Block Operations Scratchpad and Text Registers in Chapter 4 EDIT Scratchpad Paste scratchpad BLOCK Copy to register BLOCK Move to register Write to Disk Write the highlighted block of text to a disk file Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description A text block of any size may be saved to disk You can use this function to split a large file into smaller files or to save a text block to disk for future use Unlike saving text in a text register text written to disk will be available after you exit VEDIT gt To save a block of text to disk 1 Highlight the desired text You can either set both markers or use the 99 66 cursor as the second marker You
339. line on the screen Erase EOL deletes all characters from the cursor position to the end of the line It does not delete the newline character s at the end of the line Erase BOL deletes all characters from the beginning of the line up to but not including the cursor position 210 Chapter6 Menu Reference Delete Sub menu Notes These menu items are usually only selected with a mouse from the keyboard it is usually more convenient to simply press the corresponding key EDIT Undo Deletion re inserts deleted lines in a different location Up to five lines can be re inserted in reverse order in this way HINTS if you set CONFIG Emulation Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcuts to 15 you can also delete lines by pressing lt Ctrl Shift gt You can also delete a line by moving it to the scratchpad with BLOCK Move to register this assumes no block is highlighted Since the Normal hot key is the easy to reach lt Numpad gt on the numeric keypad you can double press this key to erase lines when you don t have anything saved in the scratchpad See Also ERASE LINE ERASE BOL and ERASE EOL in Chapter 7 Toggle Insert Mode Insert Mode Overstrike Mode Toggle or set Insert Overstrike mode Keystroke Equivalent lt Ins gt identical to INSERT TOGGLE Full Description lt Ins gt is usually used to toggle between Insert and Overstrike modes Insert mode and Ov
340. lions of characters long Other than editing in Record Mode you can also get around the 2500 character line length limitation for text files in several ways If most lines are short and only a few are very long VEDIT should have no trouble editing the file in text mode Even a few lines up to 30 000 characters can be edited Use CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll margin to wrap very long lines onto multiple screen lines For example with the maximum suggested value of 2048 a 10 000 character long line would be wrapped onto five screen lines Edit the file in a smaller window For example a 12 line window could edit uniform length lines of 5332 NOTE The upcoming 32 bit version of VEDIT 5 2 will be able to directly edit much longer text lines 86 Chapter4 Editing Guide Keystroke Macros Keystroke Macros You can assign a frequently typed sequence of keystrokes to a single func tion control key Pressing the single function control key then performs the equivalent of typing the entire sequence of keys This saves time effort and reduces the chance of error These stored keystroke sequences are called keystroke macros You can define numerous keystroke macros and each may contain up to several hundred keystrokes Keystroke macros have several purposes The most common use of keystroke macros is as hot keys for directly accessing items within the menu system Many such hot keys are built
341. ll with spaces will actually insert the optimal number of Tab characters and spaces This option combines several options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option 268 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu The base value of 0 has VEDIT convert to Tab characters whenever possible With a value of 7 VEDIT never inserts Tab characters Mask 1 The lt Tab gt key is expanded with spaces Left margin indentation is with only spaces Mask 2 Tab characters within a columnar block operation are converted to spaces Mask 4 The spaces in a Block fill operation are never converted to Tabs Example values 0 The lt Tab gt key is not expanded a Tab character is entered into text Whitespace in a columnar operation is re tabbed Spaces in a Block fill are converted to the optimal number of Tabs 1 The lt Tab gt key is expanded with spaces Whitespace in a columnar operation is re tabbed Spaces in a Block fill are converted to the optimal number of Tabs 4 Default The lt Tab gt key is not expanded a Tab character is entered into the text Whitespace in a columnar operation is re tabbed Spaces in a Block fill are not converted to Tabs 7 The lt Tab gt key is expanded with spaces Whitespace in a columnar operation is not converted to Tabs Spaces in a Block fill are not converted to Tabs Other than columnar block operations this option do
342. ll be permanent or until changed again When VEDIT starts up it loads the keyboard layout from the vedit key file gt Tosave the current keyboard layout 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout You are prompted with Filename C VEDIT VEDIT KEY 2 If the default vedit key filename is correct press lt Enter gt Otherwise edit the path and filename as needed or enter key for point amp shoot file selection Since vedit key normally already exists you will be prompted for confir mation to overwrite it Notes The topic VEDIT KEY Layout File in Chapter 8 Configuration describes how to edit the vedit key file This functions does not save any comments and Config commands that you may have added to the vedit key file See Also VEDIT KEY Layout File in Chapter 8 CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout Keyboard Layout Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 301 Load Layout from a File Load an entire keyboard layout from a KEY file Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item loads an entire new keyboard layout from a key file supplied by us or previously created with CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout This lets you change the entire keyboard layout on the fly and load different sets of keystroke macros for different editing tasks gt To load an entire new keyboard layout file 1 Select CO
343. ll registered users for 3 months Should you have any problems that are not covered in this manual please contact us preferably by e mail support vedit com Or call us Please provide the following information when requesting support VEDIT s exact version number This is displayed on the status line when VEDIT starts up It is also available in the main menu under HELP About We need both the version number and following date Operating system and version number Particularly whether it is Windows 95 98 ME Windows NT 2000 XP or DOS We will often ask for copies of your VEDIT CFG VEDIT KEY STARTUP VDM and USTARTUP VDM files You can zip them up and attach them to the e mail message Web site http www vedit com The following services are currently available on our extensive Web site Free updates During the 3 months of support you can download newer versions After the 3 months you can purchase individual updates or the 18 month Software Subscription Plan User Discussion Conference Interact and share ideas and macros with other users FAQ the Frequently Asked Questions section contains common tech nical support questions and their answers Detailed list of all enhancements and bug fixes This helps you decide if an update is worthwhile News and general marketing sales information about VEDIT Return the Registration Card Registering your copy of VEDIT helps us support you Please t
344. lt F9 gt again to set the second block marker Note the message BLOCK on the status line For most block operations you do not have to explicitly set the second block marker The cursor position is used as the second block marker After marking a block of text you will notice that VEDIT s blocks are persistent A block remains marked until you process it or explicitly remove the markers One advantage is that you can directly copy the block to another location using BLOCK Copy to cursor If you decide not to use a marked block you have to explicitly remove the markers VEDIT makes this as easy as possible Simultaneously press both mouse buttons Double press the lt Ctrl gt key Press CANCEL lt Ctrl gt Select BLOCK Remove markers lt Shift F9 gt or toolbar or ESCAPE Remove block markers 52 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT Directly copying a block After marking a block you can directly copy or move it to the current cursor position without using the clipboard or a text register gt To directly copy move a block 1 Highlight the block to be copied Use any method desired For example follow steps 1 through 4 above Move the cursor to the destination for the block Press lt Ctrl F9 gt to copy the block to the cursor position Alternatively press lt Alt F9 gt to move the block Cut and Paste with the VEDIT Scratchpad Since you probably already know h
345. lt L gt this is a keystroke macro Block Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 221 Full Description Set line marker is similar to Set stream marker except that it selects entire lines in the file including the newline at the end of each text line Notes After copying a line block to a text register VEDIT remembers that the register contains a line block and will insert it at the beginning of the current line instead of exactly at the cursor position See Also Block Operations Marking a Block of Text in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker Select Word Select the current word as a block Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item selects and highlights the current word as a block If the cursor is between words the previous word and all whitespace up to the cursor is highlighted Notes It is usually easier to select a word by double clicking on it with the mouse The configuration parameter Config_String WORD_SEP Chapter 8 de termines which characters separate words from each other See Also Mouse Support Block Operations in Chapter 4 Word Processing Definition of Word and Paragraph in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker Select All Select the entire file as a stream block Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item marks the entire file as a block of text It is equivalent to using Set stream marker at both ends of the file It is
346. m If this file is then printed in raw mode it will print correctly since all of the font selection information is embedded within the file The optional Print job start finish strings are of limited use since Windows sends its own strings with each print job DOS Version VEDIT can print to a local or network printer on any desired parallel or serial port to the default DOS PRN port or to a file When printing to a file you can always print to the same filename or be prompted for the filename each time An optional Print job start string initialization string can be sent to the printer to select any desired font pitch font size and weight e g bold This is very technical and requires knowledge of the control sequences needed by your specific printer After the text is printed an optional Print job finish string can be sent to reset the printer See Also On line help for the FILE Print dialog box 114 Chapter4 Editing Guide Printing in VEDIT Printer Name Lexmark Optra R x Properties Status Default printer Ready Eont Type Lexmark Optra R Plus Series Where DATAT Lexmark yer elmer iis Comment Set margins amp line spacing in CONFIG Printer I Printto file Print range Copies All Number of copies 1 C Selection Block Auto close Finish printjob E i C PRINT YDM macro Basic Operation gt To print the entire file 1 2 3 Selec
347. mation Config_String PR_DEF PRN Same as CONFIG Printer Change default printer Config_String PR_START Same as CONFIG Printer Change print job start string Config_String PR_FINISH Same as CONFIG Printer Change print job finish string Config_String OS_PROMPT P G G The string parameter is used as the DOS prompt when shelled out to DOS via MISC DOS shell The default P G G gives a prompt of path gt gt This is equivalent to the DOS command SET PROMPT P G G For more information see your DOS manual 338 Chapter 8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config_String WORD_SEP 0 Determines which characters separate words from each other All control characters and space also separate words You could include period but then e g would be treated as two words Up to 32 characters can be specified Config_String PARA_SEP V Determines which characters identify lines that separate paragraphs from each other Lines beginning with these characters are considered format command lines that will not be merged with adjacent line when re for matting Blank lines also separate paragraphs Up to 8 characters can be specified Config_String MATCH_PAREN T O lt gt lt Determines which character pairs are matched by GOTO Matching 0 Notice how each pair is specified using three characters
348. memory has been corrupted perhaps by an incompatible Memory Resident program or that DOS detected an error in its File Allocation Table FAT After re booting run the DOS CHKDSK program to check the integrity of the files END OF BUFFER REACHED Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The Line command tried to move past the beginning or end of the file Use the NOERR command option to suppress this error message FLOW CONTROL STATEMENT STILL OPEN Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The end of a command macro was reached before the final Y of a While Do while Repeat or For loop was reached Check that the and are properly matching in all flow control statements It can also be caused by unpaired and P occurring within string arguments or comments Chapter9 Messages 343 FILE IS BEING EDITED The file you are trying to save to disk with FILE Save as BLOCK Write to disk or CONFIG Save to disk is currently open for editing Open files are locked and cannot be overwritten Use FILE Buffer switch to see a list of files being edited FILE IS ALREADY OPEN IN THIS BUFFER A macro written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language attempted to open two files in one edit buffer VEDIT PLUS The File_Open_Write command attempted to open a file for output in an edit buffer that already has an output file o
349. mines the number of lines from the previous page that will be visible following a PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN About 10 overlap is suggested e g 2 for a 25 line display Having some overlap provides a 334 Chapter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters visual reference while paging and makes scanning a document much easier This value is with respect to 25 screen lines The actual value is automat ically adjusted according to the size of the current window Config S_TOP_MARG Top margin for cursor 2 Determines the number of lines that will normally be visible above the line the cursor is on before the screen scrolls Setting the value greater than 0 ensures that you will normally see some lines above your present cursor position This value is with respect to 25 screen lines The actual value is automat ically adjusted according to the size of the current window Config S_BOT_MARG Bottom margin for cursor 2 This is similar to the previous parameter it determines the number of lines that will normally be visible below the line the cursor is on before the screen scrolls Setting the value greater than 0 ensures that you will normally see some lines below your present cursor position Config S_STAT_C Status line character 32 DOS UNIX QNX only The empty parts of the status line are usually displayed with the space character value 32 However if you do not select a reverse
350. mistake press lt Backspace gt to delete the keystroke Press lt Tab gt to accept Alt Q If the key is already in use you will be prompted for confirmation to overwrite it 3 Assuming the Normal keyboard layout press the following keys to go to the beginning of the current line and type Begin lt Home gt Begin Then press the following keys to go to the end of the current line type End and advance to the next line lt End gt E nd lt Ctrl Enter gt 4 Turn off stop the Record Macro mode by pressing the key indicated on the status line With the Normal layout it is lt Alt K gt The new keystroke macro is now fully defined 5 Test the new keystroke macro by pressing its hot key lt Alt Q gt 6 To make new keystroke macro permanent select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout to save the layout into the vedit key file 88 Chapter4 Editing Guide Keystroke Macros Adding Keystroke Macros CONFIG Keyboard layout Add Keystroke macro lets you define a new keystroke macro using a dialog box that records your keystrokes without making any changes to the files being edited Experienced VEDIT users will prefer it over Record keystroke macro for two reasons It provides simple editing in case you make a mistake You can add keystroke macros that access the VEDIT PLUS macro language The supplied KEY MAC LIB provides many examples The following example creates the s
351. mode Config U_LLOAD_CFG Auto load config 3 DOS only Same as CONFIG Misc Auto load config Config U_AUTO_CFG Auto save config 1 Same as CONFIG Auto save config Config U_CFG_ALL Config all buffers 1 Same as CONFIG Config all buffers Config U_LSAV_ENYV Enable edit restore 0 Same as FILE Enable edit restore Config U_LUSER_P User configured parameter 0 VEDIT PLUS only This parameter is available for any user defined purpose it is not used internally For example it could be used as an ID to identify particular configurations a macro would read this ID to ensure that the correct configuration was being run Config W_WORD_WRAP Enable word wrap and formatting 1 Same as CONFIG Word processing Enable word wrap and format ting Config W_LF_MARG Left margin 0 80 0 Same as CONFIG Word processing Left margin Config W_RT_MARG Right margin 0 Win 1 HSM 16 255 0 Same as CONFIG Word processing Right margin Config W_JUST_PARA Justify paragraphs 0 Same as CONFIG Word processing Justify paragraphs Config W_FORMAT_O Format paragraph options 0 7 0 Same as CONFIG Word processing Format paragraph options List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 337 Config_String Parameters Config_String HOME C VEDIT Sets the VEDIT H
352. n 0 100 Default 5 This value is set to avoid printing at the very left edge of the paper Setting this value has no effect on editing it has the same effect as adjusting the paper sideways in the printer Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 289 With laser printers a value of 5 typically gives a one inch left margin because the printer adds its own 1 4 1 2 margin A value of 10 typically gives a one inch left margin on a dot matrix printer Notes This Left margin is added to any left margin in your text For example if your text was written using a left margin of 8 characters and you print this document with a left margin for the printer of 10 characters total space to the left of each line will be 18 characters Right margin 0 Off 1 Win 2 HSM 3 RM 40 255 Default 0 Lines longer than this optional margin are wrapped onto multiple printed lines This is useful when printing long lines because most printers otherwise truncate long lines Values are 0 Right margin feature is turned off 1 Right margin is automatically set according to the current window width 2 Right margin is set to the same value as CONFIG Display options Horiz scroll margin 3 Right margin is set to the same value as CONFIG Word process ing Right margin 40 255 Usually set to the number of characters your printer can print per line typically 80 96 or 132 Line spacing 1 4 Default 1 Determines
353. n a network server 1 Install VEDIT on the server following the normal installation instruc tions Let s assume it is installed into the directory h apps vedit This will be the VEDIT Home Directory Create the same directory folder on each user s local hard disk Let s assume it is c vedit This will be the User Config Directory It will only contain the startup vdm ustartup vdm vedit cfg and vedit key files The Windows version will also contain vedit ini Within the User Config Directory on each user s local hard disk create a subdirectory folder called backup e g create the subdirectory c vedit backup Users can optionally configure VEDIT to save a backup copy of each edited file in this directory Within the User Config Directory on each user s local hard disk create a subdirectory folder called temp e g create the subdirectory c vedit temp Some macros supplied with VEDIT use this direc tory Within the User Config Directory on each user s local hard disk create a subdirectory folder called file cfg e g create the subdirectory e vedit file cfg This will be used for the file open configura tion feature in the new VEDIT version 6 0 VEDIT version 6 0 The FILE CFG subdirectory can be left empty but it may help users get started if you copy the CFT files from VEDIT s FILE CFG subdirectory on the server to each user s local hard disk E g on each user
354. n only Overrides the value of CONFIG Misc Auto load config built into VEDIT with the value of w g3 therefore forces auto configuration 58 Chapter4 Editing Guide Starting Invoking VEDIT i execfile kinifile NOTE N NNN execfile is executed in place of the startup vdm file The option i xxx where xxx is a non existent file can be used to start VEDIT without any startup file DOS version only Enables VEDIT s normal keyboard poll ing Same as setting CONFIG Misc Keyboard polling to 0 for maximum compatibility with other DOS programs TSRs Only needed if the keyboard polling has been set to 1 and VEDIT crashes on startup Windows version only Disables reading the vedit ini file on startup and saving a new vedit ini file when exiting A default size and font are used on startup the final size and font are not saved DOS version only Disables the keyboard repeat typematic rate speedup Same as setting CONFIG Misc Keyboard repeat rate to 0 This setting is needed if VEDIT appears slow to startup slow to exit or appears to lockup the computer on exit See Setting the Keyboard Typematic Rate in Chapter 2 Getting Started inifile is used as the Windows parameter file in place of the normal vedit ini file The full pathname should be speci fied There must not be a space between the k and the filename DOS only VEDIT use
355. n refer back to the original file if needed We HIGHLY recommend that backup files be enabled 0 Disabled Backup files are not created 1 Create backups by renaming the original file to have a BAK filename extension UNIX QNX b extension 2 Create backups by moving the original file to the VEDIT Backup Directory typically C WEDIT BACKUP or C BACKUP See also Exiting VEDIT Backup Files in Chapter 4 Save session in current directory When enabled the edit session save restore files veditsav env and veditsav dat are saved in the current directory This permits restoring the last edit session you had in that directory Otherwise veditsav env and veditsav dat are saved in the User Config Directory typically C VEDIT When VEDIT is next invoked with out filenames from anywhere you will be switched to the last directory you were in and the files you were last editing 286 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Use V SWAP when entering DOS Default Yes DOS version only Determines whether VEDIT will use the V SW AP program when already installed in memory to swap itself out of memory when entering DOS No error is given if V SWAP is not in memory Overwrite only mode Default 1 Controls whether the current file is in overwrite only mode In this mode deletions and insertions which would change the size of the file cannot be made however character overstriking and block over
356. n the search string use N instead r Matches the ASCII Carriage Return character hex OD s Matches the ASCII space character hex 20 t Matches the ASCII Tab character hex 09 0 Matches the ASCII Null character hex 00 r Use the contents of text register r in this position in the search or replace string The OR Operator The special character the pipe character which is lt Shift gt on the keyboard is the OR operator which may occur between two sub expres sions The entire expression then matches any text that is matched by the preceding sub expression OR the following sub expression Note I cannot occur within each sub expression must by itself be a valid expression lt p man woman Matches the word man OR the word woman a b Matches one or more occurrences of a OR of b 130 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace Groups and Replacement Strings The special symbols and group regular expressions for reference purposes They permit the text matched by the expression within to be referenced again in the search string or to be included as part of the replacement text An expression may contain up to 9 groups which are referenced by number AT through 9 The groups are numbered in the order of their opening Groups may also be nested Groups may be referenced in either a latte
357. n then examine or edit another part of the same file Each window on the same file can be scrolled independently A separate cursor position is maintained in each window Notes VEDIT always keeps all windows on the same file up to date When the windows display the same region of the file you will notice your edit changes occurring in both windows You can resize the windows after performing a vertical horizontal split 260 Chapter6 Menu Reference Window Menu VEDIT supports separate colors for each window MISC Color toggle toggles the current window through different colors FILE Open More Horizontal window internally performs a Horizontal split as it opens a new file for editing Similarly FILE Open More Vertical window performs a Vertical split VEDIT automatically assigns each new window the first unused ID number However for routine editing it is not necessary to know a window s ID number See Also Windows in Chapter 4 WINDOW Switch VIEW Toggle Hex mode split Close Close the current window and close the buffer file displayed in it Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F4 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item closes the current window it is the same as clicking the mouse on the windows s close button If the window contains an altered file AND is the only window displaying that file it closes the file same as FILE Close prompting whether
358. n you resume the comparison You can start this macro via auto execution or from within VEDIT Vpw x compare vdm OR HINT 1 Select MISC More macros Compare If you started the COMPARE macro from within VEDIT and buffers 1 and 2 already have open files it prompts whether you want to save abandon or compare these files COMPARE then prompts for the window configuration you want You can select a vertical split a horizontal split or full sized overlapping windows It then prompts for the names of the active and template files Either enter the filenames or press lt Enter gt for point and shoot file selection COMPARE then switches to the active file and places the cursor at the position of the first difference Assuming that you selected split windows you will also see the cursor in the template file If desired you can edit either file as desired perhaps copying blocks from one file to the other To continue the file comparison switch to the active file if needed and position the cursor where the files are again identical for at least 24 characters For example you might press NEXT LINE lt Ctrl Enter gt You only need to position the cursor in the active file not in the template file COMPARE will align the template file itself Then press VISUAL EXIT lt Ctrl E gt The cursor will advance to the next difference This process is continued until the end of one or both files is reached If desired y
359. nd Mac text files is important in the way that newline characters are displayed deleted and inserted When opening a file for editing VEDIT examines the file to automatically determine the file type Sometimes VEDIT will choose the wrong file type For example since a typical executable file EXE contains random Line Feed characters VEDIT will usually treat it as a text file If you set CONFIG File handling Enable auto file type to No VEDIT will not automatically determine the file type when it opens a file Binary data files are displayed with a uniform number of characters per line This also handles fixed length record database files For these files CON FIG File handling File type sets the number of characters displayed per line i e the record size 64 is the default for binary files you may want to change it to 16 when editing in hexadecimal CONFIG File handling File type lets you see and or change the current file s type Each file opened can have its own setting 0 CR LF Each text line ends in both a CR Carriage Return and LF Line Feed Typical for Windows DOS 1 LF Each text line ends in just a LF Typical for UNIX QNX 2 CR Each text line ends in just a CR Typical for Macintosh n recsize Record Mode Values of 8 through 2048 correspond to the record length used for fixed length record data files In stead of assuming that lines end in a newline cha
360. nd enter a value of 8192 4 Select FILE Print to print the file Print Jobs and Finish Eject This is a moderately technical topic VEDIT gives complete control over print jobs so that you can print several blocks of text on the same page Most other programs only let you print one block per page You will typically only notice the details of print jobs when printing blocks When VEDIT begins printing it performs the following steps 1 Opens a new print job which is similar to opening a file If you are printing to a file it really does open a file 2 Optionally sends the configured Print job start string to the printer 3 Sends the desired text to the printer It will be formatted according to the current margins unless Raw mode is selected When printing with All entire file VEDIT automatically finishes and closes the print job However with Block only you must explicitly select Finish Eject after you have printed the last block When VEDIT finishes printing it performs the following steps 1 Sends a page eject to the printer assuming that CONFIG Printer Page eject on Finish Eject is set It is set by default but can be disabled in case your network printing also adds a page eject to each print job 118 Chapter4 Editing Guide Printing in VEDIT Depending upon CONFIG Printer Enable Form Feed either a single Form Feed character or multiple Line Feed
361. nd gt LINE END If the cursor is already at the end of a line lt End gt moves the cursor to the end of the next line To move the cursor to the beginning of the current line press lt Home gt LINE BEGIN If the cursor is already at the beginning of a line lt Home gt moves the cursor to the beginning of the previous line 48 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT NOTE Once they are used to it most users like having lt End gt move the cursor to the ends of successive lines If you don t you can change this behavior with CONFIG Emulation LINE BEGIN END emu lation mode Moving by Pages Well actually just less than a screen page VEDIT shows some overlap between pages for easier reading This overlap is about two lines in a typical 20 line window The overlap is larger for bigger windows there is no overlap for very small windows lt PgDn gt PAGE DOWN lt PgUp gt PAGE UP Even though these functions refer to pages they bear no relation to printed pages of a document They are simply screen pages and their size depends on the number of lines in the current window Moving by Paragraphs What is a paragraph Unlike most word processors VEDIT does not use unseen control characters to mark where one paragraph ends and the next begins Instead it simply considers a blank line as a break between paragraphs See Word Processing in Chapter 4 for some exceptions lt Ctrl Down Arrow
362. ne 0 The cursor can never be positioned past the end of a line For example if you move the cursor down from the end of a long line to a shorter line the cursor will also move left to the end of the shorter line 1 The cursor can be moved straight up and down from a long line past short lines to another long line If any attempt is made to change the text with the cursor past the end of a line e g typing in new characters the cursor first moves left to its correct position 2 The cursor zig zags as it is moved up or down past the end of a short line This mode ensures that the cursor is always located over real text yet preserves the horizontal position from which it started 3 The cursor moves identically to mode 1 However if the cursor is past the end of a line and you type new text spaces are automatically inserted from the end of the line up to the newly entered text This mode is handy for filling out tables and other formatted text Note that using this mode may result in unwanted spaces being inserted into the text thus consuming additional memory and disk space 4 Similar to mode 3 except that CURSOR RIGHT can move the cursor past the end of a line it does not move to the beginning of the next line Use this mode for free form text layout Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 281 Modes 1 or 2 are recommended for programmers modes 3 or 4 for word processing Other word processors generally operate in one of t
363. nfig PG_E_SYNTAX Enable syntax highlighting 0 Same as CONFIG Programming Enable syntax highlighting Config S_ STAT_OPT Status line display 1 Top 2 Bottom 2 DOS only Same as CONFIG Display options Status line display Config S_H_CR_LINE Highlight cursor line 0 2 0 Same as CONFIG Display options Highlight cursor line Config S_DSP_MODE Screen display mode 0 32 0 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen display mode Config S NEWL_D_C Newline display character 0 255 32 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Newline display character Config S_TAB_D_C Tab display character 0 255 32 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Tab display character List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 333 Config S_NULL_D_C Null display character 0 255 0 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Null display character Config S_E_MORE Enable MORE operation 1 Same as CONFIG Display options Enable MORE operation Config S_CR_TYPE_O Cursor type in overstrike mode 0 6 2 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor type in overstrike mode Config S_CR_TYPE_I Cursor type in insert mode 0 6 1 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor type in insert mode Config S_CR_TYPE_V Cursor type in virtual space 0 6 0 Same as CONFIG Characters Cursors Cursor type
364. nfig ULUNDO_MAX Undo levels max 1000 Determines the number of levels available on the Undo stack when a newly created edit buffer has enough memory for its own reserved 64K memory segment Each edit buffer has its own Undo stack Config ULUNDO_MIN Undo levels min 100 Determines the number of levels available on the Undo stack when a newly created edit buffer shares memory with other edit buffers or text registers 336 Chapter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config U_LREP_MAX Maximum REPEAT count 256 Same as CONFIG Misc Maximum REPEAT count Config U_LSHELL Enable DOS shell 1 Determines whether the functions MISC DOS Shell and MISC Run Program are available in the menu system VEDIT PLUS also the System command This parameter is usually set to 1 However systems integrators can disable these functions when VEDIT is run from inside a tight environment such as a vertical application in which the users have no knowledge of DOS or UNIX Config U_DISK_EDIT Enable disk sector modification 1 VEDIT PLUS IBM DOS Only The default value 1 sets x Read only mode in the Disk open dialog box so that by default the disk is opened in Read only mode With a value of 2 the disk by default is opened in read write mode With a value of 0 the disk is always opened in Read only mode the user cannot disable x Read only
365. nical Notes VEDIT always copies data to the clipboard as text and can only paste from the clipboard when it contains text i e graphic bitmaps cannot be pasted into VEDIT In text format the clipboard cannot contain the null character value 00 If you copy a block containing a null to the clipboard anything past the null will appear to be truncated Therefore the clipboard cannot be used to exchange binary data between VEDIT and other programs DOS version The Window clipboard is only available in Windows 95 and when running Windows 3 1 in enhanced mode See Also Block Operations The Windows Clipboard in Chapter 4 EDIT Scratchpad Cut to scratchpad BLOCK Copy to register Paste clipboard Paste columnar clipboard Insert the contents of the Windows clipboard as a stream or columnar block at the current cursor position Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl V gt This is a keystroke macro for EDIT Paste clipboard Full Description Paste Clipboard inserts the contents of the Windows clipboard when it contains text type data it does not insert graphical data You can paste the clipboard as either a stream or columnar block Selecting Paste clipboard inserts the entire clipboard at the cursor position Selecting Paste columnar clipboard inserts each line of the clipboard into successive lines of your file each time starting at th
366. ns can be performed but additional files cannot be opened Useful when shelling to VEDIT from another program where you don t want the user to be able to edit any files other than the specified ones DOS QNX UNIX only Restricts VEDIT to use a maximum of nnn Kbytes of memory for all data areas See the on line help for details about this rarely used option Start up VEDIT PLUS at the COMMAND prompt execfile is loaded into text register 100 and executed as a VEDIT PLUS command macro If no filename extension is given VDM is assumed execfile is executed after the startup vdm file This is the normal way to auto execute command macros Same as x except that execfile is executed before the startup vdm file Signals the end of the options This is only needed when the filename being edited begins with a The name of the file or files to edit The wildcard characters and may be used to load a group of files Long filenames containing spaces or commas must be enclosed in double quotes All filenames may include full drive and path specifications Each single filename may be followed by the following two options The preceding file being edited will be saved under the name outfile This is similar to using the FILE Save as function Start editing the preceding file on line nnn If there are fewer than nnn lines in the file it will start
367. ntly edited files listed in the FILE can be changed by directly editing the vedit ini file and changing the item MaxMRU The allowable values are 0 10 196 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Menu Edit Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt E gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Edit Menu provides an assortment of items related to typing and making quick changes to your file It provides quick access to the Windows clipboard the scratchpad and lets you insert the contents of another file Undo gt Repeat Ctr R Cut to clipboard Ctrl x Copy to clipboard Ctrl C Paste clipboard Ctr Paste columnar clipboard Scratchpad gt Center line Eormat paragraph Ctrl B Indent margin black Fa Undent F Enter CTRL char Ctrl Insert file Delete More Repeat Repeat next edit operation Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl R gt identical to REPEAT Full Description Repeat repeats the following edit operation the specified number of times Any edit operation such as typing in a character pressing an edit function key selecting an item from a menu or even executing a keystroke macro can be repeated gt To repeat an edit operation 1 Select EDIT Repeat lt Ctrl R gt You will see the following prompt Enter repeat count 2 Enter the count of how many times to repeat the upcoming operation You can enter a numeric expression such as 1250 540 24 Edit Menu Chap
368. nu Reference 241 Misc Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt M gt This is a keystroke macro ASCII table Box drawing mode DOS shell Bun program WILDFILE macro More macros gt Load execute macro Ctrl F7 Execute macro Ctrl F Load template file Load syntax file Load Compiler support Load Tutorial menu Load Tools menu Load User menu ASCII Table Display ASCII table and optionally enter any desired characters Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description ASCII table displays a table of all possible characters with their correspond ing decimal value This includes all control and graphic characters The ASCII table is particularly useful for entering graphics characters when you need to first see the characters before deciding which to enter gt To display the ASCII table and insert a desired character 1 Select MISC ASCII table If necessary scroll the window until the desired character is displayed 2 Highlight the character to be inserted with the mouse or the cursor keys 3 Press the Insert button If desired additional characters can be inserted DOS UNIX and QNX Versions The display is three windows long press lt Enter gt to toggle to the next window Press P to insert a particular value you will be prompted for its decimal value Only one character can be entered 242 Chapter6 Menu Reference Misc Menu Notes If you alrea
369. o multiple keys This menu item can only be selected after you have marked a columnar block See Also Sorting Lines in a Block File in Chapter 4 SORT VDM Sort Macro in Chapter 5 Translate from EBCDIC Translate to EBCDIC Translate a block to from EBCDIC or use a custom translation table Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description A marked block or entire file can be translated using the built in EBCDIC table the supplied ANSI table or with a user created table When a block file is translated each byte is simply converted to another byte according to the current table the size of the file does not change 232 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Translate Sub menu gt Translate a file from EBCDIC to ASCII 1 Open the EBCDIC file in the normal manner e g with FILE Open 2 Select BLOCK Select all to mark the entire file as a block 3 Select BLOCK Edit Translate Translate from EBCDIC to translate the file to ASCII You may need to change CONFIG File handling File type to 0 or 1 to recognize ASCII newlines and make the file more readable 4 Select FILE Close buffer or FILE Exit to save the translated file Similarly an ASCII file can be translated to EBCDIC with Translate to EBCDIC Notes The EBCDIC displayed in the menu will change when a custom translation table is loaded You can also display an EBCDIC file in normal ASCII without having to trans
370. ode by switching into 480 scan line mode This may also reduce flicker on some monitors Use the DOS mode co80 command to return to normal 25 line mode Program for swapping the DOS version of VEDIT out of memory during a DOS Shell VEDIT PLUS icon for OS 2 Compiler Support File Names The following files make up VEDIT s Compiler Support See Integrated Compiler Support in Chapter 5 for more information COMPILE VDM COMPILE CNF COMPILE MNU C VDM JAVA SDK CNF JAVA SDK MNU VCS GENERIC VCS SAMPLE VCS This macro is executed by MISC Load compiler support to load the compiler support items into the TOOLS menu Configuration file that is edited by the user to specify the default Compiler Linker Debugger and Make commands This file sets up the Compiler support items in the TOOLS menu It can be loaded by MISC Load compiler support or by the STARTUP VDM macro These macro implement each of the compiler support items in the TOOLS menu These files reside in the A COMPILE subdirectory Configuration file that is edited by the user to specify the default Java SDK commands This file sets up the Compiler support items in the JavaTools menu It can be loaded by MISC Load compiler support or by the STARTUP VDM macro Compiler specific macros there is a file for each supported compiler These files reside in the COM PILE subdirectory Generic macro for running an
371. of Line Feeds to advance to the next page A Form Feed character in the file also signals VEDIT to start a new page When possible it is better to enable this parameter the Paper length value is then not so critical Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 291 Paper orientation Default 0 Windows only Printing is normally in portrait or landscape mode depending upon the default settings for the printer Alternatively this parameter can force the printer into portrait or landscape mode A value of 1 forces the printer into Portrait mode while 2 forces the printer into Landscape mode Page eject on Finish Eject Default Yes DOS only Determines whether a page eject is included at the end of each print job i e with printing dialog box items All and Finish Eject However on some network printers and under UNIX QNX you may need to set this parameter to No to prevent blank pages after each print job Printer 0 Default 7 file Default 0 DOS only This parameter determines to which parallel or serial port VEDIT prints You can also print to a file When set to 0 it prints to the default printer as set by PRINT Config Change default printer typically PRN PRN is normally the same as LPT1 however you can use the DOS gt MODE command to reroute it to another parallel or serial port You can also print directly to a parallel or serial port or a file L
372. of a file select GOTO File position and enter File_Size 2 DOS UNIX and QNX Versions The DOS UNIX and QNX versions work very similar to the Windows version The primary exceptions are that the on line help works differently and there is no mouse Right Click menu These versions have some special shortcuts not available in the Windows version They are primarily designed to save keystrokes while navigating the menus and selecting default values in the dialog boxes The on line help topic MENUS describes the menu operation in detail VEDIT has several special menu features including sub menu preview The on line help topic DIALOG describes the operation of the dialog boxes in detail Terse or Full dialog boxes can be selected Each dialog box also has its own on line help The on line help topic MOUSE describes the DOS and QNX version s extensive mouse support The right mouse button implements unique features such as variable speed scrolling quick jumps within the file and stealth scroll bars Scrolling the Screen Chapter 4 Editing Guide 71 Scrolling the Screen Vertical Scrolling The screen scrolls automatically as the cursor is moved towards the very top or bottom of the current window By default VEDIT scrolls when the cursor reaches about the third line from the top or bottom of a 24 line window This ensures that you always see a few lines before and after t
373. of the importance of the lt Tab gt key and Tab characters several configuration options are available 76 Chapter4 Editing Guide Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters The tab stops are normally set to every eighth column but can be changed with CONFIG Tab fill Tab stops Tab stops can be set at any desired columns e g at 7 20 30 and 73 Tab characters past the last tab stop are displayed as normal control characters i e AT VEDIT can be configured to insert multiple spaces up to the next tab stop instead of a Tab character when lt Tab gt is pressed Although this uses more disk space it is useful in applications whose tab stops are not the same as VEDIT s This option is also handy with FORTRAN and COBOL programs Itis selected with CONFIG Emulation Expand lt Tab gt key with spaces Instead of displaying Tab characters using spaces you can select another character with CONFIG Characters Cursors Tab display charac ter A suitable value on an IBM PC is 07 This can make it easier to distinguish between Tab characters and spaces in your file The operation of the lt Tab gt key according to insert mode and within highlighted blocks can be changed with CONFIG Emulation TAB CHARACTER emulation mode Lower and Upper Case Conversion This topic is primarily applicable to assembly language programmers Several modes are available for converting between lower and upper case lett
374. ome Directory VEDIT searches here for the hlp on line help files vdm macro files and other supplemental files The VEDIT Home Directory is normally the directory into which VEDIT was installed e g wedit UNIX usr 1lib vedit QNX qnx4 vedit The Windows version automatically saves this value into the vedit ini file In the DOS version changes to this value must be saved into the vedit exe file with CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE DOS only You can override this setting with the VEDPATH environ ment variable For example to use the directory C UTIL VEDIT you could place the following command into your AUTOEXEC BAT file SET VEDPATH C UTIL VEDIT Config_String USER_CFG C VEDIT Sets the User Config Directory VEDIT searches here for the vedit cfg vedit key startup vdm and vedit ini files The VEDIT Home Directory and User Config Directory are usually the same If VEDIT was installed on a network server they will be different Config_String BACKUP C VEDIT BACKUP Sets the directory into which VEDIT copies modified files for backup purposes when CONFIG File handling Backup files is set to 2 The default value is 1 it creates a bak file in the same directory as the original file The default directory is c vedit backup but you may want to change it to c backup See Exiting VEDIT Backup Files in Chapter 4 for more infor
375. on It can be used repeatedly to back up step by step Notes Selecting a menu item or performing a search replace is considered a single edit operation even though it may take several keystrokes to perform If you undo all the way back to the point where you opened the file VEDIT will know that the file has not been altered Line Undo all changes made to the current line Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Shift Z gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description All changes made to the current line of text can be reversed in one step with this item Immediately selecting this item again will move the cursor to the previously modified line but not yet undo any changes to this line This lets 204 Chapter6 Menu Reference Undo Sub menu you review whether you also want to undo this line Select this item again to also undo this line Deletion Insert the last text deletion s Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Up to five blocks of text deleted with ERASE EOL ERASE LINE and BLOCK Edit translate Block delete can be re inserted at any place in your file using this function It works independently of other undo operations Even if other undo functions have been used to restore these blocks of text exactly where they originally resided EDIT Undo Deletion can re insert the same blocks at the current cursor position Blocks are re inserted in the reverse order they were deleted technically popping the
376. on Using this Manual Using this Manual This manual assumes that you have a working knowledge of your computer and its basic operation It is organized into the following chapters Introduction Chapter 1 Introduces VEDIT and lists the main features and system requirements Getting Started Chapter 2 Explains how to install VEDIT and make sure that it is working correctly It lists the files on disk and the Normal keyboard layout Quick Tutorial Chapter 3 This short tutorial familiarizes you with the basic aspects of using VEDIT It describes useful shortcuts and special features unique to VEDIT Editing Guide Chapter 4 This chapter covers the operation and main features of VEDIT in detail It is the most important chapter and we hope you will find time to read it Advanced Topics Chapter 5 The startup macro startup vdm USER menu color syntax high lighting and template editing are covered in detail Describes how to use the command macros supplied with VEDIT Menu Reference Chapter 6 Describes each item in the Menu system in detail It includes many step by step directions for using the features of VEDIT The CONFIG menu described here lets you configure VEDIT and fine tune it to your personal preferences and applications Edit Function Reference Chapter 7 Describes each basic edit function in detail Configuration Chapter 8 For the most part you can configure VEDIT with the CO
377. on you entered at the prompt for a number has incorrect syntax VEDIT PLUS The numeric expression used as a numeric argument has incorrect syntax INVALID FLOW CONTROL Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS A While Do while Repeat For or If statement has incorrect syntax Perhaps you left off the condition or the initial INVALID HELP REQUEST During the HELP function you are prompted to press the function con trol key for the desired edit function Instead you pressed a displayable character or an unused function control key INVALID KEY SEQUENCE While setting up a keystroke macro you entered the Function Control key as an invalid sequence beginning with a displayable character You Chapter9 Messages 345 may use a function control key a single displayable character or a se quence beginning with a control or function key INVALID MENU The custom USER menu that you attempted to create contains a syntax error The USER menu is typically loaded with the command Reg_Load 124 user mnu in the startup vdm file In this case the user mnu file has a syntax error See USER and TOOL Menus in Chapter 5 INVALID REGISTER Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS You specified an invalid numeric register for a numeric command The numeric register must be in the range 0 127 Or you specif
378. onal spaces between words leaving the right margin jagged To unjustify a paragraph disable CONFIG Word processing Justify paragraphs set CONFIG Word processing Format paragraph options to 0 or 4 and reformat the paragraph SUGGESTION Documents justified by another word processor should first be unjustified for easier editing with VEDIT Format Paragraph Options The default value of 0 for CONFIG Word processing Format para graph options removes all extra spaces from a paragraph when it is formatted It trims trailing spaces removes extra spaces from between words and leaves only a single space following and If this is not desirable for your application you can select other options CONFIG Word processing Format paragraph options combines three options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option Mask 1 Add a trailing space after each paragraph line except the last This is needed for applications that ignore single newlines and would otherwise concatenate the words from two lines together This extra space is allowed to exceed the right margin Mask 2 Allow any number of extra spaces between words Mask 4 Allow two spaces after and Use this if you like two spaces between sentences For example if you want trailing spaces after each line and two spaces between sentences configure this parame
379. only Same as CONFIG Misc Full dialog box options Config U_TERSE_DLG_O Terse dialog box options 0 31 31 DOS UNIX QNX only Same as CONFIG Misc Terse dialog box options Config U_LE_SUBM_P Sub menu preview 0 Off 1 2 1 DOS UNIX QNX only Same as CONFIG Display options Enable sub menu preview Config U_LKEY_IN_O Keyboard input options 0 31 17 Same as CONFIG Misc Keyboard input options Config U_LBEEP_LVL Beep level 0 Never 1 5 2 Same as CONFIG Misc Beep level Config U_LHELP_LVL Help level 1 Same as CONFIG Misc Help level Config U_LBOX_DRAW Box drawing style 0 Prompt 1 2 3 4 4 Same as CONFIG Misc Box drawing style Config U_CM_H_CNT Count for Command mode help message 3 VEDIT PLUS only This parameter determines how many times the COMMAND prompt is preceded by the help message Enter exit to exit v to edit h for help Experienced users may prefer a value of 0 to disable it A value of 255 causes it to always appear Config U_LE_UNDO Enable undo in Command mode 1 When set to 0 the undo is disabled and reset whenever macro commands are executed When set to 1 the undo is enabled for most commands however it is disabled and reset when the Call command is executed When set to 2 the undo is enabled for all commands Co
380. orary or can be permanently saved in the vedit key file The topic Editing the Keyboard Layout describes this in detail You can directly edit the vedit key file and make any desired changes This is similar to CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout Chapter 8 Configuration describes this in detail NOTE VEDIT forgets new keystroke macros when you exit unless you make them permanent with CONFIG Keyboard Layout Save layout Keystroke Macros Chapter 4 Editing Guide 87 Recording Keystroke Macros You can record a new keystroke macro while you perform a multi step editing operation Afterwards you only have to press the hot key to repeat play back the entire editing operation The following contrived example demonstrates how to use CONFIG Keyboard layout Record keystroke macro to record a keystroke macro It performs the following steps 1 Go to the beginning of the current line and type Begin 2 Go to the end of the line and type End 3 Advance to the next line gt Example of recording a keystroke macro 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Record keystroke macro lt Alt K gt You will see the following dialog box Recording Keystrokes Assigned hotkey BACKSPACE to edit Cancel Help Unused Keys gt gt 2 At the Assigned hot key prompt press the desired hot key for the keystroke macro For this example press lt AIt Q gt If you make a
381. ord a quick macro Insert paste register 0 the scratchpad Move cut to register 0 the scratchpad Undo current previous line Toggle to next window same as lt Ctrl F6 gt Start a new search Search replace again for next occurrence Switch to the selected buffer file Toggle to the previous buffer file Toggle to the next buffer file Undent left margin or highlighted block Indent left margin or highlighted block Set a stream type block marker Perform a ctags lookup of the current symbol See Ctags Symbol Lookup in Chapter 5 for more infor mation Copy block to selected text register Move cut block to selected text register Insert paste selected text register Move cut to the clipboard Same as lt Ctrl X gt Search replace again for previous occurrence Remove cancel any block markers Insert paste the clipboard Same as lt Ctrl V gt Optional Keys assigned in STARTUP VDM The startup vdmfile can optionally set up the following keystroke macros See the comments in startup vdm for details lt Alt 0 gt lt Alt F12 gt lt Ctrl F11 gt lt Numpad gt lt Numpad Enter gt Open the file mynotes txt for editing personal notes Configure VEDIT to a xBase DBF file Run the V SPELL spelling corrector Toggle CONFIG Programming Lower Upper case key conversion on and off Useful for assembly language programming Alternative key for VISUAL EXIT U
382. ord processing functions are not available in this mode Notes Windows version You can set the correct file type or record length in the File open dialog box when you open the file You can temporarily toggle the file type to Binary 16 or Binary 64 with VIEW Toggle binary text mode Changing this value only affects the current edit buffer even if CONFIG Config all buffers is enabled Record header size 0 16K Some fixed length record data files begin with a header that is not the same length as the records By setting this value to the length of the header and the file type to the length of the records all records will be properly aligned within VEDIT xBASE DBF files are an example This is described in more detail under File Types Data Database Files with Headers in Chapter 4 When set the header will be Line 0 and the line number will display the current record number NOTE Changing this value only affects the current edit buffer even if CONFIG Config all buffers is enabled 288 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Printer Category Tab Fill Word processing 2 Paper length 0 Auto 5 100 Programming Display options Top margin 0 60 Characters Cursors r Editing colors Bottom margin 0 60 Syntax colors 5 in 0 ae Left margin 0 100 File handllin P Bight margin 0 Off 1 Win 2 HSM 3 RM 40 255 Line spacing 1 4 2 Print mode 0 Win 2 Normal 274 Sate
383. ords Symbols Com ments Strings and Numeric The matched text is then displayed in the corresponding color These colors must be explicitly set there is no default value DO NOT use a value of 0 because that results in invisible text For the most pleasing visual effect these colors should be coordinated with the color for Edited text For example if the edited text is white on blue all of the syntax highlighting colors should also use a blue background 280 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Emulation Category Tab Fill Word processing Cursor positioning mode 0 4 Programming Display options TAB CHARACTER emulation mode 0 3 kee iets lt Enter gt key emulation mode 0 3 Syntax colors p BACKSPACE emulation mode 0 3 File handling LINE BEGIN END emulation made 0 5 Abia options p Special emulation modes 0 255 Miscellaneous Alt Ctrl Shift Key shortcut modes 0 15 M Enable lt Shift gt block marking M Advance cursor past block insert Help Auto Beplace block with new text 0 7 p Block Marker emulation mode 0 2 Cursor positioning mode 0 4 Default 1 Controls how the cursor moves on the screen where there is no text In general the cursor only moves to where there is text avoiding empty parts of the screen For example pressing CURSOR RIGHT with the cursor at the end of a line moves to the beginning of the next li
384. ore convenient to simply press DELETE lt Del gt See Also Block Operations Marking a Block of Text in Chapter 4 BLOCK Edit Translate Block Delete DELETE in Chapter 7 Delete Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 209 Delete Previous Word Delete Next Word Delete the previous next word and the space between words Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl Del gt identical to DEL NEXT WORD lt Ctrl Bksp gt identical to DEL PREV WORD Full Description Delete previous word deletes the word or portion of a word or whitespace to the left of the cursor Pressing it again deletes the next whitespace or word Similarly Delete next word deletes the word portion of a word or whitespace to the right of the cursor Notes The configuration parameter Config String WORD_SEP Chapter 8 specifies which characters in addition to spaces tabs newlines and control characters separate words from each other See Also The topic Word Processing in Chapter 4 DEL NEXT WORD in Chapter 7 Erase Line Erase EOL Erase BOL Erase delete a partial or entire line Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl L gt identical to ERASE LINE lt Ctrl K gt identical to ERASE EOL lt Ctrl J gt identical to ERASE BOL Full Description Erase Line deletes the entire line of text on which the cursor is located It also deletes the newline character s at the end of the line and closes up the
385. orward file buffering it must be used with a little more care especially if you are using floppy disks Since it requires an additional temporary file you are more likely to run out of disk space Maximum File Size Since editing a large file requires both an input file and an output file the maximum file size that can be edited is 1 2 of a disk Reading from the input file does not free up disk space If the input and output files are on different drives the maximum file size is a full disk Due to the additional temporary file needed for backward file buffering the maximum file size in the worst case is reduced to 1 3 of a disk The temporary file is always on the current drive With a three drive system you could safely edit a file one disk in length by making the current the input file and output file drives all different These file size limitations arise because in the worst case VEDIT needs to create a A File Management Appendices 353 temporary file which is nearly as large as the output file which is generally as large as the input file It is always best be to sure that there is enough free disk space before editing a file The DOS DIR command can tell you the size of the file being edited and the amount of free disk space When the amount of free space is twice the size of the file being edited you are usually safe unless the new file will be significantly larger than the original file You can include any
386. ory and User Config Directory which are used to locate other files For most installations the location of the vpw exe and vedit ini files the VEDIT Home Directory and the User Config Directory will all be the same e g c vedit However for shared network installations they might be different See the Chapter 2 or the on line help topic Network Installation for details Chapter 8 Configuration 319 Details VEDIT first opens the vedit ini file in the same directory as the executable vpw exe It then reads the UserCfgDir value and opens the vedit ini file in the User Config Directory as the working vedit ini file For most installation there is only one vedit ini file However for shared network installations they are two vedit ini files the vedit ini file on the network server uses UserCfgDir to specify the location of the user s vedit ini file VEDIT searches the current directory and then the User Config Directory typically c vedit for the configuration files vedit cfg and vedit key If found they override the configuration and keyboard layout built into vpw exe No error is given if these files are not found If the g invocation option was specified this step is skipped Note that vedit key must contain the complete keyboard layout However you could manually edit vedit cfg to have only a few configuration parameters the other parameters would come from vpw exe VEDIT sea
387. ot the same as zoomed When zoomed each window you switch to will be zoomed until you dezoom In contrast some of your editing windows can be full size while other are not they can be custom sized or tiled CONFIG Display options Auto create window style determines if newly created window are initially full size or cascaded Some VEDIT macros create reserved windows at the top or bottom of the screen that always remain visible They effectively reduce the size of full size windows See Also Windows Full Size Windows in Chapter 4 Reset Reset all windows to full size or cascaded remove extra windows Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Reset initializes the windows resets the display mode and window colors attributes The buffers files are not affected No text is lost View Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 213 Following Reset each open buffer file will have one corresponding win dow it will be either full size or cascaded depending upon the setting of CONFIG Display options Auto create window style All other windows will be removed DOS UNIX and QNX Versions Assuming CONFIG Display options Auto create window style is en abled default each open buffer file will have one corresponding window of full screen size all other windows will have been deleted If disabled only the main window 1 will exist all buffers will then share the
388. ou save them Obviously this can confuse a novice VEDIT user because it will appear that certain configuration settings cannot be saved For this reason our supplied startup vdm file does not override any configuration settings However the supplied startup vdm contains this and other configuration commands that have been disabled by placing in front of the command forces the remaining line to just be a comment You can easily enable any of these configuration commands or add your own The on line help topic Configuration lists all of the Config commands Configure auto file save feature in startup vdm 1 Open the file startup vdm in the User Config Directory for editing Locate the Config F_AUTO_SAVE 15 line Delete the leftmost to activate the command Save the file and exit VEDIT Restart VEDIT and notice that CONFIG File handling Auto save interval is set to 15 minutes nS Re Gor it No matter how you change the Auto save interval each time you start VEDIT it will be set back to 15 Using a different startup file HINT g3 You can specify a startup file other than startup vdm with the i invocation option You can start up VEDIT without startup vdm or any other startup file with the invocation option i xxx where xxx is a non ex istent file No error message will be given vpw i execfile execfile is executed
389. ou can edit either file as desired perhaps copying blocks from one file to the other You can switch between the files in the normal manner or by pressing lt F12 gt Select FILE Next buffer lt F6 gt or FILE Previous buffer lt F5 gt Assuming that you selected split windows click the mouse in the desired window You can switch between the files by pressing lt F12 gt This is particularly handy if you are editing additional files and don t want to toggle between all of them COMPARE Compare Files Chapter5 Advanced Topics 169 COMPARE makes a temporary assignment to lt F12 gt and removes it when the macro is done Pressing ESCAPE during the comparison brings up the following menu FILE COMPARISON INTERRUPTED Select from following options 1 Examine active file 3 Resume no alignment 2 Examine template file 4 Realign template amp resume 5 Stop Get exit options menu Enter Option Options 1 and 2 switch to the desired file Option 4 is the same as pressing VISUAL EXIT from the active file COMPARE examines the 24 characters following the cursor and attempts to match them in the template file if this alignment is successful it resumes the file comparison Option 3 immediately resumes the file comparison from the current cursor positions without attempting any realignment You can also select this option by VISUAL EXIT from the template file When COMPARE is done it gives you
390. ou have finished editing by switching to the buffer and selecting FILE Close or WINDOW Close lt Ctrl F4 gt See Also Editing Multiple Files in Chapter 4 FILE Open FILE Buffer switch WINDOW Next window WINDOW Previous window Print Select the print dialog box to print the entire file or selected block Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl P gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item selects the Print dialog box You can print the entire file just the highlighted block or select the PRINT VDM macro You can select whether the file block is printed using the currently configured margins and print mode or whether it is printed raw without margins You can also select the font and size used for printing All characters are printed in the same font and size 194 Chapter6 Menu Reference File Menu The print vdm macro as supplied adds the filename page number and date to the top of each printed page It can optionally print rulers line numbers and file positions offsets Notes You can print multiple blocks of text on the same page by disabling the Auto close finish print job option which leaves the print job open You must then select FILE Print again to print another block or finish and close the print job See Also Printing in Chapter 4 Enable edit restore Save the entire editing status when you exit Keystroke Equivalent None Full
391. ou print a file without margins or other processing by VEDIT Disabling the Auto close print job option lets you print two or more blocks on the same page The topic Printing in Chapter 4 describes printing in more detail 54 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT Saving Your Work You should periodically save your work to disk This protects you against power failures system crashes and mistakes on your part gt Tosave your work and continue editing 1 Select FILE Save default lt Alt F12 gt OR 1 Select FILE Save all if you are editing multiple files and want to save all of them Notes You can also let VEDIT automatically save your work say every 20 minutes by setting CONFIG File handling Auto save interval This is described under Auto file Save in Chapter 4 Exiting VEDIT gt To save your work and exit VEDIT 1 Select FILE Exit lt lt Alt F4 gt or lt Alt X gt OR 1 Press the lt Esc gt key to bring up the ESCAPE menu and select Exit save abandon 2 If any modified files are open in VEDIT you will be prompted whether to save or abandon them A typical prompt would be Save NEWS TXT Yes No Save all Quit all Select Yes to save this file Select No to abandon quit this file without saving changes Select Save all to save all remaining files and exit VEDIT Select Quit all to abandon all remaining files and exit VEDIT Notes
392. ou really want to abandon the file without saving any changes VEDIT PLUS The command option NOCONFIRM or OK sup presses this prompt on the Buf_Empty and Buf_Quit commands Abandon quit all files Yes No This is the confirmation prompt after you select Quit all in the FILE Exit dialog box Select Yes if you really want to abandon all modified files buffers and exit VEDIT VEDIT PLUS This is also the confirmation prompt for the Qall command Use the command option NOCONFIRM or OK to sup press it or use the command Qally BAD FILENAME The specified filename does not follow the conventions Perhaps the pathname or either part of the filename is too long Also DOS Windows does not allow some characters e g P in a filename BAD PARAMETER You specified an invalid command parameter VEDIT PLUS Numerous commands give this error if you specified an invalid argument or a numeric argument is out of range The actual command is displayed 340 Chapter9 Messages BLOCK IS TOO LARGE FOR TEXT REGISTER The block you are attempting to copy or move to a text register or with BLOCK Copy Move to cursor is too large most likely it is greater than the maximum 256 Kbytes that VEDIT can currently handle If the block contains normal text i e it is not a binary file and does not contain Null characters you can often perform the copy move using the W
393. ou the choice of running it again exiting the macro but staying in VEDIT or completely exiting VEDIT The DOS version of VEDIT can run the WILDFILE macro by auto execution or with the supplied wild bat file vedit x wildfile vdm OR wild The supplied wild bat file contains the command vedit x wildfile vdm To use it wild bat must be in the current directory or in one of the directories specified by the PATH command in your autoexec bat file Notes After selecting MISC WILDFILE macro the files specified for processing can include any files that are already open in VEDIT This way you can perform an operation such as searching through many files without having to worry about which files are currently open for editing All files on the entire drive can be processed with c s It may take several minutes to process this command 168 Chapter5 Advanced Topics COMPARE Compare Files COMPARE Compare Files The COMPARE VDM macro can compare two text files of arbitrary size You can edit the files as you are comparing them and copy blocks of text between them It is ideal for merging the work done by several people on the same file s or determining the differences between two versions of a file The programmers that develop VEDIT merge their work this way Unlike the SEARCH Compare buffers function COMPARE VDM can automatically re align the active file with the template file whe
394. ow To browse the compiler output and optionally select an error press B 4 Select TOOLS Next error hot key lt Alt N gt TOOLS Previous error hot key lt Alt P gt to move the cursor to each source code line containing an error Notes These functions go to absolute line numbers If you add or delete lines in the source file they will go to the wrong line If this becomes too confusing you will probably want to re compile To remove the error window either select TOOLS Next previous error until you reach the end or select TOOLS Resume editing 5 When all errors are hopefully corrected select TOOLS Compile again to re compile 6 After a successful compilation you can select TOOLS Link to run the linker and then TOOLS Debug to run the debugger If desired you can set up Debug to simply run the program without a debugger See also On line help for compiler support items The on line help topic Compiler Support DOS COMPILE contains complete details on using the compiler support You may want to print this topic from the Windows on line help system To print this topic in the DOS version open the on line help file vhelp hlp VEDIT PLUS vphelp h1p Since it is a normal text file you can easily print portions of it Search for compiler Highlight the entire topic and select FILE Print to print it Chapter6 Menu Reference 185 Chapter 6 Menu Re
395. ow to cut and paste using the Window s clipboard let s use the VEDIT scratchpad instead gt To cut and paste with the scratchpad 1 HINT Notes Highlight the block to be cut Use any method desired For example follow steps 1 through 4 on the previous page Press lt Numpad gt or lt Alt F11 gt the equivalent hot keys for BLOCK Move to register At the Move to register dialog box simply press lt Numpad gt again to select the default register 0 also called the scratchpad Once you get used to it you simply double press lt Numpad gt Alternatively press lt Numpad gt to copy the block Move the cursor to the destination for the block Similarly double press lt Numpad gt or lt F11 gt the hot keys for BLOCK Insert register If you double press lt Numpad gt or lt Numpad gt when no block is highlighted it copies moves the current line to the scratchpad Then move the cursor and double press lt Numpad gt to insert the line This makes it very easy to copy or move a single line You may have noticed that there is also an EDIT Scratchpad sub menu and scratchpad icons on the toolbar We wanted to demonstrate the text register selection dialog box and how easy it is to select the scratchpad As you become more familiar with VEDIT you will probably use additional text registers For example registers 1 through 9 can be use
396. p vdm file is organized into several sections It has these capabilities Set up color syntax highlighting and template editing Also set up other file type specific configuration parameters These features can then be enabled with CONFIG Programming File type specific config Set up the USER menu from the file user mnu A later topic describes how to modify this file with your own custom editing functions Set up the TOOL menu as the Tutorial menu so that you can easily access tutorial topics Alternatively place the Compiler Support functions into the Tools or JavaTools menu Set up the hot key to open the file mynotes txt in a pop up window The default hot key is lt Alt 0 gt Optionally enable the hot key for ctags lookup support Optionally add other keystroke macros to the keyboard layout These will override any assignments in vedit key Optionally force any desired configuration settings These will override any settings in vedit cfg Most functions performed by startup vdm are optional you must edit the file to enable the function Typically you only need to delete some to enable the function For example startup vdm contains the following line which if the initial are removed assigns lt F12 gt to execute the ctags lookup macro by selecting MISC More macros UTAGS Key_Add F12 MENU MMU OK It also contains the following line
397. pen More Same buffer lt Alt O gt is a shortcut way of closing the current file and opening the next file It saves keystrokes and or mouse clicks It is the best way of editing one file after another it reduces the confusion of having many unnecessary files and windows open at once Open with Horizontal split window and Open with Vertical split window simplify opening two files side by side or one above the other perhaps to compare them gt To edit a new file in the same buffer 1 Select FILE Open More Same buffer lt Alt O gt 2 Ifthe current buffer contains a modified file you will be prompted whether the file should be saved or abandoned before opening the new one Save current file Yes No Abandon Answer Yes to save the current file with all modifications Answer No to abandon any changes made since the last time the file was saved 3 You are prompted for the name of the file to edit with the normal File open dialog box gt To simultaneously edit two files in a split window 1 Open the first file with FILE Open lt Ctrl O gt or FILE Open More Same buffer lt Alt O gt 2 You probably will want to expand the window to full size if not already with VIEW Full size File Menu Notes Chapter6 Menu Reference 189 Select FILE Open More Horizontal window lt Alt Y gt to display the new file in the lower half of the current window Or select FILE Open
398. pen Perhaps you want to change the output filename with File_Save_As FILE NOT FOUND The file you specified for editing does not exist Perhaps you mistyped the pathname or specified the wrong drive FILE NOT OPENED This message follows another message and reminds you that your at tempted file open operation was cancelled It generally follows an oper ating system error message if you attempt to open a file which is in use locked by another program or user FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE IN BINARY MODE Word processing functions such as indenting and paragraph formatting cannot be performed on binary data files i e when CONFIG File handling File type is set to 8 or more This prevents binary data files from being corrupted IN BROWSE MODE OR FILE IS READ ONLY You cannot alter a file which is in Browse mode A file is in browse mode if It was opened with x Read only mode in the file open dialog box The file has the read only attribute set The file is in a network directory that has been set to read only The file is on a write protected floppy disk FILE Browse mode has been set VEDIT was invoked with the b browse only mode option INCOMPLETE COMMAND Caused by a programming error within a VEDIT PLUS command macro VEDIT PLUS The following command is missing arguments or the final This error can result if the final quote of a string argument is
399. perations This register is used by the startup vdm file and any auto exe cution macros It is also the default register for MISC Load and execute macro It should be reserved for the main macro that is running These registers are reserved for use by the VEDIT PLUS macro language and are described below They cannot be accessed from Visual Mode Usage Technical 101 102 103 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 Should be reserved for the subroutine macros used by the main macro executing in register 100 Should be reserved for the locked in macro used by the main macro executing in register 100 Temporary registers used as needed by keystroke macros This prevents keystroke macros from interfering with command mac ros that may be running Reserved for use by the File open close macros Buffer switch macro and the Template editing macro This prevents these special event macros from interfering with other macros that may be running The File open event macro It is executed immediately after each file is opened when CONFIG Programming File type specific configuration or the equivalent CON FIG PG_F_AUTO_CEFG is enabled The File close event macro It is executed just before each file is closed The File pre open event macro It is executed just before each file is opened The File post close event macro It is executed imme
400. perations at a time it may take several or many EDIT Undo Redo to reverse the effects of one EDIT Undo Line Undo Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 205 Reset Reset the undo memory Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Reset clears the undo memory and resets all undo stacks If you now make additional edit changes you will not be able to undo any further back than when you selected this item You can now try out different editing scenarios and if they do not work use REPEAT 255 EDIT Undo Line to quickly undo back to this point 206 Chapter6 Menu Reference Scratchpad Sub menu Scratchpad Sub menu Introduction The scratchpad is a temporary holding area for cut and paste operations within VEDIT It is also referred to as the default text register 0 VEDIT has over 100 text registers Text you save stays in the scratchpad until you either save a different block or exit VEDIT The scratchpad is not the same as the Windows clipboard but you can think ofitas VEDIT s internal clipboard The scratchpad s advantages include being able to handle columnar blocks better and support for binary files Use the clipboard for exchanging text with other Windows programs Use the scratchpad for cut and paste operations within VEDIT Cutto scratchpad Shft Del Copy to scratchpad Ctrl Ins Paste scratchpad Shftins Cut to scratchpad Copy to scratchpad Copy or cut move a sing
401. play adapters between 25 28 and 50 lines of text If Config jH_VGA_TYPE is set to 7 it also toggles to 30 34 and 60 line modes Upon startup VEDIT normally adjusts itself to the current size of the display If your display adapter and monitor possibly with additional software are capable of displaying more lines or columns of text VEDIT will take advan tage of it Notes Some systems only support 25 and 50 line modes and may hang when attempting to switch to 28 line mode The default VGA text mode uses 400 scan lines by switching to 480 scan lines 30 34 and 60 lines can be displayed The allowable modes are selected with CONFIG Misc Enable VGA 28 30 34 50 60 Appendix C Application Notes lists a keystroke macro for switching into 132 column mode This item can only toggle between the standard 80 charac ters line modes To force VEDIT to start in 50 line mode set Config S_N_LINE in the vedit cfg file to 50 Color Toggle Select the next suggested color combination Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt J gt This is a keystroke macro 216 Chapter6 Menu Reference View Menu Full Description This function toggles the current window s text color through about twenty combinations This provides some variety as you work and can be used to make some windows visually stand out The initial text color is set according to CONFIG Editing colors Edited text If only one window is open this item also
402. possible It is not faster than pattern matching The desired search mode can be selected in the Search dialog box The default mode is selected with CONFIG Search options Default search mode Pattern Matching Pattern matching can search for types of characters such as any digit or for characters that meet special conditions such as occurring at the beginning of a line These generalized searches are performed by using pattern matching codes within the search string Each pattern matching code consists of the special character I followed by another character typically a mnemonic letter NOTES is the pipe character which is lt Shift gt on the keyboard All pattern matching codes begin with this character Although the mnemonic letter can be in upper or lower case for purposes of clarity all examples show these letters in upper case Most of the pattern matching codes only have a special meaning in the search string they have no meaning in the replacement string If you need variable characters in the replacement string you must use regular expressions Here are a few examples of search strings using pattern matching D D Search for two consecutive digits D D D D Search for next two digit number It will not match a three digit number lt note Search for a line beginning with the word note W gt Search for whitespace any number of spaces and tabs a
403. pplied COMPARE file comparison macro is more sophisticated and often easier to use It can automatically re align the files being compared to continue the comparison See Also COMPARE Compare Files in Chapter 5 258 Chapter6 Menu Reference Window Menu Window Menu Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt W gt This is a keystroke macro Introduction The Window menu lets you cascade or tile windows create new split windows close and remove windows and switch to any desired window Cascade Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Arrange Icons Split Close Ctrl F4 Close all Remove Switch Alt F5 Next window Ctr F6 Previous window Ctrl F5 4 1 1 CAvedit vedit ini 2 2 CAvedit cclose vdm Cascade Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Rearrange the existing windows into a cascading or tiled view Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Cascade resizes all windows to the same size it moves them so that they partially overlap each other with all filenames on the top border visible The most recently used windows will be on top Tile moves and resizes all windows so that they fit on the screen without overlapping the windows may be very small Tile horizontally gives a preference to full width windows Tile vertically gives a preference to side by side full height windows Window Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 259 Notes Some VEDIT macros create special reserv
404. processors VEDIT never adds strange control characters to your file even when using word wrap VEDIT simply inserts the newline char acter to start a new line just as if you had pressed lt Enter gt Notes The newline character is usually two characters lt CR gt Carriage Return and lt LF gt Line Feed Technically it depends upon whether you are editing a DOS Windows Unix or Macintosh file See File Types in Chapter 4 for details 46 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT The newline character s is normally invisible but you can configure it to be visible with CONFIG Characters Cursors Newline display charac ter VEDIT does not automatically reformat paragraphs when you change the right margin e g resize the window You can reformat paragraphs with EDIT Format paragraph lt Ctrl B gt or toolbar Instead of using horizontal scrolling VEDIT can also wrap long lines onto multiple screen lines This is independent of word wrap See the topic Wrap ping Long Lines on the Screen in Chapter 4 Another popular way to handle long text lines is to wrap them onto multiple lines at word boundaries This option can be selected with VIEW Word wrap display or toolbar Deleting Text As is typical of most editors pressing lt Del gt deletes the character at the cursor pressing lt Backspace gt deletes the character just before the cursor When the cursor is at the end of a line pressing lt D
405. r Up gt and lt Cursor Down gt to move through the outline Then press lt Enter gt to resume editing at the current location in the outline After the macro has been loaded and used you can easily restart it by selecting MISC Execute macro default lt Ctrl F8 gt At the prompt simply press lt Enter gt to select register 100 NOTES PFUNC VDM is the same macro for Pascal USER Search all and select performs a similar function for any search string 176 Chapter5 Advanced Topics RUNSHELL Run Other Programs RUNSHELL Run Other Programs The function MISC Run program is only suitable for running other programs or DOS commands that do not access the files currently open in VEDIT The functions USER Save and run program 1 and USER Save and run program 2 are designed to run compilers and other programs that need to access the currently open files These functions first prompt for the command to run a program e g compiler Enter the full command including any parameters and options The command is saved as the default command for the next time After all open files are saved and closed the command is executed by shelling out possibly via a DOS box When the program is done any DOS box is auto closed and all files are reopened To run a Windows program precede the command with win Depending upon which version of VEDIT is running Win32 Win16 or DOS and the operating system WinNT Win95 98
406. r easier editing Other windows you switch to will also be zoomed Select it again to restore the windows to their normal size Alternatively select VIEW Full size to expand the current window to full size without zooming all windows Or select VIEW Full size All to expand all windows to full size This is convenient if you want to view most but not all windows at full size VIEW Reset resets all windows by restoring their normal color and display mode Each open buffer file is displayed in just one window additional windows are removed The windows are displayed as cascaded or full size depending upon the setting of CONFIG Display options Auto create window style 140 Chapter4 Editing Guide Editing Multiple Files SUGGESTION To clean up a cluttered window display try WINDOW Cascade or VIEW Full size All If the windows are also in unwanted colors and or display modes first select VIEW Reset Optional Configuration CONFIG Display options Auto create window style determines if newly created window are initially full size and completely overlapping or are smaller and cascaded The default is cascaded because this is typical for other windows programs However most users prefer full size windows this lets you edit each file in a large window it has some advantages to zooming the window See the heading Full size Windows below Switching Between Files Edit Buffers You can
407. r files The groups of files to be processed can be specified using the wildcard characters and For example you could perform a search and or replace on all c and h files in any directory or directories Optionally all matching files in all subdirectories can also be processed Misc Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 245 See Also WILDFILE Multi file Processing in Chapter 5 MISC Load Execute macro More Macros Load and execute other supplied macros Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This sub menu quickly loads and executes many of the macros supplied with VEDIT Many of these macros are described in detail in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics Select this sub menu and press HELP lt F1 gt for a short description of each macro Load Execute Macro Load Execute User Macro Load and execute a command macro Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F7 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description These items loads and immediately executes a VEDIT command macro It is typically used to load and execute macros which are not listed in MISC More macros such as macros which you write yourself Most macros supplied with VEDIT are installed into the VEDIT Macro Directory typically c vedit macros We suggest that user written macros be saved in the VEDIT User Macro Directory typically c vedit user mac gt To load and execute a command macro 1 Select MISC Load Execute macro
408. r number causes the cursor to blink faster The unit is 1 18 of a second Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 277 Editing Colors Category Tab Fill Word processing Edited text lt lt Change color 1 Programming Display options Characters Cursors p Window erase lt lt Change color 2 Syntax colors Block highlighting lt lt Change color 3 Emulation Ea 3 File handling Printer Cursor Line lt lt Change color 4 Search options Miscellaneous Help All colors are overrides 0 uses the default color scheme See also CONFIG Display options Highlight cursor line Windows Version The configurable colors are split into the two categories Editing colors and Syntax colors the latter are used only when Syntax highlighting is enabled All Editing colors can be set to 0 to use a default color some of which are set by the overall Windows color scheme Alternatively explicit overriding colors can be selected DOS UNIX QNX Versions All colors used by VEDIT can be configured including the colors in the main menu the sub menus and window borders CONFIG Colors contains sub menus to separate the many colors into logical groups A color chart is displayed when you enter these sub menus however the DOS color chart does not support point and shoot color selection VEDIT has two sets of screen attributes one for Color Displays and one for Monochrome di
409. r part of the regular expression or in the replacement string This allows portions of the matched text to be used as parts of the replacement text The character amp has a special meaning only in a replacement string and references the entire text matched by the search Consider the expression the man the woman If the matched text is the man 1 is man and 2 is empty null Now consider the expression the a z has If the matched text is the woman has 1 is the woman and 2 is woman a z a z a z 1 Matches two contiguous occurrences of the same three letters Will match nownow powpow etc g3 gt 1 Matches any repeating text Will match nn nownow 12341234 etc AL 1 Matches a line consisting of two repeated occurrences of the same text identical right and left halves The order of precedence of the operators is Highest 4 Concatenation Lowest Search and Replace Chapter 4 Editing Guide 131 Complete Examples These examples show search and replacement strings using regular expres sions They illustrate how groups of matched text can be used as part of the replacement string Be sure that the option Reg Exp is selected in the Search Replace dialog box Search A Z a z Search for the next capitalized word Note that it will also match the single let
410. r startup configuration will be the configuration saved by the last VEDIT user 5 The startup vdm file may be overriding your saved configuration changes Try starting VEDIT without the startup vdm by using the invocation option vpw ixxx The ixxx attempts to load the file xxx which presumably does not exist in place of the startup vdm file If your configuration changes are still lost open the file vedit cfg in the User Config Directory and verify your configuration If desired you can directly edit this file If your configuration changes are now restored try setting CONFIG File handling File type specific configuration to 0 Select CON FIG Save config to be sure the change is saved Then start up VEDIT normally If your configuration is now correct you may want to study the file type specific configuration section of the startup vdm file If your configuration is still lost some other commands in startup vdm are overriding it See also The topic Startup vdm File in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics The topic Network Installation in Chapter 2 Installation 322 Chapter8 Configuration VEDIT KEY Layout File VEDIT KEY Layout File The keyboard layout can be changed by editing the vedit key file directly or by selecting CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout The latter gives you the choice of making the layout changes temporary or saving them into vedit key There are sev
411. r to a specific file position Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This function moves the cursor directly to the n th character offset in a file The first character in the file is considered to be the 0 th character The position at the end of the file is the same as the file size There are good reasons for counting from 0 This function is often useful when editing binary and data files 238 Chapter6 Menu Reference Goto Menu gt Togo toa specific file position offset 1 Select GOTO File position 2 You are prompted for the file position Enter the desired position and press lt Enter gt You can also enter numeric expressions such as 128000 4 or enter numbers in hexadecimal such as OxF7A43 Set Text Marker Set a text marker at the current cursor location Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl D gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Ten invisible text markers are available for remembering locations in your file and returning to them later These markers stick to the character at which you set them If you insert or delete text in front of a text marker the marker will continue to stick to the same character Marker information is not saved in files As a result markers are maintained only until you close the file or exit VEDIT However if you restore a previous edit session the text markers are also restored gt Toset a text marker 1 Move the cursor
412. r_Col gt 1 Ins_Newline Move by sentence The following keystroke macro moves the cursor to the beginning of the next sentence VISUAL EXIT Search S Search F Transpose letters The following keystroke macro transposes two characters and advances the cursor to the following character VISUAL EXIT Block_Move Cur_Pos 1 Cur_Pos 2 Char The following variation transposes the previous two characters without ad vancing the cursor VISUAL EXIT Block_Move Cur_Pos 2 Cur_Pos 1 Insert date and time This keystroke macro inserts the current date and time at the cursor position VISUAL EXIT Out_Ins Date NOCR Type_Space 2 Time NOCR Out_Ins CLEAR 358 Appendices C Application Notes Scroll to center the current line This keystroke macro scrolls the screen so that the current line is centered vertically in the middle of the screen VISUAL EXIT Set_Visual_Line Win_Lines 2 Simultaneously PAGE UP DOWN two windows These keystroke macros perform a simultaneous PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN in two windows It beeps if there are not exactly two windows open Assign them to any two available keys perhaps lt Alt PgUp gt and lt Alt PgDn gt VISUAL EXIT if Win_Total 2 100 Win_Num Win_Switch Win_Next ATTACH Do_Visual PU Update Win_Switch 100 ATTACH Do_Visual PU else Alert VISUAL EXIT if Win_Total 2 100 Win_Num Win_Switch Win_Next ATTAC
413. racter VEDIT treats each line record as simply n characters Word processing operations are not available in Record Mode File Types Win DOS UNIX Mac Binary Chapter 4 Editing Guide 83 Windows DOS and UNIX Text Files Each line in a Windows DOS text file normally ends in both a Carriage Return and Line Feed character this lt CR gt lt LF gt pair is considered the normal newline character even though it really is two characters Pressing DELETE once at the end of a line deletes the lt CR gt lt LF gt pair Similarly pressing lt Enter gt in Insert Mode inserts a lt CR gt lt LF gt pair If a text line ends in just a Line Feed when the file type is set to O DOS text lt LF gt is displayed at the end of the line Such a line may be corrected by deleting the lone lt LF gt with DELETE and then inserting the lt CR gt lt LF gt pair with lt Enter gt UNIX text files normally have lines ending in just a Line Feed character which is therefore the newline character Pressing lt Enter gt inserts only the Line Feed character Carriage Return characters have no special meaning and are displayed as lt CR gt VEDIT does not automatically convert a Windows DOS file to UNIX or vice versa However you can easily convert an entire file or just a highlighted block gt To convert a Windows DOS file into a UNIX file 1 Toconvert the entire file select BLOCK Select all lt Ctrl A gt
414. rams Unlike MISC DOS shell MISC Run program automatically returns to VEDIT as soon as the requested command or program is completed Use MISC DOS shell to run multiple commands or programs and use MISC Run program to run a single command or program gt To execute a single DOS command or program 1 Select MISC Run program You are prompted with DOS command program 2 Enter the desired DOS command or program name You may enter any valid DOS command or run any program which may be run using a single command Notes The functions Save and run program 1 2 in the default USER menu are often preferable They have the advantage of saving and closing all files before running another program when done the files are re opened All Notes and Warnings for MISC DOS shell also apply here If you frequently run a program which requires a series of commands to execute you should consider creating a batch file and using MISC Run program to execute the batch file See Also RUNSHELL Run other programs in Chapter 5 MISC DOS shell WILDFILE Macro Start up the multiple file processing macro WILDFILE VDM Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This starts up the wildfile vdm macro which is fully described in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics This macro is often used to perform a search and or replace on entire groups of files This can include files currently being edited and or any othe
415. ration changes are temporary unless you explicitly select CONFIG Save config 264 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu UNIX and QNX versions Any configuration changes you make are temporary and are lost when you exit unless you explicitly save them to disk with CONFIG Save config Notes When restoring a previous edit session all configuration settings are restored regardless of whether you made them permanent The default settings for VEDIT are the result of years of experience We suggest that you at least try our settings before making numerous changes Save Config Save current configuration settings in vedit cfg or another file Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item saves all current configuration settings into the vedit cfg file or other specified file By saving into vedit cfg the configuration changes will be permanent or until changed again VEDIT automatically configures itself at startup by loading the vedit cfg file gt To make configurations changes permanent by saving into vedit cfg 1 Select CONFIG Save config You are prompted with Filename C VEDIT VEDIT CFG 2 If the default vedit cfg filename is correct press lt Enter gt Otherwise edit the path and filename as needed Notes This function does not save the current keyboard layout You must use CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout for this vedit cfg is acommand macro that contains all of
416. rch amp replace operations that you only want to make in a portion of the file gt To search within a block of text 1 Highlight the desired text as a stream line or columnar block You must set both block markers BLOCK should be displayed on the status line 2 Assuming you want to search forwards in the block we suggest moving the cursor to the beginning of the block e g with GOTO Block begin lt Alt gt The search starts at the cursor position not necessarily at the beginning of the block See the rules below 3 Select SEARCH Search lt F2 gt If the cursor is within the block the Block option will already be selected otherwise select this option Enter the search string and select any options as usual Press the button corresponding to the desired search direction Many other editors simply force the search to the beginning of the block after you highlight the text However VEDIT has additional flexibility so that you 252 Chapter6 Menu Reference Search Menu can highlight a block and also search outside the block e g search for the location to which you want to copy the block The following rules govern searching within blocks 1 Ifthe cursor is within the highlighted block when you select SEARCH Search or SEARCH Replace the Block search option is automat ically selected Disable it if you want to search the entire file 2 The search normally starts at the current cursor po
417. rches first the current directory then the User Config Directory and finally the VEDIT Home Directory for the startup vdm file This is a macro written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language that further configures VEDIT on startup startup vdm is primarily used to set up the TOOLS and USER menu file type specific configuration color syntax highlighting and template editing The supplied startup vdm file does not override any configuration settings or change the keyboard layout However it documents how you can override any configuration settings and add some useful keystroke macros to the keyboard layout Note The name startup vdm is actually specified by the Startup entry in the vedit ini file Advanced users could change it but all VEDIT documentation uses the name startup vdm VEDIT can optionally configure itself according to the filename extension of each file being edited For example txt files can have word process ing features enabled while c files have programming features and color syntax highlighting enabled The supplied startup vdm sets up this file type specific configuration feature but does not enable it You must enable it with CONFIG File handling File type specific configuration and then select CONFIG Save config Alternatively it can be enabled by editing startup vdm This feature typically changes the tabs stops and the settings in the CONFIG Word processing and
418. rder around the active window It is preferable to pick a color different from the edited text 326 Chapter8 Configuration List of Config Parameters Config C_WIN_B Color for inactive window border 48 Color of the borders around all inactive windows It should be different from Color for active window border Config C_LEMPTY Color for empty screen 113 Color of the background desktop screen behind all windows It is only visible when windows don t cover the entire screen Config C_BAR Color for menu bar 112 Color of the main menu bar at the top of the screen Usually set to reverse video Config C_BAR_S Color for menu bar selection 127 Color of the letter that selects each main menu item This color should be different from Color for menu bar However the same color as Color for menu bar highlighting can be used Also used to highlight option letters and function keys in many prompts and help messages NOTE if the selection letter is not visible on a monochrome display try adjusting the contrast and brightness controls If this doesn t work pick another attribute value try 7 or 15 Config C_BAR_H Color for menu bar highlighting 78 Color of the menu item that is currently selected Config CLMENU Color for menu 48 Color of the pull down menus Coordinate this color with Color for menu selection and Color
419. rds consisting of multiple lines Both support variable length and fixed length records The BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines function is described here The SORT VDM macro is described in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines sorts the selected lines after you high light the field to be sorted as a columnar block This field is the sort key for example it could be the Last name or Zipcode in a database gt To sort all lines in a block or entire file 1 Position the cursor on the first line to be sorted and in the left most column of the field to be used as the sort key Select BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt or toolbar to begin a columnar block 2 Position the cursor on the last line to be sorted and in the right most column of the field to be used as the sort key To sort an entire file this must be the last line of the file Select BLOCK Set column marker lt Alt I gt or toolbar again 3 Select BLOCK Edit translate Sort lines The lines will be sorted and VEDIT will display its progress A 250 Kbyte file with 1000 lines takes about one minute to sort NOTE _ VEDIT s sorting may not be fast enough for multi megabyte files It is only intended as a convenient way of sorting smaller files up to a few megabytes in size A dedicated sort program or a database program may be needed to sort very large files A much faster sort is planned for late 1999
420. re only select video modes that are supported by your hardware D Troubleshooting DOS Appendices 361 D Troubleshooting DOS DOS Refer to the topic Configuration Troubleshooting in Chap WINDOWS ter 8 if you are having trouble saving configuration changes Hangs immediately If VEDIT hangs immediately or after a few keystrokes remove any keyboard related Terminate stay resident programs and try it again The programs are often loaded by your AUTOEXEC BAT file In some rare cases VEDIT may crash at startup if CONFIG Misc Keyboard polling or CONFIG Misc Keyboard repeat rate are set to any value other than O If this occurs start up VEDIT with the invocation options j and k which force these settings to 0 their most compatible values vedit j k Then select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE to make these settings permanent See the directions below for Keyboard typematic rate Keyboard appears hung after exiting VEDIT Follow the directions below for Keyboard typematic rate Try tapping the lt Alt gt and lt Ctrl gt keys to see if this clears the hung condition For reasons unknown to us some systems temporarily get the lt Alt gt and lt Ctrl gt keys stuck in the down position when they really are not Users reporting this problem report the same problem with other programs Cannot read menus on monochrome display Most likely VEDIT was
421. re recognized For example decimal value 129 which is an umlaut u is treated as a lower case letter Note Technical VEDIT queries Windows for information about ANSI non english letters Therefore if you notice any inconsistencies be sure that Windows has been set to the correct language code page 294 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Misc Category Tab Fill Word processing Beep level 0 Never 1 5 Display options Help level Characters Cursors Editing colors Box drawing style 0 Prompt 1 4 Syntax colors Max REPEAT count 256 65535 File handling Keyboard input options 0 31 NOTE The DOS UNIX and QNX versions contain additional items in this sub menu Refer to the on line help for this sub menu for a com plete description Beep level 0 5 Default 2 Controls under what conditions VEDIT produces a beep on the speaker 0 VEDIT never beeps the speaker 1 Only beeps under control of the macro language Alert command 2 Also beeps for error messages and when answering prompts with invalid responses Also beeps when pressing invalid keys in the menus Also beeps when pressing unassigned control and function keys Also beeps when attempting to scroll past beginning end of the buffer or attempting to undo redo when there is nothing more Help level 0 1 Default 1 When set to 1 a help line is displayed on the bottom of the screen whenever you are in the menu
422. ream marker except that it selects and highlights columnar blocks In a columnar block only text which is located within a rectangle whose opposite corners are defined by the first block marker and the cursor or second marker is selected Notes Selecting BLOCK Set column marker after BLOCK Set stream marker will change the block from a stream to a columnar one The opposite is also true By highlighting a columnar block with both block markers you can restrict a search or search amp replace operation to the selected columns When highlighting a columnar block the cursor can be moved past the end of a line This action is similar to Cursor positioning mode 4 and makes it easier to select a column of text After copying a columnar block to a text register VEDIT remembers that the register contains a columnar block and will insert it as a columnar block The topic Block Operations Columnar Blocks in Chapter 4 Editing Guide describes columnar blocks in detail It describes how VEDIT pads and trims spaces at the ends of lines and deals with Tab characters To mark a columnar block with the mouse hold down the lt Alt gt key while dragging the mouse over the desired text See Also Block Operations Marking a Block of Text in Chapter 4 BLOCK Set stream marker Set Line Marker Mark the beginning and end of a line block of text Keystroke Edit Function Equivalent lt A
423. reen in size and overlaps any other windows You might assume that buffer 1 is always displayed in window 1 buffer 2 in window 2 and so on This is not true For example if you initially have one file open and then select WINDOW Split buffer 1 will be attached to windows and 2 When you then open a second file buffer 2 will be attached to the auto created window 3 Fortunately it is rarely important to know the window s ID number How window names are displayed There are two ways of identifying windows Each editing window has a unique ID number such as 1 or 2 Special Command mode windows have a non numeric name such as or H This ID name can be displayed in angle brackets e g lt 2 gt or lt gt Windows Chapter 4 Editing Guide 145 Each editing window is attached to an edit buffer The displayed name is the associated buffer number e g 2 Multiple windows per buffer are displayed as e g 2 1 and 2 2 By default VEDIT displays both the ID number and the buffer number however if they are the same it only displays the ID number Therefore lt 3 gt 2 Indicates this is window 3 which is attached to buffer 2 1 Indicates this is window 1 which is attached to buffer 1 It does not display lt 1 gt because it is redundant lt gt Indicates this is the special Command Mode window Itis never attached to a buffer To handle speci
424. reen restore 328 VEDIT 54 63 66 194 309 File Altered unaltered 63 68 190 203 Binary 82 85 286 Buffering 346 Change name Save as 191 Close 140 189 Comparison 257 Comparison macro 168 169 Exit save abandon 63 194 309 FILE menu 186 195 Goto position offset 237 Handling management 345 347 Input file 305 345 Inserting 202 Large long 346 Locking 347 Maximum file size 346 Names of files being edited 67 304 Open 187 188 Open close event macro 271 Output file 305 345 Position 237 Read only 190 335 Save and continue editing 54 190 Save and exit 54 Size 305 Switching between files 140 192 193 Type Binary text 82 85 286 File type specific configuration 153 154 271 375 Filename displaying 67 Fill See Block Fill 229 Font Display 69 217 Printer 113 Form Feed character 290 Format paragraph 136 199 Free memory space 305 Full disk See Disk full error 338 Function control keys 295 326 GOTO menu 235 240 Graphics characters Display 74 213 275 Entering 73 Keyboard 78 Search for 252 Strip high bit 230 Help 313 Help level 294 HELP menu 302 306 Introduction 302 On line 302 313 Status display 304 Hex mode editing 79 80 214 Hexadecimal Offset into file 68 High bit characters See Graphics characters 73 Highlighting See Block markers Color attribute 278 Horizontal scroll increment 274 Horizontal scrol
425. registers gt To empty text registers that are no longer needed 1 Use HELP Text registers to see how much is stored in each register and the first few bytes of their contents Note which register s you want to empty only worry about registers that have 1000 or more bytes in them 2 Select BLOCK Set marker and then immediately BLOCK Copy to register It does not matter where the cursor is Select the register to empty Repeat this step for any other registers to be emptied Text Register Usage The 100 text registers serve two primary purposes For cut and paste operations where they temporarily hold a block of text To hold sequences of commands in the VEDIT PLUS macro language which may be executed as command macros In all cases the registers are holding textual material only the manner in which the text is used is different Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 101 With over 100 text registers available it is easy to forget what each register contains Several text registers are also reserved for special purposes We recommend the following organizational scheme for using registers 0 1 9 10 99 100 101 127 This is the default scratchpad register These are used as additional cut and paste registers from Visual Mode These are used to hold command macros or as string variables in command macros However they can also be used for cut and paste o
426. rgin 134 269 288 Line Center 199 269 377 Display line 67 85 286 Editing long lines 72 85 Erase 209 Go to line 236 Split into two 45 Toggle 25 28 50 line mode 215 Wrap long lines on screen 72 274 LINE BEGIN 47 282 313 Line block See Block 94 220 Line emulation mode 282 LINE END 47 282 314 LINE message 68 lt LF gt 74 286 Line Feed character See also Newline character 74 82 286 Lower and upper case Change switch case of text 227 Converting keys 76 271 Reverse case Keyboard 78 295 Searching 250 257 292 Macintosh text file 83 286 Convert to DOS 84 Macro language See Command Macros 161 Macros See Command macros or Keystroke macros 161 163 Margin See Left and Right margins 134 Markers See Block markers or Text Markers 238 Match parentheses 239 Maximum file size 346 Memory Restricting usage 59 Space free 305 MENU 314 Menu system Preview 263 Microsoft Windows 27 MISC menu 241 248 Monochrome screen colors 29 58 Mouse Right click menu 310 Mouse support Zoom button 211 Multi Tasking Operating Systems 347 Multiple drives 346 Multiple file processing 166 167 Multiple files See Editing 138 143 Network Configuration 31 File locking 347 Installation 31 32 Printing 291 378 New file message 57 Newline character 45 82 286 Display 74 276 Searching 121 122 252 NEXT LINE 314 NEXT PARAGRAPH
427. rily displayed on the status line To see a summary of all DOS version invocation options give the command vedit Invocation Options All Versions VEDIT supports numerous invocation options The syntax is vpw options options filename a outfile VEDIT PLUS for Windows 3 1 is veditpw VEDIT PLUS for DOS is vedit In the Windows version invocation options can be specified by changing the icon s properties or by using the Run command In addition to the filename s one or more invocation options can be specified in upper or lower case when you start up VEDIT b Puts VEDIT into browse only mode All files are opened in Read only mode you can view them but cannot alter them c command Executes the VEDIT PLUS macro language commands command The command may be delimited with quotation marks otherwise it ends on the first space The commands are executed after the startup vdnm file 66 A c command Same as except that the commands are executed before the startup vdm file d Disables Windows 95 98 NT long filename support VEDIT will only recognize the short 8 3 names e Disables the edit session restore feature Only needed when invoking VEDIT without any filenames and when VEDIT was last exited with FILE Enable edit restore enabled g Disables auto configuration the vedit cfg and vedit key files are not loaded during startup gn DOS versio
428. ring the automated installation CTAGS The ctags facility is useful when working on a program with many files Once setup placing the cursor on any function name and pressing a hot key opens the file in which the function is declared with the cursor on the function declaration PRINT This simple print formatting macro can be accessed from the normal Printing dialog box or can immediately be executed when VEDIT starts up It adds the filename date and page number at the top of each page VEDIT PLUS users can enhance it for fancier print formatting SORT Sorts multi line records such as a typical mailing list of names and addresses Other sorting is built into VEDIT WILDFILE This very useful multiple file processing macro lets you perform a search search and replace or run another macro on an entire group of files The group of files may be specified using the wildcards and These files will be searched in the current directory and option ally in all subdirectories WILDFILE performs a superset of the UNIX grep command 14 Chapter1 Introduction Ready To Use Macros Custom Macros and USER Menu VEDIT comes with a library of additional keystroke macros that can be built into the editor and assigned to a hot key KEY MAC LIB Keystroke macro library Includes selecting window color from a color chart duplicating characters and lines moving the cursor by sentence listing
429. rker Set column marker or Set line marker from the BLOCK menu gt To remove clear the block markers at any time 1 Press CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt OR Select BLOCK Remove markers lt Shift F9 gt or toolbar OR Select ESCAPE Remove block markers OR Simultaneously press both mouse buttons Notes Many block operations can be performed after setting only the first marker the cursor position acts as the second marker You must mark the end of the block with the cursor one character PAST the last character to be included in the block See Block Operations in Chapter 4 Editing Guide for a more complete explanation Search replace operations can be restricted to the highlighted block See Searching within a Block described under SEARCH Search in this chapter The block markers can also be set or removed with the mouse The block markers can also be set by holding down the lt Shift gt key and moving the cursor 220 Chapter6 Menu Reference Block Menu See Also Mouse Support Block Operations in Chapter 4 Block Operations Marking a Block of Text in Chapter 4 BLOCK Copy to cursor BLOCK Set column marker Set Column Marker Mark the beginning and end of a columnar block of text Keystroke Edit Function Equivalent lt Alt I gt this is a keystroke macro Full Description Set column marker is similar to Set st
430. rmanent The default OS 2 DOS Settings work quite well with VEDIT and none are critical However the following settings may help VEDIT run better Background_Execution Should be turned Off unless you set CONFIG Misc Keyboard Polling to 1 DOS_Files Should be set to 80 or more since VEDIT needs three handles for each file being edited Idle Sensitivity Setting this to 100 gives more CPU time to DOS programs at the expense of multi tasking Some DOS programs work dramatically better with a setting of 100 VEDIT runs a little better It probably doesn t matter if CONFIG Misc Key board Polling is set to 1 VEDIT automatically detects when it is running as a DOS application within OS 2 2 1 and later including Warp it then maintains the Extended Attrib utes when editing OS 2 files Please note that newly created files will not be given any extended attributes DOS Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 29 Testing the VEDIT DOS Installation After installing VEDIT start it up to make sure that everything is working 1 Assuming that your PATH command includes the directory containing VEDIT you can start up VEDIT from any directory by typing vedit lt Enter gt VEDIT will start up and display its signon message on the bottom line There should also be a flashing cursor in the upper left corner 2 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the ESCAPE menu in the middle of
431. rn and or Line Feed depending upon the file type With Windows DOS files the Carriage Return is optional Similar to IN Match multiple characters zero one or more characters until the string following the IM is satisfied This code is not meaningful as the first item in a search string See also IY and the following sub topic Matching Multiple Characters Match the newline Carriage Return and or Line Feed depend ing upon the file type With Windows DOS files the Carriage Return is mandatory This code can also be used in the replacement string See also IL Match the character with octal value ooo Three digits MUST be present This code can also be used in the replacement string Match any parenthesis lt gt and Internally used by GOTO Matching Match any separator a character which is not a letter a digit or underscore _ Space Tab and all control characters are separa tors Graphics characters value 128 255 are not separators Match the ASCII Tab character hex 09 This code can also be used in the replacement string 122 Chapter 4 lddd 1000 set I set Editing Guide Search and Replace Match any upper case letter This pattern supports non english letters such as umlauts if CONFIG Search options Sup port non english characters is enabled Match any lower case letter See description for IU Match whi
432. roll margin to the window s width lines wrap at the window s right edge Other scroll margins between 40 and 2048 can also be set lines wrap at the specified margin The default value of 0 disables screen wrapping long lines extend indefi nitely to the right Horizontal scroll increment 1 100 Default 20 Determines by how many columns the screen scrolls right or left when SCROLL RIGHT and SCROLL LEFT are pressed or VEDIT scrolls automatically Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 275 Characters Cursors Category Character representations buffer selectable 4 p Screen display mode 0 7 8 16 32 Newline display character 0 254 ab display character 0 254 N i rr Sy o o a 3 fa a o I Null display character 0 254 r types 4 8 verstrike mode Virtual space mode Cursor blink rate 2 25 Screen display mode 0 7 8 16 32 Default 0 Determines how ASCII control and graphics characters are displayed It can also enable the Hexadecimal Octal and EBCDIC modes for all characters Changing this value changes the display mode for the current window and all subsequently created windows it does not affect other existing windows The new display mode will be used for all windows if you select VIEW Reset This option combines several options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired su
433. roperties 56 VEDIT CFG file 149 317 330 VEDIT INI file 21 58 66 150 318 320 VEDIT KEY file 300 319 320 322 323 VEDPATH environment variable 329 Version number VEDIT 304 306 Vertical scrolling 71 VGA display 215 352 View See Windows 258 VIEW menu 211 217 Virtual space mode 276 VISUAL ESCAPE 316 VISUAL EXIT 92 316 Visual Mode 316 Definition 161 Wildcard characters 122 126 166 WILDFILE VDM file 166 167 Windows 144 146 Arrange icons 259 Attach to buffer 144 Border characters 325 Borders 273 Cascade 258 274 Close 140 260 Color attributes 278 Command Mode window 308 Delete 260 Display modes 74 213 275 Editing multiple files 139 189 Full size 139 140 146 212 274 ID Number name 144 260 274 Minimized 259 Multiple per file 259 Name display 274 Naming 144 Overview 144 146 Remove 260 Reset 139 212 Resize 139 Splitting 139 259 Switching 145 261 262 Tile 258 VIEW menu 211 217 WINDOW menu 258 262 Zooming 139 145 211 Windows Clipboard 103 197 Word Count 351 Definition of 133 330 Selecting as a block mouse 221 384 Wrap See also Right margin 135 Word Perfect keyboard layout 93 Word Processing 133 137 Configuration 269 Word wrap Enable 269 WordStar keyboard layout 78 93 Zooming windows See also Windows 145
434. rs sub menu VEDIT cannot change the appearance of the cursor on CRT terminals VEDIT will interrupt screen updates when you are performing rapid screen changes Operations such as PAGE DOWN require updating the entire screen If you press another PAGE DOWN while the screen is updating VEDIT interrupts the unwanted update and restarts to display the most current screen You are most likely to notice this if you hold down the PAGE DOWN key Hex Mode Editing and Octal Chapter 4 Editing Guide 79 Hex Mode Editing and Octal HINT For some types of editing particularly binary files it is easiest to display and edit the file in hexadecimal Octal editing is also available You can switch to hexadecimal or octal editing in three ways Select VIEW Toggle hex mode split lt Alt gt This is usually the preferred way Select VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar several times until the window is in hexadecimal or octal Set CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen display mode to 8 or 16 for octal VIEW Toggle hex mode split lets you edit a file in two windows one displays in hexadecimal the other in normal ASCII You can also display in EBCDIC The ASCII window initially uses display mode 4 in which all characters including the newline lt LF gt lt CR gt and lt Tab gt characters are displayed literally using the IBM PC character set The cursors
435. rs run within one Make script The following make programs are supported Microsoft NMAKE Borland MAKE Avocet MAKE Other UNIX style Make programs VEDIT supports these and other compilers Microsoft C C Quick C Quick Basic Basic Compiler Fortran Cobol MASM Assembler Borland C Turbo C Turbo Assembler Turbo Pascal Sun Java SDK Lahey Fortran 77 Personal Fortran 77 Metaware High C e Micro Focus Cobol Microrim Rbase Compiler Nantucket Clipper Compiler Realia Cobol SDS C C CrossCode Compiler Watcom C C Compiler Whitesmith 68HC11 C Compiler Zortech C Others 2500 A D Acucobol Avocet Microtec SVS etc We can assist customers in adding support for new and custom compilers 16 Chapter Introduction V SPELL V SPELL V SPELL Spelling Corrector This is the ultimate spelling corrector that proofreads 50 pages 100 Kbytes of text in under 10 seconds displays misspelled words in context and can instantly suggest corrections for any misspelling Since it automatically cor rects the words in the document there is no need to go back to the word processor The 70 000 word main dictionary is expandable you can have your own supplemental dictionaries and or merge them into the main diction ary You can even create your own main dictionary Not only VEDIT but most popular word processors are supported For typesetting desktop publish
436. rt the entire file select BLOCK Select all lt Ctrl A gt to block highlight the file 2 Select BLOCK Convert newlines Convert macro The macro will display a menu of conversion choices 3 Select the Mac to DOS conversion by typing the number for this choice The block file is now converted Binary Data Files Record Mode VEDIT treats files that do not have any newline characters in them as binary data files Files with text lines longer than about 2000 characters are also treated as binary data files Binary data files are usually edited in Record Mode in which a uniform number of characters are displayed per line or record This defaults to 64 but can be changed with CONFIG File handling File type Selecting a value of 8 2048 selects Record Mode and selects the number of characters displayed per line The number of characters per line is referred to as the record size Setting the desired record size also handles files with fixed length records For example files downloaded from IBM mainframes often have records of 80 or 256 characters Most database files also have fixed length records The record size is often greater than the width of the current window The record can be viewed using horizontal scrolling or by wrapping the record onto multiple screen lines CONFIG Display options Horizontal scroll mar gin controls how long lines are displayed In Record Mode
437. s window may readily be moved anywhere within the edit buffer with the PAGE UP PAGE DOWN and other cursor movement functions Furthermore the edit buffer can be considered a window into a large file Moving this edit buffer window toward the end of the file is referred to as forward file buffering and moving it toward the beginning of the file as backward file buffering VEDIT also performs auto buffering when necessary to insert large blocks of text For example if there is not enough free memory to insert the contents of a large text register part of the edit buffer will be written to disk to make the necessary memory free Backward File Buffering When editing a large file you often want to edit some text which has already passed through the edit buffer and has been written to disk to the output file This is the purpose of backward file buffering Backward file buffering reads text from the output file back into the beginning of the edit buffer for further editing First however it makes additional space free in the edit buffer by writing out text from the end of the edit buffer to a temporary disk file The file has a name extension of rR where r is the edit buffer number Since backward disk buffering requires an additional temporary file VEDIT requires additional free disk space when editing files Although backward file buffering works just as automatically and invisibly as f
438. s PPPPPrPrYrrYrY 666666 PPPPPPPE 51515 5 SS SS Fi Help i LINE 7 COL 18 The trailing spaces including the existing ones on lines 4 have been trimmed However the trailing spaces on line 8 which was not involved in the insertion still remain Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 109 As explained earlier Tab characters in a columnar block operation are first converted to spaces and can optionally be converted back to Tab characters However a single space is never converted to a Tab character Also the first two spaces following a period and are not converted to a Tab character This makes columnar block operations more compatible with the needs of word processing coy The above discussion also applies to columnar block copy move performed with BLOCK Copy to cursor and BLOCK Move to cursor These are implemented with an internal text register and therefore operate identically Notes Use BLOCK Edit translate Detab to convert Tab characters in a file to spaces Use USER Remove trailing spaces to remove all trailing spaces from a file 110 Chapter4 Editing Guide Translating a Block or File Translating a Block or File A marked block or entire file can be translated using the built in EBCDIC table the supplied ANSI table or with a user created table When a block file is translated each byte is simply converted to another byte according to the current table the size of
439. s are normally treated as text graphics characters Alter natively they can be treated as function keys This is not desirable on an IBM PC it is desirable when running VEDIT on external CRT terminals UNIX version Unassigned function control keys can enter their codes directly into the text This is not desirable on an IBM PC it may be of use with some foreign language CRT terminals ten The case of all letters can be flipped e g typing a gives you A and typing A gives you a We are not exactly sure why you would want this but many years ago some users asked for it Inakey sequence the 2nd and following Ctrl character can be converted to the equivalent letter This is useful for the WordStar emulation key board layout so that e g K V is equivalent to K V Since this does not affect other layouts it is the default Other Screen Display Issues DOS Only Technical On the IBM PC you can select from seven different cursor types four software cursors and three system cursors VEDIT is typically configured to have a different cursor appearance in Insert versus Overstrike mode For the software cursors you can select the blink rate or a non blinking cursor and a specific cursor color For the system cursors you can choose a thin medium or full height cursor These options are a matter of personal preference and are configured with the CONFIG Characters Curso
440. s are sent to perform the page eject The default is to send a Form Feed which performs a page eject on nearly all printers 2 Optionally sends the configured Print job finish string to the printer 3 Closes the print job This releases the print job and it should begin printing When printing to a file it closes the file Nothing will print until VEDIT closes the print job Similarly when printing to a file the file will be empty until you close the print job When you exit VEDIT any open print job is automatically closed DOS version Text may print before VEDIT closes the print job because characters are sent directly to a local printer Print Job Start Finish Strings This is a technical topic Windows Since Windows sends its own print job start finish strings for most printers attempting to set them within VEDIT will have no effect The only exception is the Generic text printer If you select this printer Windows does not send its own print job start finish strings and you can send the strings from VEDIT You can easily add the Generic text printer from within the Windows 95 98 NT Printer Control Panel An optional Print job start string can be sent at the beginning of each print job to initialize the printer This is typically used to select a font pitch size or weight This is particularly useful on network printers where different users might have different printing preferences
441. s are to be loaded into register 100 Theoretically you could load multiple macros into different text registers but that is a VEDIT PLUS topic There is nothing special about the way command macros are stored in text registers there is no difference between text registers that contain cut and paste blocks of text and those that contain command macros To avoid confusion we recommend using registers 0 through 9 for block opera tions The remaining registers are then available for command macros Once a command macro begins running it often uses additional text registers for its own use Some may be used as subroutine macros others as string variables A command macro can write protect its registers to prevent you from accidentally altering them during block operations HELP Text registers lists which registers are currently in use Some macros must be executed from a particular text register such as 100 while others can be executed from any text register The beginning of a macro should document what registers it uses Command Macros Chapter5 Advanced Topics 163 This chapter assumes that all command macros are loaded into text register 100 Notes Several functions are implemented as command macros that VEDIT automat ically loads as needed These macros are loaded into hidden text register 120 and therefore will not interfere with any macros that you are running
442. s if you selected CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout After your selection you are returned to your original file If VEDIT detects an error in the edited keyboard layout it reports an error with the line number and gives you a choice of editing the layout again or quitting the function NOTE A common error is to forget a newline on the last line of the keyboard layout See Also CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout in Chapter 6 Menu Refer ence 92 Chapter4 Editing Guide Editing the Keyboard Layout Adding a Keystroke Macro from KEY MAC LIB NOTE This topic assumes you already know how to open and close files edit multiple files and cut and paste blocks of text The file KEY MAC LIB is a library of useful keystroke macros that can be added to VEDIT Included are macros for moving the cursor by sentences counting words in a file a window color selection chart and much more Although the VEDIT PLUS macro language is used in the keystroke macros they will also work in VEDIT gt Toadda keystroke macro from KEY MAC LIB 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit layout so that you can edit the current keyboard layout as the file veditkey tmp 2 Open the file key mac lib for editing It should be in the VEDIT Home Directory E g use FILE Open lt Ctrl O gt to open the file c vedit key mac 1lib 3 Highlight the macro to be added Most macros begin with VISUAL EXIT
443. s operation See Also VEDIT KEY Layout File in Chapter 8 CONFIG Keyboard layout Load layout Display unused keys Display a list of unused unassigned keys Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item displays a list of keys that are currently unused not assigned to an edit function or keystroke macro These keys are therefore available for use as hot keys that can be assigned to menu items or other keystroke macros These keys can be assigned with CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro CONFIG Key board layout Record keystroke macro or by editing the keyboard layout with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout or by directly editing the vedit key file 300 Chapter6 Menu Reference Keyboard Layout Sub menu Notes The dialog boxes for Add keystroke macro and Record keystroke macro also let you view the list of unused keys See Also CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro CONFIG Key board layout Record keystroke macro Keystroke Macros and Editing the Keyboard Layout in Chapter 4 VEDIT KEY Layout File in Chapter 8 Save Layout to a File Save entire keyboard layout in vedit key or another file Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item saves the entire keyboard layout including any new keystroke macros into the vedit key file or other specified file By saving into vedit key any layout changes wi
444. s the monochrome Black White screen attributes You can configure both a set of color attributes and a set of monochrome attributes This is only needed if VEDIT was installed configured for a color display and you have a monochrome display connected to a color VGA adapter Passes the numeric value nnn to a command macro as an option For example the SORT VDM macro uses this option VEDIT PLUS This value is accessed with the N_Option command DOS version only VEDIT writes to the screen via the BIOS instead of directly to the screen memory This over rides the value set by the configuration parameter Con fig H_USE_BIOS Chapter 8 Same as o1 VEDIT writes to the screen via the BIOS on non IBM type machines This is necessary for VEDIT to work on the Tandy 2000 and other near compatibles Prints the specified file and immediately exits This is equiva lent to selecting FILE Print and then Al entire file Runs VEDIT in quiet minimized mode without displaying it on the screen It is typically followed by the x or c Starting Invoking VEDIT Chapter 4 Editing Guide 59 r S nnn Vv x execfile x execfile filename a outfile l nnn NOTE Notes options to execute a macro When the macro is done it automatically saves all files and exits Restricted only the file s specified on startup can be edited All editing operatio
445. same window Notes This function is useful for getting VEDIT back to a reasonable state after you have split many windows changed display modes and switched window colors Toggle Display Mode Toggle the current window through ASCII Hex and EBCDIC display modes Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt D gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description This item toggles the current window through five ASCII display modes hexadecimal octal and EBCDIC The ASCII display modes let you view control and graphics characters in different ways It is easiest to understand these modes by toggling through all modes while viewing a file containing some control and graphics characters gt To toggle the current window through all display modes 1 Select VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar This will toggle to the next mode 2 With the normal keyboard layout repeatedly press lt Alt D gt until you have toggled through all modes Alternatively if the lt Alt D gt hot key is not defined you can repeatedly press REPEAT LAST lt Alt R gt Notes If you toggle an ASCII file into EBCDIC mode it will display as gibberish Conversely an EBCDIC file displays as gibberish in ASCII mode For this reason the status line displays EBCDIC when in this mode The status line temporarily displays a message indicating which mode you are in You can restore the screen to its normal mode by selecting VIEW Reset Th
446. scription This item loads the compiler support items into the Tools menu replacing any existing Tools or Tutorial menu You can load either the normal compiler support which uses the com pile cnf configuration file or the Java SDK specific support which uses the java sdk cnf configuration file and a slightly different JavaTools menu You can easily switch between Java SDK and another compiler by selecting MISC Load compiler support again Notes If the normal compiler support is selected it loads the compile mnu menu file If the Java SDK compiler support is selected it loads the java sdk mnu menu file For the compiler support to work under DOS it is usually necessary for V SWAP to already be installed in memory This function is implemented by the compile vdm macro The original startup vdm macro loads the Tutorial menu but can easily be modified to load the Tools menu instead See Also Integrated Compiler Support in Chapter 5 On line help topic Compiler Support DOS COMPILE Load TOOLS Menu Load USER Menu Load anew TOOLS or USER menu Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description These items load a new menu file as the TOOLS or USER menu You are prompted for the desired filename The file selection dialog box initially displays all mnu files in the VEDIT Home Directory Since only user mnu is supplied with VEDIT and is automatically loaded
447. se file and press lt Alt F12 gt to confirm that it works AR ia CFUNC C Program Outliner Chapter5 Advanced Topics 175 CFUNC C Program Outliner The CFUNC macro is a split screen outliner that lists each C program routine declaration in a separate window as you move through the list the original window moves through the C program gt Tostart the C program outliner 1 Select MISC More macros Cfunc A typical screen display while the CFUNC VDM macro is running is Use cursor keys and press lt Enter gt to select or lt Esc gt to Quit void mainlargc argy int allnums buf cp n l_vali iD ae eee weed Char chkext def arg char msg int chkparms argc argu argi register int msg_flg N in unsigned char ck_malloc size unsigned int def void clrscreenli unsigned int min max a void error selector str unsigned int hexf lag 7 input in void getline buf len int getrange msg msg_flg def register int ret_code first_error void give_error min max hexf unsigned int hexchar c base extern void give_error void memonic c int menu header men max def first_error TRUE unsigned char onechar msg def lt void outc ch Zoe CUM Ct Ce ieee void outcrlf void output fnmt s printf Nn void pause printf s s paddy msg void process sel if msg_flg RET_OK int readdef def hexf lag Ue MeN Ae CU e i void setup _key else if msg_flg GET_MENU tod Use lt Curso
448. se the compiler support Compile ShftF5 Link ShftF6 Debug Shtt F Make ShftF8 Examine errors Next error AIN Previous error AltP Info display Resume editing ShftF10 gt Torun the compiler support 1 Start VEDIT and open the main file to be compiled E g you want to be switched to the main c file and not to a h or other include file The current file will be the project file This is the filename that is given to the compiler or linker command Via the proj ext expansion de scribed above 184 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Integrated Compiler Support If you are using a Make file to compile and link your project you do not need be switched to the main project file 2 Select TOOLS Compile or press its hot key The compiler will imme diately run you may temporarily see some output on the screen Note if you do not have a TOOLS Compile item refer to the section Enable compiler support above 3 When the compiler is done the output from the compiler will be displayed in a VEDIT window If there were no compilation errors or you don t want to look at them now simply press lt Enter gt or lt Esc gt to resume editing If there were errors and you want to go to the first one now press F It will switch to the source code file with the error and position the curson on the line containing the error The full error message will be displayed in a separate wind
449. seful with WILDFILE macro to search for next occurrence VEDIT Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial 43 Chapter 3 Quick Tutorial Let s take a quick tour of VEDIT This chapter covers the basics of opening editing printing and saving a file In short you will know all that s required to really use VEDIT Each basic editing function in VEDIT has a name that we normally show such as HELP and CURSOR RIGHT We also show which key to press to perform these editing functions lt F1 gt and lt Cursor Right gt To keep things simple this quick tutorial often just lists which key to press to perform various editing operations However the rest of VEDIT s documen tation and on line help is oriented towards the names of the editing functions NOTE Since this quick tutorial is specific on which keys to press it assumes that you have installed the Windows or DOS version of VEDIT and selected the Normal keyboard layout If you notice something about VEDIT s behavior that you don t like don t worry As you will see just about everything about VEDIT is configurable For example you can easily configure common keys like lt Enter gt lt Tab gt lt Begin gt lt End gt and the cursor arrows to emulate any other editor 44 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT Starting VEDIT gt Tos 1 2 Path tart VEDIT and begin editing a file Double click the VEDIT icon with the mouse Select FILE Open This nota
450. sert lt Ctrl L gt hold down the lt Ctrl gt key while you type L Alternatively you can enter control and graphics characters any where e g in the search dialog box by holding down the lt Alt gt key and then typing its ASCII value on the numeric keypad Then release the lt Alt gt key This is a function of Windows DOS and also works with most other programs 202 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Menu Notes This item is rarely used because it is usually more convenient to simply press ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt However this is a logical item to have in the EDIT menu for new users ENTER CTRL also works in the search and replace dialog boxes Characters can also be entered by ASCII value with MISC ASCII table If you are entering or changing many control characters it may be easier to switch to Hex mode editing See Also Screen Display and Keyboard Characters in Chapter 4 MISC ASCII table CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen display mode ENTER CTRL in Chapter 7 Insert File Insert an entire file at the cursor position Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description Insert file inserts an entire file at the current cursor position This can be used to merge several files together or to start a newly created file with the contents of a template file gt To insert the contents of another file 1 Place the cursor at the location where the file should be inserted The fi
451. signment to the HELP function is displayed Additional status information is available by selecting the menu item HELP Status display The Status Line may include the following information r BLOCK BYTE C N S COL xxxx Command Mode DISK EBCDIC Note filename The is followed by the number of the active edit buffer Indicates that both block markers have been set The block markers can be removed by pressing CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt or by selecting BLOCK Remove markers lt Shft F9 gt They can also be re moved via the toolbar by pressing both mouse buttons or just double pressing the lt Ctrl gt key Indicates which byte from the beginning of the line record is being editing COL changes to BYTE when CONFIG File handling File type has been set to 8 or greater for editing binary and data files or when editing in hexadecimal or octal mode The status of the Caps Num Scroll Lock is displayed on the status line with the single letters C N and S Windows and DOS only Indicates in which column of the text the cursor is Changes to BYTE during record mode or hex octal editing Indicates that VEDIT is running a command macro a macro written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language Only the edit buffer number and filename are displayed on the status line in Command Mode The disk is full this requires imm
452. sion precede the last character with ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt Manual Setup You can initially try out template editing by loading a template editing macro from within VEDIT However if you regularly want to use template editing you should enable it inside the startup vdm file gt To setup template editing from within VEDIT 1 Select MISC Load template file 2 Select the desired vtm file using Point and Shoot vedit vtm is a combination of c vtm and htm1 vtm which only works in conjunction with the startup vdnm file 3 Enable CONFIG Programming Enable template editing if neces sary MISC Load template file automatically enables template editing in the current file 4 Ifyou loaded c vtm try typing if to see the expansion If you loaded html vtm try typing he which should expand to lt HEAD gt lt HEAD gt with the cursor in the middle Automatic template editing for C and HTML The supplied startup vdm file contains the commands to perform template editing and color syntax highlighting for C and HTML files This is part of the File type specific configuration When you open a file with a c cpp or h filename extension template editing for C is automatically enabled When you open an html htm or htl file template editing for HTML is Template Editing Chapter5 Advanced Topics 159 automatically enabled Template editing is disabled for other
453. sions Expressions that match a single character list list list b dDDD e f hHH n N o000 r s t 0 Period Simple wildcard that matches any character Matches any one character in the list Matches any one character not in the ist Same is equivalent to Matches the ASCII backspace character hex 08 Matches the character with decimal value DDD All three digits MUST be present Matches the ASCII lt Esc gt character hex 1B Matches the ASCII Form feed character hex 0C Matches the character with hexadecimal value HH Both digits MUST be present Matches the Line Feed character hex 0A This is the newline char acter for UNIX type text files To search for multiple line patterns use AN instead Matches the newline character s and allows searching for multiple line patterns The newline depends upon the current file type and can be CR CR LF or LF AN and N are currently not supported Matches the character with octal value OOO All three digits MUST be present Lower case Matches the ASCII CR character hex OD Matches the ASCII space character hex 20 Matches the ASCII tab character hex 09 Zero Matches the ASCII Null character hex 00 followed by a special character matches that character The special characters are a 7 AIT I Expressions that match
454. sition and not automat ically at the beginning of the block However if the cursor is not within the block and you select the Block option a forward search automatically starts at the beginning of the block Similarly a backwards search starts at the end of the block 3 The entire search string must be found within the highlighted text this is especially important when searching within columnar blocks In other words VEDIT will not locate a word where half of it is highlighted and the other half is not highlighted Notes The search and replacement strings are limited to 260 characters The contents of a text register can be used as the entire search replace string or as a portion of it In pattern matching mode use I r to include text register r in the search replace string In regular expression mode use r This permits variable search replace strings To search for a newline use IN in pattern matching mode or N in regular expression mode In the DOS version you can alternatively press lt Ctrl N gt This will display the newline characters according to the current file type e g lt CR gt lt LF gt The lt Ctrl N gt is not configurable think N for newline To search for control or other characters use lddd in pattern matching mode or dddd in regular expression mode where ddd is the decimal value of the character In the D
455. sk or downloaded ZIP file to your VEDIT directory As described below be sure that HomeDir and UserCfgDir specify the correct VEDIT Home Directory and User Config Directory Also be sure that the entry Startup is set to the filename startup vdm VEDIT PLUS Go to the Command Mode COMMAND prompt and enter the command Config_String to verify the current settings for VEDIT Home Directory and User Config Directory Make sure that the UserCfgDir entry in the vedit ini file specifies the correct User Config Directory it is typically c vedit Then check that this directory contains the files vedit cfg and vedit key Remember CONFIG Save config creates the vedit cfg file and CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout cre ates the vedit key file Make sure that the HomeDir entry in the vedit ini file specifies the correct VEDIT Home Directory it is typically also c vedit For most installations the VEDIT Home Directory and User Config Directory are set the same e g vedit However if VEDIT is installed on a shared network server for multiple licensed users the VEDIT Home Directory is typically set to the network server e g h apps vedit Troubleshooting Chapter 8 Configuration 321 and the User Config Directory is typically set to a local hard disk e g c vedit If the User Config Directory is inadvertently set to the network server then you
456. so since VEDIT does not use any DLL files installing or un installing it will not affect other programs The Supplemental manual supplied with the QNX version of VEDIT PLUS describes the installation and configuration in detail If this supplement is not available first install VEDIT PLUS with the command etc install dev fd0 Then print the supplemental text file qnx4 vedit readme doc Windows Installation NOTE Welcome to the Installation for VEDIT PLUS 6 0 Welcome VEDIT can be installed as a 30 day trial version as the full product or as an update It requires only a few megabytes of disk space The VEDIT installation is exceptionally clean and will not affect any other programs It does not add or overwrite any files in your Windows directory it only places files in the selected VEDIT directory View the README TXT file for introductory information about installing and running VEDIT Install the 32 bit Windows version of VEDIT PLUS This version is optimized for Windows 95 98 ME NT 2000 XP Install pos Install the DOS version of VEDIT PLUS Besides DOS this version also works well in Windows 95 98 ME Exit Exit the Installation Please email us at support vedit com or call us at 734 996 1300 if you need any assistance or have any questions about VEDIT Thank you Be sure to read the file README TXT before installing VEDIT This file may contain last minute installation instructions
457. sor Move to cursor lt Alt F9 gt Set 1st Marker Set 2nd Marker Move to cursor Notes The normal VEDIT keyboard layout assigns lt F9 gt to BLOCK Set stream marker Alternatively you could assign lt F9 gt to BLOCK Copy to cursor lt F9 gt would then perform a convenient combination of setting block markers and copying a block of text Earlier versions of VEDIT did this Copying a block of text to two or more places in your file or into another file is best done with the use of a scratchpad text registers 98 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations Text Registers and the Scratchpad VEDIT has over 100 text holding areas called text registers each of which is similar to the scratchpad or clipboard in other editors The text registers are numbered from 0 to 100 Some additional registers above 100 are only accessible in the VEDIT PLUS macro language By convention registers 0 through 9 are reserved for cut and paste operations The text registers are accessed with BLOCK Copy to register BLOCK Move to register and BLOCK Insert register These functions prompt for the register s number If you simply press lt Enter gt or double press the function s hot key it selects the default register 0 which is also called the scratchpad The Scratchpad Text Register Text register 0 is also called the scratchpad It is the defa
458. sor position when marking the end of a columnar block Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 97 BLOCK Copy Move to cursor BLOCK Copy to cursor and BLOCK Move to cursor save steps when performing the common operations of copying or moving a block of text within your file Instead of having to first copy or cut the block to the scratchpad clipboard you can simply copy move a highlighted block to the current cursor position This is possible because VEDIT s blocks are persistent after highlighting a block you can move the cursor and the block remains highlighted BLOCK Copy Move to cursor can also be used to set block markers Their operation depends upon how many block markers are set see the table below In this way only a single key is needed to copy a block of text gt To directly copy move a block using a single key 1 Move the cursor to the first character of the block Press lt Ctrl F9 gt the hot key for BLOCK Copy to cursor 2 Move the cursor past the last character of the block Press lt Ctrl F9 gt again The block is now highlighted 3 Move the cursor to the destination for the block Press lt Ctrl F9 gt for the third time The text will be copied in front of the cursor Alternatively use lt Alt F9 gt to move the block Block Function Key Behavior Function Key No Marker Set Ist Marker Set 2nd Marker Set Copy to cursor lt Ctrl F9 gt Set 1st Marker Set 2nd Marker Copy to cur
459. splay as gibberish The default EBCDIC table can be replaced with a custom translation table via BLOCK Edit translate Load translate table As a convenience VIEW Toggle display mode lt Alt D gt or toolbar toggles the current window through these nine modes In hexadecimal or octal mode new text must also be entered in the same mode For example in hex mode only hexadecimal digits are valid In EBCDIC mode the ASCII keyboard characters will be translated to the EBCDIC equivalent and entered into the file Therefore when you type A you will see A on the screen even though the EBCDIC equivalent was entered into the text See Also The The topic Hex Mode Editing later in this chapter The topic Translating a Block or File later in this chapter lt Tab gt Key and Tab Characters The lt Tab gt key is almost always assigned to the TAB CHARACTER function In Insert mode the lt Tab gt key normally inserts a Tab character into the text Tab characters are displayed using spaces to the next tab stop even though these spaces do not exist in the text As a convenience you do not have to be in Insert Mode to insert text on top of a Tab character the Tab character will not be overwritten until you reach its last displayed position When the cursor is within a highlighted block the operation of TAB CHAR ACTER and BACKTAB changes to indent and undent the entire block Because
460. splays CONFIG Colors Enable monochrome selects which set is being used and configured The invocation option m forces this setting to monochrome The monochrome attributes can be used as an alternate set of colors For example you may prefer one set on your desktop computer and another set on your laptop A single vedit cfg file could be configured for both comput ers Use the m invocation option when running on the Laptop The VEDIT environment variable can be used to make m the default Only the colors used in the Windows version are listed here Refer to Chapter 8 Configuration or the on line help in the CONFIG Colors sub menus for a description of parameters not covered here 278 Chapter6 Menu Reference Config Menu Edited text Sets the primary color for the text in windows The color of individual windows can subsequently be changed with MISC Color Toggle lt Alt J gt The initial value is set during installation Windows version A value of 0 uses the default Windows color scheme However we recommend setting an explicit value so that it can be coordinated with the syntax highlighting colors For example white on blue value 31 or yellow on blue value 30 are good editing colors DOS version An explicit value must be set do not use 0 because that results in invisible text Window erase Sets the color for those portions of a window where there is no text Th
461. ss lt Enter gt The status line now prompts Press key to repeat 3 Press Fifty asterisk characters will be entered into your text At the Enter repeat count you can enter any number up to 256 This maximum of 256 is configurable up to 65 535 After the repeat count is entered you can press any text character or press any editing function such as ERASE LINE For example to delete 75 lines press lt Ctrl R gt At the prompt type 75 and lt Enter gt Then press lt Ctrl L gt the ERASE LINE function You can also repeat the last editing operation by pressing REPEAT LAST lt Alt R gt Each successive REPEAT LAST repeats the last editing opera tion one more time VEDIT also lets you repeatedly perform a sequence of editing steps over and over again This is done using keystroke macros which are extensively covered in their own topic in Chapter 4 Editing Guide Cut and Paste a Block VEDIT has an exceptionally wide range of block operations You can see most of them in the BLOCK and BLOCK Edit translate menus Probably the most common block operation is to cut a block from one location and paste it into another location Most Windows editors give you just one way VEDIT gives you at least three ways You can cut and paste using the Windows clipboard This is identical to other editors You can cut and paste using any of VEDIT s
462. st made line by line Pressing lt Ctrl Shift Z gt is equivalent to pressing lt Ctrl Z gt several or many times Sometimes when you use Undo you accidentally go too far and remove changes you wanted to keep Or you simply change your mind and want to undo the undo This capability is called Redo To redo your last undo press lt Ctrl Y gt To try it out enter a few short lines of new text Then repeatedly press lt Ctrl Shift Z gt the undo line function until the new text is gone Now repeatedly press or hold down lt Ctrl Y gt your text should come back character by character Since each lt Ctrl Y gt will redo one lt Ctrl Z gt it usually takes several or many lt Ctrl Y gt s to redo one lt Ctrl Shift Z gt 50 Chapter3 Quick Tutorial VEDIT Repeating Operations It is often desirable to repeat an editing operation such as inserting the same character many times With the REPEAT function lt Ctrl R gt you can perform these operations a specified number of times without having to press the same key over and over again For example if you needed to enter 50 asterisk characters into your text you could press the key fifty times counting very carefully However the better way is to use the REPEAT function gt Example To enter 50 characters into your text 1 Press lt Ctrl R gt The status line will prompt you with Enter repeat count 2 Type 50 and pre
463. sted in KEY MAC LIB as VISUAL EXIT Out_Ins Date NOCR Ins_Text Time NOCR Out_Ins CLEAR 1 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro or press lt Alt A gt 2 Atthe Assigned hot key prompt press lt Ctrl F12 gt Then press lt Tab gt to accept lt Ctrl F12 gt 3 At the Edit sequence prompt first press the key that is currently assigned to VISUAL EXIT this is typically lt Ctrl E gt The screen will 90 Chapter4 Editing Guide Keystroke Macros echo VISUAL EXIT DO NOT type the characters VISUAL EXIT DO NOT PRESS lt Enter gt KEY MAC LIB lists the macros on multiple lines for clarity and because some of them are quite long Keystroke macros are entered as one long line The only exception is if the macro contains a RETURN in its place first press ENTER CTRL lt Ctrl Q gt then press lt Enter gt Enter the rest of the keystroke macro just as it appears in KEY MAC LIB If you make a mistake press BACKSPACE to delete the keystroke Finally press lt Enter gt to accept the edit sequence To make new keystroke macros permanent select CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout to save the layout into vedit key Modifying an Existing Keystroke Macro While it is usually better to use CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit layout to modify a keystroke macro it can also be done with the Add keystroke macro function gt Modifying an existing keys
464. stom display modes Although this parameter has many possible values these nine values are the most useful 0 Default Display graphics and control characters literally Null value 00 characters are displayed according to CONFIG Char acters Cursors Null display character 1 Display graphics characters literally but display control characters in the x format 2 Display control characters literally but display graphics characters as decimal values in the format lt nnn gt Screen Display amp Keyboard Characters Chapter4 Editing Guide 75 3 Display graphics characters in the lt nnn gt format and control char acters in the x format 4 Display all characters literally including lt Tab gt lt CR gt lt LF gt and lt Null gt This mode is used in the ASCII window following VIEW Toggle Hex mode split 8 Display all characters in hexadecimal This mode is used in the Hexadecimal window following VIEW Toggle Hex mode split 16 Display all characters in octal 64 Process characters with ANSI OEM translation 128 All text characters are processed by the EBCDIC or custom transla tion table the resulting characters are displayed literally The default translation table is EBCDIC instead of displaying each byte as a normal ASCII character it is displayed as the equivalent EBCDIC character The text in EBCDIC mainframe files will then be readable However normal ASCII files will di
465. sure the cursor is within the highlighted block or immediately after it 2 Press EDIT Indent lt F8 gt and EDIT Undent lt F7 gt until the block is correctly indented OR Press lt Tab gt and lt Shift Tab gt to correctly indent the block 3 Use any desired method to remove the block highlighting E g press CANCEL lt Ctrl gt Notes The file KEY MAC LIB contains several keystroke macros that can also perform block indenting One aligns the left edge of the current line with the cursor and advances to the next line Another aligns the current line with the previous line and advances to the next line See Also EDIT Indent in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Block Operations Chapter 4 Editing Guide 105 Columnar Blocks VEDIT can manipulate columns of text A columnar block is a rectangle of characters in your file It can be anywhere from character wide to the full width of the text being edited It can also extend from as little as one line to many pages in length All of VEDIT s block operations work with columnar blocks You can also restrict a search replace operation to the columnar block Columnar blocks are especially convenient for editing tabular data such as a spreadsheet or a database For example you could copy a table of numbers say between lines 10 and 20 and between columns 30 and 40 to a text register This columnar block of numbers can then be inserted anywhere else To make columnar
466. switch between the files currently being edited by toggling between them by switching directly to a particular buffer or by using point and shoot selection gt To switch to another file 1 Select FILE Previous buffer or FILE Next buffer lt F5 gt lt F6 gt This toggles round robin fashion to the next previous open edit buffer and the file if any being edited in it These functions are also available on the toolbar OR 1 Select FILE Buffer switch lt F4 gt You are prompted for the buffer number Buffer number 2 Enter the desired buffer number or select the desired buffer using point amp shoot Closing Files and Windows The easiest way to close a file without exiting VEDIT is to double click the window s icon this is the same as selecting WINDOW Close lt Ctrl F4 gt If this is the only window displaying the file which is the typical case it closes the file and the corresponding buffer If a file is displayed in two or more windows WINDOW Close does not close the file until you close its last window Alternatively you can select FILE Close to close the current buffer saving or abandoning any file in it It also closes all windows attached to the buffer In the typical case where each file is displayed in only one window FILE Close and WINDOW Close are identical Editing Multiple Files Chapter 4 Editing Guide 141 NOTE VEDIT always keeps one buffer and window
467. t FILE Print default lt Ctrl P gt Assuming a block of text is not highlighted Al is automatically selected otherwise manually select AI Select the Ok button or press lt Enter gt gt To print a single block of text 1 2 3 4 Highlight the desired text as a block Select FILE Print default lt Ctrl P gt If the cursor is within the highlighted block Selection Block is automatically selected otherwise manually select it Leave Auto close Finish print job enabled Select the Ok button or press lt Enter gt gt To print multiple blocks of text e g on the same page l 2 3 Highlight the desired text as a block Select FILE Print default lt Ctrl P gt If the cursor is within the highlighted block Selection Block is automatically selected otherwise manually select it Disable Auto close Finish print job Select the Ok button or press lt Enter gt Repeat steps 1 and 2 to highlight and print the additional blocks of text They will be printed one after another Since the print job has not yet been closed a different dialog box is displayed Printing in VEDIT Chapter 4_ Editing Guide 115 7 Select FILE Print again then select the Finish Eject button to finish close the print job and release it to the printer Printer Margins All printing margins can be selected from CONFIG Printer A Top margin and
468. t abandon and exit See File Exit 63 Read only file 190 335 Read only mode 57 286 Record mode 84 Record size 84 Redo 49 81 204 Registers See Text register 98 Regular expressions 126 292 REPEAT 196 295 314 Keystroke macros 297 REPEAT LAST 314 Repeating operations See also REPEAT 50 196 Replacement string 253 Restore edit session 57 64 194 285 Retabbing Spaces to tabs 228 267 RETURN See also lt Enter gt key 315 Right margin 135 269 289 Right click menu 310 RM message 68 Running programs Shell 176 177 242 244 328 Save configuration changes into VEDIT 265 Save configuration changes to disk 264 Save keyboard layout 300 Save text and continue 54 190 Save text and exit 54 63 194 309 Scratchpad text register 70 98 206 380 Screen Color chart 360 Color attributes 58 277 278 Display updating 78 Display modes 74 213 275 Initialize 212 Overlap when paging 327 Restore on exit 328 Scrolling 71 72 Size 327 352 Writing Direct Memory BIOS 58 326 SCREEN BEGIN 282 315 SCREEN END 282 315 Scroll bars 216 273 SCROLL DOWN 71 282 315 SCROLL LEFT 71 274 315 SCROLL RIGHT 71 274 315 SCROLL UP 71 282 315 Scroll increment 274 Scroll lock 67 Scroll margin 274 Scrolling 71 72 315 327 Search 120 132 249 257 Again 254 Blocks 251 255 Carriage Return 122 Case sensitive 250 257 292 Configur
469. t and abandon any changes made or delete unneeded files from your disk Or you can use FILE Save as to save the file on another drive 64 Chapter4 Editing Guide Exiting VEDIT MISC DOS shell and MISC Run program let you execute DOS commands for deleting files Be careful not to delete any files that start with the same name as the file s you are editing VEDIT may be using these files for temporary storage See Also Starting VEDIT earlier in this chapter FILE Exit in Chapter 6 Menu Reference Edit Session Restore When FILE Enable edit restore is set VEDIT saves its entire status when you exit Subsequently invoking VEDIT without filenames resumes your previous edit session just as if you had never exited However if you invoke VEDIT with filenames the previous edit session status is not used To invoke VEDIT without filenames and without restoring the previous edit session use the e option e g vpw e VEDIT s status is saved in the files veditsav env and veditsav dat Depending upon the setting of CONFIG File handling Save session in current directory these two files are either stored in the current directory or in the User Config Directory typically c vedit When the edit session is saved in the User Config Directory only one the last session can be saved If you then invoke VEDIT without filenames from anywhere you will be switched to the last directory you were in and the
470. t edge of the current line with the position of the cursor and advances to the next line Repeatedly pressing the assigned key aligns the following lines This is useful for re aligning text ina C program VISUAL EXIT 100 Win_Hor 1 BOL Search W Del_Line 0 Ins_Text COUNT 100 Do_ Visual CD Running V SPELL from within VEDIT This keystroke macros runs the V SPELL spelling corrector from within VEDIT to correct the current file being edited You can assign it to lt Ctrl F1 gt or any other desired key Note The Out_Reg and Dir commands are needed to convert long filenames to the short 8 3 format needed by V SPELL VISUAL EXIT Out_Reg 102 Dir pathname NOMSG SHORT Out_Reg CLEAR File_Close NOMSG Sys vs 102 DOS MAX DELETE NOMSG File_Open 102 Toggle into VGA 132 column mode DOS Only This capability is not directly built into VEDIT because it is very non standard and different for each VGA card This keystroke macro switches some VGA cards into 132 x 25 mode using video mode 35 23 hex Substitute 35 for other modes available on your particular VGA card VISUAL EXIT 100 35 Sys _Int 16 Screen_Reset You can return to 25 line mode with MISC VGA EGA toggle or with the following keystroke macro VISUAL EXIT 100 3 Sys_Int 16 Screen_Reset NOTE Video hardware manufactures warn that incompatible video modes may damage the video card and or monitor Therefo
471. t files The newline charac ter is normally displayed as a space effectively making it invisible Alterna tively a visible newline character can be chosen with CONFIG Characters Cursors Newline display character With Windows DOS text files a Line Feed not preceded by the normal Carriage return character is displayed as lt LF gt With Mac text files a Line Feed is always displayed as lt LF gt lt Ctrl M gt the Carriage Return character normally occurs just before the Line Feed in Windows DOS text files in this case it is considered part of the newline and not displayed With UNIX text files a Carriage Return charac ter is displayed as lt CR gt With Mac text files a Carriage Return is the true newline character at the end of each line lt Ctrl gt the Null character is normally displayed as any other control character However when displayed literally it is indistinguishable from a space Alternatively a visible Null character can be chosen with CONFIG Characters Cursors Null display character For example a good value might be 7 Of course Null would then display the same as Ctrl G value 7 but this is usually better than displaying it as a space Display Modes The configuration parameter CONFIG Characters Cursors Screen dis play options determines how control and graphics characters are displayed It can also enable the Hexadecimal Octal and EBCDIC cu
472. t is not turned on or is not set on line Under DOS this message is followed by C JANCEL IIGNORE RJETRY Press R to retry after setting your printer on line Press C to cancel the print command PRINTING Press lt CTRL C gt to Abort This message is displayed anytime text is being printed It reminds you that you can press lt Ctrl C gt to stop the printing Because many printers have print buffers your printer may continue printing for some time after you press lt CTRL C gt READ ERROR An error occurred reading from disk perhaps the drive door is not closed or you are trying to read an unformatted floppy disk Under DOS this message is followed by C ANCEL IJGNORE RJETRY Press R to retry after closing the drive door Press C to cancel the read command If the disk has developed a bad sector you can press T to ignore the error but this will likely read a block of garbage from the disk Redefine displayable char Yes No The Function Control Key you entered while adding a new keystroke macro is a displayable character which is about to be assigned a new meaning Select Yes to redefine it or No if you made a mistake and do not want to redefine it Chapter9 Messages 349 Redefine existing key Yes No The Function Control Key you entered while adding a new keystroke macro is already assigned to an edit function or a keystroke macro Sele
473. t lines 6 and 7 with spaces the inserted block also remains aligned 108 Chapter4 Editing Guide Block Operations Notice that the extra spaces added to the text register are now trailing spaces on lines 6 and 7 above and serve no alignment purpose When CONFIG Tab Fill Trim spaces after columnar operation is enabled the default these extra spaces are trimmed following the insertion To demonstrate this trimming consider the following text register Note that it contains a blank line consisting of spaces 000000000 000000000 00000000 000000 Consider the following text which contains three trailing spaces on lines 4 6 and 8 Remember that trailing spaces are invisible unless you change CON FIG Characters Cursors Newline display character to display the loca tion of the newline at the end of each line rue VEDIT PLUS 1 OR x ca File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x BEPPPFEFPPFPFFPPFSS PEPPPPPPPPPPP lt S BPEPPPPPPPPPPPPSS PEPPFPFFPFPF BPEPPPPPPPPPPPFS BPEPPPPFEFPFEFF BPEEPPPFFP PEPFFF H1 LINE 2 COL 14 With CONFIG Tab Fill Trim spaces after columnar operation enabled inserting the text register will change the screen to cus YEDIT PLUS 1 OF x ca File Edit View Block Goto Misc Search Window Config Help l x PFFFFFFFFFPFFSSSSSSSSSSSSS PPPEPPPEEPEPYOOObOOEGEssss PPPPPPEEEEEYPYOOSEbbbbbssss PPPPEEPEFE PPPPPPEEEEEYP POO OO8B
474. t registers MISC Execute macro Execute Macro Execute the command macro stored in a text register Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl F8 gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Once a macro has been loaded into a register it may be executed using MISC Execute macro Except for the operation of loading a macro into a register this item is identical to MISC Load Execute macro MISC Execute macro is often used to repeatedly execute a macro after it is loaded and executed for the first time with MISC Load Execute macro Notes You can execute a command macro stored in an edit buffer but not in the current edit buffer To execute a macro in the current edit buffer you must first switch to another edit buffer using FILE Buffer switch lt F4 gt Then enter a text register number of b buffer where b is the buffer number See Also MISC Load Execute macro Misc Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 247 Load Template File Load a template editing macro and enable template editing Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item loads anew template editing macro file suchas c vtm html vtm or a custom macro It also enables CONFIG Programming Enable tem plate editing in the current file You are prompted for the desired filename The file selection dialog box starts with all vtm files in the VEDIT Home Directory Notes VEDIT can automatically load a template editing macro d
475. t the bottom of the screen use the on line help for more details This is controlled with CONFIG Misc Full Terse dialog box options See Also Block Operations Scratchpad and Text Registers in Chapter 4 EDIT Scratchpad Cut to scratchpad BLOCK Set stream marker BLOCK Copy to cursor Insert Register Insert the contents of a text register at the current cursor position Keystroke Equivalent lt Numpad gt or lt F11 gt identical to T REG INSERT Full Description Insert register inserts the contents of a text register at the current cursor location If the text register is empty this command has no effect gt To insert the contents of a text register 1 Position the cursor at the desired location in the file The register contents will be inserted just before the cursor 2 Select BLOCK Insert register lt Numpad gt or lt F11 gt You are prompted for the register number Register number 3 To select the default text register 0 the scratchpad just press lt Enter gt or press the hot key again Otherwise enter the desired text register number 0 through 100 You can optionally have the register overwrite the existing text Select the Overwrite option before entering the register number 226 Chapter6 Menu Reference Block Menu Notes The register will be inserted as the same type of block as it was saved A line block will be inserted before the current
476. t the end of a line 66439 t t A A An Search for any five letter word beginning in t and TO ending in n Search and Replace Chapter 4 Editing Guide 121 1000 Search for the Null character value 000 The pattern matching codes are IHhh IM Match any alphabetic letter upper or lower case It supports non english letters such as umlauts if CONFIG Search options Support non english characters is enabled Match a blank a single Space or Tab See also IW and IX Match any Control Character a character with an ASCII decimal value of 0 to 31 Match any numeric digit 0 through 9 This code does not 669 match or Match any alphanumeric character a letter or a digit Match any graphics character characters with decimal value greater than 128 Useful for finding stray graphics 8 bit char acters in a file See also IK Match the character with hexadecimal value hh Both digits MUST be present This code can also be used in the replacement string Match any word separator Space Tab any control character or one of the additional configurable word separators defined by Config_String 7 WORD_SEP Match any non standard control character other than Tab Car riage Return and Line Feed Useful for finding stray control characters in a file See also IG Match the newline character s Carriage Retu
477. t translate Detab All tabs will be converted to the correct number of spaces Notes To prevent tab characters from being inserted into your file by the lt Tab gt key and some columnar operations set CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces to 7 These functions are implemented by the macros detab vdm and retab vddm Users experienced with the VEDIT PLUS macro language can change them to better suit their needs Block Delete Delete the highlighted block of text Keystroke Equivalent None However DELETE also deletes highlighted blocks Edit Translate Sub menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 229 Full Description A stream columnar or line block of any size can be deleted gt To delete a block of text 39 66 1 Highlight the desired text You can highlight a stream columnar or line block of any size 2 Select BLOCK Edit translate Block delete Or press DELETE Notes It is usually simpler to delete a highlighted block by pressing DELETE However if CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes is configured to not allow DELETE to delete blocks this item must then be used If the block being deleted is too large for Undo to restore it you will be prompted for verification whether to still delete the block You can also effectively delete a small block of text by moving it into a text register See Also EDIT Delete Delete EDIT Undo Deletion
478. tally scrolled if necessary Successive presses have no effect Move the cursor only to the first last character displayed in the current window without scrolling However pressing LINE BEGIN and LINE END repeatedly moves the cursor to the preceding next window line Move the cursor to the very first last character of the text line Pressing LINE BEGIN and LINE END repeatedly moves the cursor to the preceding next screen line Move the cursor only to the first last character displayed in the current window Otherwise same as 5 Probably of limited use Move the cursor to the very first last character of the text line Pressing LINE BEGIN a second time moves to the top of the screen Pressing LINE BEGIN a third time moves to the beginning of the file Similarly pressing LINE END a second time moves to the bottom of the screen Pressing LINE END a third time moves to the end of the file This emulates the Brief tm editor Special emulation modes 0 255 Default 0 Enables special emulation modes 0 disables the special modes This option combines six options into one by having you add mask values setting bits for each desired sub option Mask 1 Mask 2 Mask 4 Mask 8 SCREEN BEGIN and SCREEN END go to the first last column instead of remaining in the current column SCROLL UP and SCROLL DOWN leave the cursor in the current screen line instead of in the current text line
479. te space one or more Spaces and or Tabs See also IB and IX Match extended white space one or more Spaces Tabs Car riage Returns and or Line Feeds See also IB and IW Match zero one or more characters until the immediately follow ing character or pattern matching code is satisfied This code is not meaningful as the first item in a search string See also IM Match the character with decimal value ddd This code can also be used in the replacement string Match the Null character ASCII 0 Match any one item in the pattern set Match one optional occurrence of any item in the pattern set This code is not meaningful as the first item in a search string Match the beginning of line position the following matched characters must occur at the beginning of a line See below Match the end of line position the preceding matched charac ters must occur at the end of a line See below Use the contents of text register r in this position in the search string This code can also be used in the replacement string Match any single character this is the simple wildcard similar to in filenames Match any character except the following character or pattern code Use this code to exclude a certain character or type of character For example to search for exam or examiner but not exams use examl s Think of I
480. ted DOS Installation 4 Fillin the dialog box For Description enter the program name you want to see under the icon e g VEDIT For Command Line enter the full pathname to the VEDIT PIF file E g enter c vedit vedit pif For Working Directory enter the full pathname of the VEDIT Home Directory e g e vedit Leave Shortcut Key set to None 5 Select the Change Icon button Windows warns you that no icon is available for VEDIT Select the Ok button 6 For File name enter the full pathname to the VEDIT ICO file e g c vedit vedit ico VEDIT s icon should be displayed Select Ok 7 You should now be back at main dialog box Select Ok The VEDIT icon should be displayed in your current Windows group 8 Select the VEDIT icon VEDIT should start up in full screen mode Installing DOS VEDIT in IBM OS 2 VEDIT can be installed under OS 2 as a normal DOS application It can be run from the C gt prompt in a normal DOS box or from its own icon We suggest making two configuration changes to VEDIT for use with OS 2 Set CONFIG Misc Keyboard Polling to 1 to turn off VEDIT s constant polling of the keyboard Set CONFIG Misc Keyboard typematic rate to 0 and set the desired typematic rate with OS 2 s Keyboard Setup Remember to select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE to make any configuration changes pe
481. ter to 5 138 Chapter4 Editing Guide Editing Multiple Files Editing Multiple Files HINT You can simultaneously edit up to 32 files at a time in VEDIT It is exception ally flexible in how the files are displayed Although each file typically has a corresponding window a file can also be displayed in two or more windows This is useful for editing two regions of the file at the same time or for editing the file in two modes at the same time e g in ASCII and Hexadecimal In Windows you can start up VEDIT without any initial files or you can drag and drop one or more files to the VEDIT icon to start up VEDIT with the files already loaded Of course you can also open and close files from inside the editor It is easiest to edit additional files using these hot keys in the normal keyboard layout lt Ctrl O gt Opens a new file for simultaneous editing in a new buffer As a convenience if the specified file does not exist it is created It also opens a corresponding window This is the most common way of editing additional files and creating new files Hot key for FILE Open lt Alt O gt Opens a new file for editing in the current same buffer You are prompted whether the current file is to be saved or aban doned Use this when you are done editing the current file and want to edit another file Hot key for FILE Open More Same buffer lt Alt Y gt Similar to lt Ctrl O gt except that
482. ter word A Search 0x 0 9a fA F Search for the next hexadecimal number in a C program It searches for Ox followed by one or more hexadecimal digits Search N 1 Search for a line that is duplicated on the next line Search Replace None just press lt Enter gt Delete all text up to a comma on the next line which contains a comma Remember that the entire matching text must occur on one line Search Hh ello Replace 1li Searches for Hello or hello and replaces it with Hi or hi respectively Search Hh ello Replace amp world Searches for Hello or hello and replaces it with Hello world or hello world respectively The amp refer ences the entire text matched by the search Note that the grouping characters P are NOT needed in order to use amp Matching the Newline Regular expressions CANNOT match newline sequences at the end of a line Therefore the expression a matches any character expect for a and a newline single Line Feed or Carriage Return and Line Feed Similarly the and operators stop matching when they reach a newline h00 h1f Matches any control characters except newline a Matches the letter a and all following characters up to but not including the newline The only exception to this is N which explicitl
483. ter6 Menu Reference 197 3 At the prompt Press key to repeat simply press the edit function or displayable character you want repeated You can also repeatedly execute items from the main menu For example to create the top of a box you could press REPEAT 50 lt Enter gt and Notes The maximum repeat count defaults to 256 but can be changed with CON FIG Misc Maximum REPEAT count This prevents you from acciden tally repeating an operation so many times that it cannot be undone This menu item is usually only selected with a mouse from the keyboard it is usually more convenient to simply press REPEAT lt Ctrl R gt When repeating menu items YOU MUST select the items by typing the appropriate selection letters Attempting to select items with the cursor keys will confuse the process and lead to undesirable results Because of the way VEDIT updates the screen only the final screen may be shown when using REPEAT Since some operations may take a bit of time to perform you may notice some delay when they are repeated many times To abort a lengthy Repeat press CANCEL lt Ctrl gt or lt Ctrl Break gt See Also REPEAT REPEAT LAST Cut to clipboard Copy to clipboard Copy or move the marked block of text to the Windows clipboard Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl X gt This is a keystroke macro lt Ctrl C gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description Copy to clip
484. tercatse it a E esx Bes etese Sheets 186 Edit MENU remoro e n E aiken knees 196 Wrido SubsMenu a AN 203 Scratchpad Sub ment snn ran a 206 D lete Sub MeNe a a ea aE E AAE 208 VIEW Mei e oaa e a E E E E E T E E RE 211 Block MNU orra ra ses stest tes eh E E E tieeet 218 Edit Translate Sub menu c cccccecececesssessseecseceesaeceeceesnecessaeeseseeeseeenees 227 Convert Newlines Sub menu ccccesssecssseesseeceeceesceesseeessaeeseeeenseeenees 233 Goto Mente 622 oats Hes eh Ree ete 235 Mise Men aar Be ee St E teens Ges eee ee ADS 241 Search Ment e ts ee See eee ee Bi eae 249 Widow Menils ic8 nice eatin tehienck Moe ee eae 258 Confis Men sninen riesi cube tes cues eeo E E deck stoseenebeestnetevtenns 263 Keyboard Layout Sub menu cece eeseeeceeceeecseeseeeeeseesaeeeseeeeaeeneees 296 Display unused keys oe ceescesceeeseeseeeeeeeesseeeceeeeseceeeeeeeaes 299 Help MENU vicsevscicci ccs ctecscsstecesetvnceacs ca ceesiusaboabessscuevstussecend EESTE S iS 302 ES Cape Men ses sriics veicans suscsets ntseaths svacseoaesvetvoseventtatechesvs evony thee sbebne sbetn ch eves des 307 Mouse Right Click Menu oo eee ceeceeceeeeesseeecesesseeseeseeaecaeeeeseesaens 310 Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference scscsssscssssssrsssssrone JLL Chapter 8 Configuration sccssssscccsssscccssssscccsssssssssssssrees J L7 Basic Cont stration sieer ene ren aoeeoe anete a Ie KERN pete pai
485. th CONFIG Emulation LINE BEGIN END emulation mode Starts the pull down menu system The menu system is accessed in the usual manner using the cursor keys and lt Enter gt Pressing ESCAPE backs out of the menu system one level at a time Pressing CANCEL cancels any prompts and removes the menu system In the Windows and DOS versions this function is also activated by just tapping the lt Alt gt key Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next text line Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next para graph Moves the cursor to the next tab stop See also CONFIG Tab stops in Chapter 6 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word Moves the cursor to the previous screen page similar to pressing CURSOR UP for 3 4 screen lines The amount of screen overlap is configurable with Config S_PG_OVERLAP see Chapter 8 Moves the cursor to the next screen page similar to pressing CURSOR DOWN for 3 4 screen lines Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current para graph If already at the beginning of a paragraph moves the cursor to the beginning of the previous paragraph See also Word Processing Function Definition of Paragraph in Chapter 4 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current word If already at the beginning of a word moves the cursor to the beginning of the previous word This function is identical to EDIT Repeat Repeats the last typed char
486. the screen If you cannot read the menu cannot tell which item is currently selected or cannot tell which letter in each item is highlighted your screen colors are not set correctly If you have amonochrome black and white display you may need to start up VEDIT with the m option Then refer to CONFIG Colors in Chapter 6 Menu Reference on how to configure VEDIT for a monochrome display 3 Press the HELP key With the Normal keyboard layout it is lt F1 gt The key assigned to the HELP function is displayed on the status line You should now see a pop up window that displays help information about the ESCAPE menu If you get the error message FILE NOT FOUND VEDIT could not find its on line help file vphelp hlp Change CONFIG Misc VEDIT Home Directory to the directory into which you installed VEDIT and which should contain vphelp h1p Then select CONFIG Misc Save into VEDIT EXE to make the change permanent Press lt Esc gt to exit the on line help window 4 Exit VEDIT by selecting Exit from the ESCAPE menu You should now be back in DOS Refer to Appendix D Troubleshooting if you encounter any trouble running VEDIT If you encounter any problems with the keyboard or mouse or VEDIT appears to crash on startup or exit you should change the following configuration settings to their most compatible settings Set CONFIG Misc Keyboard typematic rate to 0
487. the file should be saved or abandoned Otherwise it only closes the window When a buffer file is displayed in two or more windows this function closes deletes the additional windows in which it is displayed Notes We recommend using this function or equivalent clicking the mouse on the windows close button as the normal way to close files See Also Editing Multiple Files Closing Files in Chapter 4 FILE Close Close all Windows version only Closes all windows and buffers files Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item closes all windows and buffers you can save or abandon each modified file similar to FILE Exit It should immediately be followed by FILE Open or toolbar to open additional files Until a window is opened VEDIT will not respond to any keystrokes Window Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 261 See Also FILE Exit Remove Removes deletes the specified window Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item prompts for the ID number of the window to be removed It only closes the window it does not close the associated buffer file if any This is sometimes referred to as deleting the window Since windows and buffers are independent in VEDIT this function DOES NOT affect any files Its main purpose is to close multiple extra windows per file created with the window split functions or delete special command mode windows cre
488. then have the same keyboard layout and configuration The automated installation performs the following operations Installs the VEDIT files in the default c vedit or any other desired drive and directory Selects whether the optional compiler support files are installed Selects the initial keyboard layout color scheme and other common configuration parameters OR If a previous VEDIT is found optionally transfers the current keyboard layout and configuration to the new version Alternatively the previous version can be archived moved to another directory The Windows version creates the VEDIT program group and creates the initial icons in it It creates the file vedit ini in the VEDIT directory 22 Chapter2 Getting Started Windows Installation The Windows version is optionally installed into the Windows Registry This is highly recommended but optional It allows file types to be associated with VEDIT The DOS version configures VEDIT to the specific operating system being used DOS Windows 3 1 Windows 95 98 ME Windows NT 2000 XP or OS 2 Once installed VEDIT can immediately be used there is no need to reboot the computer GOOD NEWS QNX The VEDIT installation does not modify your CONFIG SYS AUTOEXEC BAT WIN INI or any other system files Although we recommend installing VEDIT into the Windows registry even that is optional and is only needed to associate file types with VEDIT Al
489. ther prompting Note it only saves those files buffers that have assigned filenames Quit all _Abandons all files currently being edited and exits VEDIT If additional altered files are open it prompts for verification Cancel Cancels the operation same as pressing lt Esc gt Notes The Save all and Quit all selections may seem superfluous when only one file is being edited However they are necessary for a keystroke macro such as MENU F X S to work Selecting Save all only saves text in those edit buffers that have assigned filenames However if the main edit buffer 1 has no filename assigned it will prompt for the Save as filename Abandoning a file causes VEDIT to forget any changes you have made since the last time the file was saved Use this capability with caution If FILE Enable edit restore is enabled VEDIT saves the entire edit session Restarting VEDIT then resumes the editing FILE Exit is identical to ESCAPE Exit See Also Exiting VEDIT in Chapter 4 FILE Save as FILE Save Recent File List Recently edited files are listed and can be easily selected for further editing Keystroke Equivalent lt Alt F gt followed by the number of the file Full Description The FILE menu in the Window version contains a MRU Most Recently Used list of recently edited files Simply selecting a filename from the list re opens the file Notes The number of rece
490. ting operations VEDIT automatically determines the most likely file type of each opened file if CONFIG File handling Enable auto file type is enabled You can override this value if VEDIT sets it incorrectly for your needs 0 Lines end in Carriage Return and Line Feed Typical for Win dows DOS Lines ending in only a Line Feed without a preceding Carriage Return are displayed with a lt LF gt The lt Enter gt key inserts both a Carriage Return and a Line Feed Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 287 1 Lines end in just a Line Feed Typical for UNIX QNX Carriage return is no longer a special character and if it occurs in the text it is displayed as lt CR gt The lt Enter gt key inserts only a Line Feed 2 Lines end in just a Carriage Return Typical for Mac Line Feed is no longer a special character and if it occurs in the text it is displayed as lt LF gt The lt Enter gt key inserts only a Carriage Return n Values of 8 through 2048 correspond to the record length for fixed length record data files Values of 64 and 16 are useful for editing binary files Instead of assuming that lines end in a newline character each line is treated as simply n characters This is de scribed in more detail under File Types Win DOS Unix Mac Binary in Chapter 4 By default Overwrite only mode is selected change it if you need to delete or insert characters W
491. tion is shown along with the keys assigned to it The basic edit functions are described in Chapter 7 Edit Function Reference The keyboard layout can be changed with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout or by editing the vedit key file directly as described in Chapter 8 Configuration DOS UNIX QNX Versions Only From the keyboard layout display you can obtain additional information on a particular edit function by simply pressing the key s assigned to that function The display of the built in keystroke macros is only applicable to the Normal keyboard layout If you are using a different layout you can edit the topic NORMALK in the on line help file Modifying the on line help file is described in the on line help topic ONLINE This item is equivalent to entering the on line help system and selecting K ey layout Edit Buffers Displays edit buffer information and permits point and shoot selection of any buffer Keystroke Equivalent None 304 Chapter6 Menu Reference Help Menu Full Description This item is identical to FILE Buffer switch This item displays the ID numbers of all open edit buffers and lists which window s they are attached to Buffers that have never been displayed in a window may not be attached to any window The VEDIT PLUS macro language can create unattached buffers and explicitly attach detach them It also displays the full pathname of the files being edit
492. tion means that you select File from the main menu and then select the Open item As a convenience this function can be used both to open an existing file or to create a new file Alternatively just press lt Ctrl O gt which is the hot key for this function The menu displays what the hot keys are Alternatively press the Open icon on the toolbar D vedit Look in 3 vedit C syn ta compile mnu la Ebcdic tbl Huge sr vdm Masm syn compile pa Ct BB compilevdm H E email vdm a install log ia Mbasic syn J examples AB Ctuncvdm W Conv3to4 doc Werrata doc MB instalw vdm 43 Msdos31 J tutor ta Clipper syn 5 Conv3to4 txt 2 errata tet a Java syn K Msdos31c user mac Cmd conv vdm BB Conv3to4 vdm AB Extractvdm A Java vtm 4B Msdos31i 42key 5 vdm ta Cobol syn Convertvdm AB E xtractvdrn ja Java2 syn 3 Msdos31w 6809 syn a Cobol mf syn A Ctags vdm a Folio4 syn dBjava sdk 4B Msdos95 ta Ansi tbl WE Colorvdm a Dataflex syn H Hexsplitvdm a java sdk mnu 4B Msdos95c Ascii2 vdrn W Colorkeyvdm f Dbase vdm a Html key BB kKeyeditvdm 43 Msdos95i Box draw vdm Comparevdm W Dbasekeyvdm a Html syn a Key mac lib 43 Msdos95w Brief doc HE Compdirvdm AB Detab vdm a Html vtm BB Loadsyn vdm AB Multi sr vdrr Brief key compile H Display vdm BB Htmi ttvdm BB Marylambvdm W Mynotes vd gt Files of type File type Auto gt amp A S eel Help Cancel
493. tle bar 0 Both the ID number and the buffer number may be displayed however in the usual case that they are the same only the ID number is displayed 1 Only the window ID number is displayed e g lt 2 gt 2 Only the buffer number is displayed e g 1 or 1 2 3 Both the window ID number and the buffer number are always displayed Auto create window style 1 Full 2 Cascaded Default 2 Determines the size of windows that are auto created for each additional file buffer that is opened Set to 1 a full size overlapping window is created for each file These windows can be resized moved cascaded or tiled with the WINDOW menu VIEW Reset initializes the screen and recreates one window for each file buffer Set to 2 a smaller cascaded window is created for each file The default is Cascaded because this is common with other editors and programs However we suggest Full sized so that more of the file can be viewed without having to zoom all windows DOS UNIX QNX versions A value of 0 allows a single window to be shared by all buffers See the on line help for this item Horizontal scroll margin O Off 1 Win 40 2048 Default 0 Determines whether lines longer than the window s width simply extend past the right edge and are accessed via horizontal scrolling or are wrapped onto multiple screen lines called continuation lines 1 sets the sc
494. tly This is the most compatible mode with DOS and won t interfere with other programs However it wastes CPU resource in a multi tasking environment such as Windows Setting CONFIG Misc Keyboard polling to 1 turns off the constant polling This is desirable with Windows and OS 2 However it may cause conflicts with other programs and may not work on some systems Technical To operate without polling VEDIT must hook various hardware interrupts and set up mouse and timer handlers that directly modify the BIOS keyboard buffer This can cause conflicts with memory resident programs TSRs The DOS automated installation disables keyboard polling sets it to 1 if you specify that your Operating System OS is Windows or OS 2 DOS Installation Chapter 2 Getting Started 27 Installing DOS VEDIT in Windows The DOS version of VEDIT is designed to work very well with Microsoft Windows It can be installed with the supplied VEDIT ICO icon Installing DOS VEDIT in Windows 95 98 ME gt To install DOS VEDIT icon as a Windows 95 98 ME shortcut 1 Notes From Explorer or the Desktop select the folder group to which to add VEDIT s icon It can also be added to the top level Desktop Right click in any empty area of the folder or desktop and select New then select Shortcut The Create shortcut wizard will then prompt you For Command Line enter the full pathname to the VEDIT
495. to the desired position 2 Select GOTO Set text marker You are prompted with Marker number 0 9 3 Enter the desired marker number 0 through 9 As a shortcut you can immediately press lt Enter gt lt Ctrl D gt again or any function control key to select marker 0 Notes Text markers are invisible the only way to determine where or if they are set is by using GOTO Goto text marker to position the cursor at the marker BLOCK Remove markers only removes the block markers it does not affect the text markers There is no way or reason to remove text markers once they are set If you restore a previous edit session all text markers are also restored Certain editing operations affect both text and block markers Any operation which deletes text at or around a marker leaves the marker set at the first character past the deleted text Undoing the deletion will not restore the marker to its original position Moving a block that contains a marker does not move the marker The marker behaves exactly as if the original text were deleted Reformatting a paragraph moves any markers located within that para graph to the last character in the paragraph Goto Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 239 See Also GOTO Goto text marker Goto Text Marker Return the cursor to a previously set text marker Keystroke Equivalent lt Ctrl G gt This is a keystroke macro Full Description
496. troke macro 1 2 Select CONFIG Keyboard layout Add keystroke macro Press the Function Control Key assigned to the keystroke macro you want to modify Press lt Tab gt In response to Redefine existing key Yes No select Yes For the Edit Sequence press the same function control key as you pressed in step 2 above The original macro sequence will be inserted for you Then use BACKSPACE to erase part of the macro and or type in additional keystrokes When finished press lt Enter gt In effect VEDIT does not forget the keystroke macro until you are done defining the new one This is helpful not only for editing existing macros but also for building a larger keystroke macro from smaller ones Deleting Keystroke Macros Unused keystroke macros can be deleted by selecting CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout and deleting the corresponding line Or you can use the Add keystroke macro function gt To delete a keystroke macro or assignment to an edit function 1 2 Follow steps 1 3 above for Modifying an Existing Keystroke Macro At the Edit Sequence prompt immediately press lt Enter gt Since the key is now assigned to nothing it is removed from the list of assigned keys Editing the Keyboard Layout Chapter 4 Editing Guide 91 Editing the Keyboard Layout CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout lets you edit the current keyboard layout as
497. tura are registered trademarks of Corel Corporation dBase and Brief are trademarks or registered trademarks of Borland International All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of their respective owners TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction cccsssccssssssccscsssrcccssssssccssssscecsssssees D Welcome to VEDI D eesin tdi ztens ois eiaa att anes 9 Mam Feature Sorire ea rE EE tutes ssounees EE EO E 11 Ready To Use Macros oirre r pr E E E 13 V SPELD e o Garna E ER E E E A 16 System Requirements seseseeeereeereerererereererereesesrersenerenersrnererereerersrereerees 17 Using this Man al sinna a li E E E N 18 Notation ee n testes E E E E A E E EE E 19 ProductSupport nnen a E one ET 20 Chapter 2 Getting Started sesseseesessesoeseecesoeseecossesoesessesoeseeoessee ZL TiS tal A OM sian ra iE e sas e St 21 Windows Installation eeeeecesssesececeeseeeeceseeseeeaceeeeeeesaeesaeeaceeeeeeeenes 22 Un installing VEDIT 000 cece eeeeseessceeeeeecaeeseeeeeaeeneeeeeaes 24 DOS Installation eiiean EATE E A EAEE OE E AE 25 DOS Automated Installation ee eeseeceeeeeeeceeseeeeeeceeereeseenes 25 DOS Manual Installation 0 eee eeeseessceneeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeaeeeeeeeeeenes 25 Hardware Configuration DOS Version ceeesceseceeeceeeeees 26 Installing DOS VEDIT in Windows cece eeeceeee ere tseeeeeees 27 Installing DOS VEDIT in IBM OS 2 oo eee ce eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 28 Testin
498. u can mark a block of text with the mouse or with the lt Shift gt key However large blocks are more easily marked with BLOCK Set stream marker lt F9 gt or the toolbar 70 Chapter4 Editing Guide User Interface Only use the Windows clipboard to transfer text between VEDIT and other programs Use the VEDIT scratchpad and other text registers for cut and paste operations within VEDIT The default text register is 0 also called the scratchpad In text register selection dialog boxes you can immediately press lt Enter gt or simply double press the function s hot key to select the scratchpad When no block is highlighted BLOCK Copy to register lt Num pad gt or the toolbar copies the current line Therefore double pressing lt Numpad gt copies the current line to the scratchpad Similarly double pressing lt Numpad gt inserts the scratchpad at the cursor position This is a fast way to copy an entire line In the File Open dialog box you can open several files at once by entering the filenames one after another separated by commas You can open a file on any desired line number with the L option At most prompts for a number e g GOTO Line number you can enter numeric expressions such as 12345 4589 13 and hexadecimal numbers such as 0xF47B9 Variables and internal values from the VEDIT PLUS macro language can also be used For example to go to the exact middle
499. uffer Used in buffer Used in T Regs Date Time VEDIT Website On line FAQ On line support Chapter6 Menu Reference 305 This is the default directory for all file operations It can be changed by selecting Change directory in any file selection dialog box The file VEDIT last opened for editing It is the same as the Output File unless you selected FILE Save as to save the file under a different name The file into which VEDIT will save the editing changes This would be the size of the output file if you saved it right now This is the RAM memory space in characters which remains available for holding your file in the current edit buffer If this value drops too low VEDIT will write out auto buffer some of the file to a temporary disk file to keep this value somewhat constant The total memory space available to VEDIT is typically much larger It is used to hold other files text registers etc This is RAM memory space in characters which is filled with your file in the current edit buffer If you are editing a large file this may be less than the actual size of your file This is the number of characters that are currently stored in all text registers The maximum value is about 60 000 characters but may be less if memory is limited You may want to empty any large unneeded text registers The current date as reported by your computer If this is not correct refer to your computer s
500. uffer and window open If you attempt to close the last buffer it only closes the file The last buffer and corresponding window will remain open but will be empty The contents of an edit buffer can be inserted into another buffer file just like a text register However a block of text cannot be copied to another buffer you cannot change the contents of an edit buffer except when it is the active buffer This limitation prevents you from accidentally altering any file open in the buffer gt To insert another edit buffer into the current buffer file 1 Position the cursor at the desired location in your file The buffer contents will be inserted just before the cursor 2 Select BLOCK Insert register default lt Numpad gt You will be prompted with Register number 3 Enter the buffer number followed by buffer For example to select buffer 5 enter 5 buffer NOTES You should only insert an edit buffer that either has no file open or is reasonably small In particular if the open file is large only the portion currently in memory will be inserted Use EDIT Insert file to insert another file into the current file 144 Chapter4 Editing Guide Windows Windows While windows and buffers may appear to be equivalent during routine editing VEDIT s windows and buffers are actually completely independent of each other It is possible to have buffers without windows and windows without buff
501. ult cut and paste text register when no other is explicitly selected The scratchpad can also be accessed from the EDIT Scratchpad menu Therefore EDIT Scratch pad Copy to scratchpad is identical to BLOCK Copy to register and selecting the default register 0 The scratchpad is used for simple cut and paste operations especially for repeatedly inserting the same block of text into a file or for copying a block from one file to another Remember you can directly copy move a block within a file without a text register by using BLOCK Copy to cursor and BLOCK Move to cursor Scratchpad Functions Function Key Operation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ EDIT Scratchpad Cut lt Shft Del gt Move or cut to the scratchpad EDIT Scratchpad Copy lt Ctrl Ins gt Copy the block to the scratchpad EDIT Scratchpad Paste lt Shft Ins gt Insert or paste the scratchpad The normal hot keys for the scratchpad are the old style clipboard keys before the new style lt Ctrl X gt lt Ctrl C gt and lt Ctrl V gt assignments If you don t know them we never could remember them there is no reason to learn them because there are easier ways to use the scratchpad HINTS The scratchpad functions can be accessed from the toolbar For cut and paste operations within VEDIT it is better to use the scratchpad instead of the Windows clipboard It is also easy to use the s
502. ult search mode The default mode is Pattern matching Simple A simple search without pattern matching or regular ex pressions is performed There are no special characters there is no wildcard type searching Pattern VEDIT s pattern matching can be used to search for many types of characters e g wildcards In this mode only the I pipe or vertical bar character is special For example use 1013 to search for a carriage return 1000 to search for a null Use Il to search for a single I in the file Reg Exp UNIX style regular expressions can be used to search for complex patterns of characters portions of the matched text can also be used in the replacement side Regular expressions are much more technical than pattern matching It is generally not suitable for simple searches because many characters have a special meaning To search for a special character precede it with V Reg Exp Max Both minimal and maximized type regular expres sions are supported See Maximize Regular Expressions in Chapter 4 for a description of this technical topic Search Options Case The search is case sensitive e g a search for the will not g match The Otherwise the search is not case sensitive The dialog box s initial value is set by CONFIG Search options Default Case sensitive option Search Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 251 Wor
503. up Directory by editing the file vedit ini Change the item BackupDir to the desired direc tory Be sure to set the drive too otherwise you will receive an error when a directory such as vedit backup does not exist on the current drive You can override the configured VEDIT Backup directory with the environment variable VBACKUP Auto file Save VEDIT can optionally auto save all modified files after a configurable number of minutes By default this feature is turned off gt To enable auto save 1 Select CONFIG File handling Auto save interval and enter the desired number of minutes A typical value is 20 To ensure that the configuration change is permanent select CONFIG Save config VEDIT will auto save after the configured number of minutes from the time of the last auto save or you manually selected FILE Save all We highly recommend that you enable auto save set to around 20 minutes Just be careful not to accidentally alter files you don t want to alter or VEDIT may auto save the undesired alteration You should open files you don t want to alter in read only mode See Read Only Mode earlier in this chapter The Status Line Chapter 4 Editing Guide 67 The Status Line VEDIT provides a wide variety of information on the Status Line The left side of the status line is used as a message area When there is no message to display the current key as
504. ur text on the printed paper An optional Right margin wraps very long text lines onto multiple printed lines otherwise a printer typically truncates long lines By default the Right margin is disabled so that each line in your file prints as one line even though it may be printed truncated Using the PRINT VDM Macro Selecting PRINT VDM macro in the FILE Print dialog box causes the entire file or just the highlighted block to be printed with the filename date and page number at the top of each page It is ideal for printing source code modules and other text files The PRINT VDM macro uses the configured Paper length and printer Left margin but always uses a top and bottom margin of two lines This print function automatically loads and executes the the macro print vdm This macro is not overly complex and simple changes can be 116 Chapter4 Editing Guide Printing in VEDIT made to it without having to fully understand the VEDIT PLUS macro language print vdm documents how to optionally print a ruler at the top and bottom or each page or line numbers and or file positions on the left side of the page VEDIT The operation of print vdm can easily be modified by anyone familiar with the VEDIT PLUS macro language print vdm is PLUS soe intended as a macro example which is relatively easy to understand and expand Much more sophisticated custom formatters can be written in the macro lan
505. uring startup and enable this feature for all c and html files being edited See the topics Template Editing and STARTUP VDM File in Chapter 5 for details CONFIG Programming Enable template editing is only enabled in the current file buffer regardless of how CONFIG Config all buffers is set You may have to manually enable it for other buffers Load Syntax File Load a syntax highlighting definition file and enable this feature Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item loads a new syntax highlighting definition file such as c syn html syn or a custom file It also enables CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting in the current file You are prompted for the desired filename The file selection dialog box starts with all syn files in the VEDIT Home Directory Notes VEDIT can automatically load a syntax highlighting file for C or HTML during startup and enable this feature for all c or htm1 files being edited See the topics Syntax Highlighting and STARTUP VDM File in Chapter 5 for details CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting is only en abled in the current file buffer regardless of how CONFIG Config all buffers is set You may have to manually enable it for other buffers Load Compiler Support Load the compiler support items into the Tools menu Keystroke Equivalent None 248 Chapter6 Menu Reference Misc Menu Full De
506. ursor positioning mode Config E_LEXP_TAB Expand lt Tab gt with spaces Same as CONFIG Tab Fill Expand lt Tab gt with spaces Config E_LTAB_MODE TAB CHARACTER emulation mode 3 Same as CONFIG Emulation TAB CHARACTER emulation mode Config ELENTER_MODE lt Enter gt key emulation mode 0 3 1 Same as CONFIG Emulation lt Enter gt key emulation mode Config E_BS_MODE BACKSPACE emulation mode 0 3 0 Same as CONFIG Emulation BACKSPACE emulation mode Config ELLINE_MODE LINE BEGIN END emulation mode 3 Same as CONFIG Emulation LINE BEGIN END emulation mode Config E_LSPEC_MODE Special emulation modes 0 255 0 Same as CONFIG Emulation Special emulation modes List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 329 Config E_SHIFT_MODE Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcut modes 7 Same as CONFIG Emulation Alt Ctrl Shift key shortcut modes Config ELE_SHFT_BK Enable lt Shift gt block marking 1 Same as CONFIG Emulation Enable lt Shift gt block marking Config E_LBM_MODE Block marker emulation mode 0 2 0 Same as CONFIG Emulation Block marker emulation mode Config E_LADV_CR_BK Advance cursor past block insert 1 Same as CONFIG Emulation Advance cursor past block insert Config E_TRIM_BK Trim spaces after columnar operation 1 Same as CONFIG Tab Fill Tr
507. ursor will be moved to the last instead of the first one it finds 240 Chapter6 Menu Reference Goto Menu gt HINT a 2 b 3 While it is easy to see that all parentheses properly match in the above expression some expressions functions and program source code routines can be so lengthy and complex that it may not be obvious GOTO Matching can check for proper matching over thousands of lines of source code VEDIT matches these characters in either direction If the cursor is on an opening character P or lt VEDIT searches forward for a match If the cursor is on a closing character J or gt VEDIT searches backward for a match To locate a matching character 1 Place the cursor on the character you would like to match If the cursor is not located on such a character when this item is selected the first of these eight characters will be found for you 2 Select GOTO Matching The cursor will be moved to the matching character if there is one Otherwise an error is given Here s a method for checking an entire file for proper character matching Place a at the beginning of the file and a at the end Place the cursor at one of these two characters and select GOTO Matching If the cursor moves all the way to the other end of the file without an error message everything is properly paired Misc Menu Chapter6 Me
508. uted as a command macro If no filename extension is given vdm is assumed execfile will be executed in addition to and after the startup vdn file For example the command to print the file datafile dat using the supplied print vdm macro is vpw x print vdm datafile dat VEDIT first loads and executes startup vdm as usual It then loads print vdm It then opens the file datafile dat Last it executes the print vdm macro The auto execution file is always loaded into text register 100 and executed from there When an auto execution file is specified VEDIT looks for it first in the current directory then in the User Macro Directory then in the VEDIT Macro Directory and last in the VEDIT Home Directory You can also specify a few macro commands to be executed on the invocation line with the c startup option c command The macro language commands command are executed upon startup command may be delimited with quotation marks otherwise it ends on the first space c command Same as c except that the commands are executed before the startup vdn file For example the command to start up the editor and position the cursor at the first occurrence of the string error in the file datafile dat is vpw cSearch error datafile dat OR vpw c Search error datafile dat When using the c and x options the order in which options are specified can b
509. vailable NOT FOUND IN HELP FILE The help topic you selected could not be found in the on line help file Most likely you entered the topic name incorrectly 348 Chapter9 Messages Ok to truncate erase output file Yes No VEDIT users should never see this error message VEDIT PLUS This is the confirmation prompt for the File_Truncate command which truncates and closes the current output file The word erase is to remind you that improper use of this command can erase the file being edited Use the command option NOCONFIRM or OK to suppress the confirmation Ok to erase these files Yes No This message only occurs when a macro written in the VEDIT PLUS macro language uses the File_Delete command to delete files from disk Select Yes to delete the listed files Ok to overwrite existing file Yes No The functions BLOCK Write to disk and CONFIG Keyboard layout Save layout ask for confirmation if the designated file to be written already exists on disk Select Yes to overwrite the existing disk Note that these functions DO NOT create a backup of any existing file VEDIT PLUS The Reg _Save Config_Save and Write_Block command asks for confirmation if the designated file to be written already exists on disk Use the command option NOCONFIRM or OK to suppress the confirmation PRINTER DEVICE NOT READY DOS Only The printer does not respond most likely i
510. video status line you may want to select a dash value 45 or value 196 on an IBM PC Config S_CONT_C Screen continuation character 173 This is the line continuation indicator which is displayed in the reserved column 1 when long lines are wrapped on the screen Most common is a hyphen value 45 or reverse video hyphen value 173 See Wrapping Long Lines on the Screen in Chapter 4 Config S_RESTORE Restore screen mode on exit 2 IBM DOS only When set to 1 VEDIT will upon exit restore the screen size and mode to the same as when it started up When set to 0 it returns to DOS in the current screen mode Config S_MONO Enable monochrome B amp W colors 0 DOS QNX only Same as CONFIG Colors Enable monochrome B amp W colors Config SR_CASE_OPT Default case sensitive option 0 Same as CONFIG Search options Default Case sensitive option Config SR_MODE_OPT Default search mode 1 Same as CONFIG Search options Default search mode Config SR_RES_POS Restore edit position on error 0 2 1 Same as CONFIG Search options Restore edit position on error List of Config Parameters Chapter 8 Configuration 335 Config U_LE_DIALOG Enable full dialog boxes 1 DOS UNIX QNX only Same as CONFIG Misc Enable full dialog boxes Config U_LFULL_DLG_O Full dialog box options 0 31 31 DOS UNIX QNX
511. ving text 97 Between files 141 168 Huge blocks 103 To a text register 99 206 224 372 To the cursor 222 To the Scratchpad 98 206 To the Windows clipboard 103 197 Ctags facility 178 179 lt Ctrl gt key shortcuts 283 lt Ctrl gt 67 lt Ctrl C gt 165 340 lt Ctrl N gt 252 lt Ctrl Z gt 325 Current directory 142 305 Cursor Blink rate 276 Display style and type 78 276 Position after block insertion 202 284 Positioning mode 280 CURSOR DOWN 312 CURSOR LEFT 281 282 312 Cursor movement By paragraphs 48 314 By screens pages 48 314 By sentence 352 By words 47 314 In text 47 312 327 CURSOR RIGHT 281 282 312 CURSOR UP 312 Cut and Paste See also Copying moving text 206 Data files See also Binary files 84 Database files Editing 85 173 174 Date Display 305 Insert date and time 89 352 dBase files 173 174 Default directory 142 305 DEL NEXT WORD 47 209 DEL PREV WORD 47 209 Delete Block of text 208 228 Large blocks 81 Line 209 Text Overview 46 Undo 81 204 Words 209 312 DEL NEXT WORD 313 DEL PREV WORD 312 DELETE 283 312 At end of line 83 Detabbing Tabs to spaces 228 Directory Compare two directories 170 373 Current Starting 142 Default 305 Disk full error recovery 338 DISK message 67 Disk space Maximum file size 346 Usage 346 Display font 217 Display modes 74 213 275 DOS Shell
512. way to search without having to enter more of the search string than is necessary Following each keystroke if matching text is found it is highlighted Other wise the previously marked text remains highlighted If desired you can then press lt Backspace gt and change the search string Search Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 255 The following function control keys can be used lt Esc gt Finishes the incremental search lt Backspace gt Erases the last entered character and backs up to the previous cursor position lt Ctrl N gt Enters the current newline character s into the search string ENTER CTRL Default lt Ctrl Q gt Enters the subsequent control character into the search string lt Enter gt Searches for the next occurrence You can later select SEARCH Next or SEARCH Previous to find the next previous occurrence of the string Notes The search is case sensitive if CONFIG Search options Default case sensitive option is enabled The search mode simple pattern matching regular expressions is set by CONFIG Search options Default search mode This function is implemented by the srchincr vdm macro Since incremental searching that fails in huge files can be time consuming this macro can be set up to initially perform a local search See srchincr vdm for details Search Block Word Search for occurrences of block or word at cursor Keystroke Equivalent lt Shft F2 gt This is
513. word processing and file handling parameters Changing any of these parameters always affects the current edit buffer It also sets the value that will be used for any newly opened buffers and the value that will be saved by CONFIG Save config See Notes below for exceptions When Config all buffers is enabled changing any of these parameters also affects all other edit buffers files that are currently open NOTE This item is enabled by default because other editors do not have this level of flexibility and new users might otherwise be confused It is very likely that you will want to disable it at times For example if you are editing a program source code file and a documentation file you may want to have CONFIG Word processing Word wrap enabled in the documentation file However since accidentally selecting paragraph formatting would scramble your program you only want to enable Word wrap for the one file Notes Changing CONFIG File handling File type and CONFIG File han dling Record header size only affect the current edit buffer and not other edit buffers regardless of how CONFIG All buffers is set Also these parameters are not saved into the vedit cfg file Config Menu Chapter6 Menu Reference 267 Tab and Filling Category Buffer selectable 4 Word processing Programming Display options Interval list 8 Characters Cursors Editing colors Syntax colors Emulation Fill
514. writes can be made 0 Disabled All editing changes can be made to any type of file DOS VEDIT PLUS Disk sector editing is always in overwrite mode 1 Record mode Overwrite only mode is enabled if the File type is set to 8 or greater for fixed length record data or binary files 2 Enabled for all file types Enable fast browse mode Default Yes When VEDIT opens a file in Read only mode it does not always know the current line number the line number is then displayed as For example if you have opened a multi megabyte file and select GOTO End of file VEDIT will instantly jump to the end of the file without counting the number of lines in the file When disabled browsing will be slower but the correct line number will always be displayed Enable auto file type Default Yes When enabled VEDIT examines each newly opened file to determine its most likely file type i e as a Window DOS text UNIX text Mac text or binary data file When disabled VEDIT does not examine the file and the file type is simply set by CONFIG File handling File type Since you can easily override the file type there is little reason to disable this feature File type 0 CR LF 1 LF 2 CR n record size Determines the type of file VEDIT assumes it is editing It controls the screen display what the newline character is and changes the behavior of some edi
515. written to disk Only the middle of the file is in memory the remainder is on disk Displays the cursor s offset into the file when editing in hexadecimal Right margin value only displayed if the right margin is set with CONFIG Word processing Right margin Indicates that only one block marker is set The block of text is highlighted as you move the cursor The block marker can be removed as described above for the BLOCK message Indicates that the window is horizontally scrolled The following number indicates how far it is scrolled User Interface Chapter 4 Editing Guide 69 User Interface The Windows version works in the usual Windows manner with regard to menus scroll bars dialog boxes mouse support the toolbar and on line help The normal keyboard layout is very similar to most Microsoft and other products However the keyboard layout is completely configurable HINTS Right click the mouse to pop up a menu of common functions If the toolbar is not displayed select VIEW Toolbar To display the toolbar on startup select CONFIG Display options Enable toolbar Selecting Display Fonts Windows version The display font used in the editing windows can be changed with View Font This displays the standard font selection dialog box however only fixed width fonts are listed and supported by VEDIT The fonts VEDIT Oem VEDIT Ansi Fixedsys and Termin
516. x highlighting for C in one window and syntax highlighting for HTML in another window It s coming You may want to disable CONFIG Config all buffers Syntax highlighting can then be enabled or disabled independently for each file with CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting Automatic syntax highlighting for C The supplied startup vdm file contains the commands to perform syntax highlighting and template editing for C files This is part of the File type specific configuration When you open a C CPP or H file syntax highlight ing is automatically enabled for other file types it is disabled This automatic syntax highlighting must be enabled 156 Chapter5 Advanced Topics Color Syntax Highlighting gt To enable automatic syntax highlighting 1 OR Set CONFIG Programming File type specific config to 5 or 7 A value of 7 also enables template editing If desired select CONFIG Save config to ensure that the configuration change is permanent for the next time you run VEDIT This step in not needed if CONFIG Auto save config is enabled Test the feature by opening a file with a c extension Check that CONFIG Programming Enable syntax highlighting is on Open a file with a txt extension Check that CONFIG Programming Enable color syntax highlighting is off Edit the file startup vdm in the User Config Directory Search for Config PG_F_
517. y PRINT Print Macro ou ceeeesceseeeecseescesseeeeeeecaeeseeeecaecsesseeaecaeesseaeeaes WILDFILE Multi file Processing Auto executing the WILDFILE VDM macro uuu eee 167 COMPARE Compare Files 00 cee ei orriei 168 COMPDIR Compare Directories 0 cies cseeeseeceeecesceeecaeeeceeeeseeneees 170 SORT Sorting Macio css c scecsscesseevescensaesseseeneevbebessueveesucena tevveestebeesouvveeeee 171 Running SORT VDM via Windows Run command 172 DBASE VDM Mati Onine eceecceeeesseeseeeecseeseeeeesecnecseeeesecesceeecaseeseeeeaeeneeas 173 Optional Hot key for xBase Files ieee eececeeesseeseeeeeees 174 CFUNC C Program Outlier sprin decacess tosses 175 RUNSHELL Run other programs 00 0 eee cseeseeeeeseesseeeseeeeneeseees 176 ctags Symbol Lookup OTM ised Se E E CEE vee recenaudhs chacdl E EE e cael 178 US ABCs EE E N ER ETE O EAEE PEE 179 Advanced Usage Notes irnn E E 179 Integrated Compiler Support e essssessssseeressssrererssesreresrsrerrrrsrerresrsseersrsee 180 OVELVICW a E E E E E E Bellare 180 Compiler Support Installation ee eee eeseeseeeeeseceeneeeeeaes 181 Enable Compiler Support 0 cece eee ceeeceseeseeeeceeseeesseeseeeeeaes 181 Configuring COMPILE CNF or JAVA SDK CNFP 182 Running the Compiler Supporto eee eeeeeeceeeeee cee eneeeeeees 183 Chapter 6 Menu Reference scccssssscssssssscccssssssscssssssccsssssers L85 Pale Menus sisssstscess
518. y Written mostly in 32 bit assembly language VEDIT is exceptionally small and uses no overlays or DLLs The Windows version 32 bit VPW EXE is only 420K the DOS version VEDIT EXE is only 135K VEDIT Family of Editors VEDIT is one of the VEDIT Family of Editors which also includes VEDIT PLUS and VEDIT Jr The VEDIT family is available in both Microsoft Windows and DOS versions VEDIT PLUS is also available for SCO UNIX and QNX Attractive pricing is available for additional site licensing and networks A cost effective software subscription program is available Main Features Chapter1 Introduction 11 Main Features Multiple file editing Simultaneously edit up to 32 files each up to 2 Gigabytes 2000 Megabytes in size Efficiently edits huge text and binary data files Multi mode editing File modes support DOS UNIX and Mac text IBM s EBCDIC binary and many fixed length record formats Flexible windowing Windows version uses MDI type windows DOS version simulates it Any file can be viewed in any window or different parts of one file can be displayed in separate windows Windows can be tiled cascaded or zoomed Multi mode display Each window can display in five different ASCII modes hexadecimal octal or EBCDIC Or split the screen to view any file in multiple modes at once File translating Each character in a block or an entire file can be translated according to a custom translate table T
519. y compiler It only dis plays the compiler s output it does not automatically track errors This sample compiler specific macro is heavily com mented and can be used as a model for developing a custom support for other compilers 38 Chapter2 Getting Started Keyboard Layout Keyboard Layout VEDIT s keyboard layout is completely configurable The automated instal lation lets you select the initial keyboard layout You can later modify the initial layout with CONFIG Keyboard layout Edit view layout or by directly editing the VEDIT KEY file Unless you have a very strong personal preference we recommend you start with the Normal keyboard layout It is very compatible with modern Mi crosoft and other Windows programs Additional keys have been carefully chosen to work well with VEDIT s special features All examples in this manual list the name of the edit function or menu item and the corresponding keystroke in the Normal keyboard layout Examples are HELP lt F1 gt and FILE Print lt Ctrl P gt The initial Windows and DOS keyboard layouts are NORMAL The recommended layout WORDSTAR Emulates WordStar using control cursor and function keys It is fully described in the file WORDSTAR DOC WORDPEREF DOS Version Only Emulates Word Perfect Since it has few menu hot keys it helps to access menu functions with a mouse It is fully described in the file WORDPERF DOC It is incompatib
520. y executed for each file that is opened Also the file close event macros in text registers 111 and 113 are automatically executed for each file that is closed and saved to disk See also The topics File type Specific Configuration Template Editing and Syn tax Highlighting in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics Enable template editing Default No When enabled the special command macro in text register 115 is executed for each normal text character entered in Visual Mode This macro is typically setup by startup vdm to perform template editing or shorthand expansion Selecting MISC Load template file automatically enables this setting in the current buffer file See also Template Editing in Chapter 5 Enable color syntax highlighting Default No When enabled the text is color highlighted according to the currently loaded syntax definition file Note that screen updates will be slower however this is barely noticeable on fast computers Selecting MISC Load syntax file automatically enables this setting in the current buffer file See also Syntax Highlighting in Chapter 5 Advanced Topics Display Options Category Tab Fill Word processing Programming Display options Characters Cursors M Enable Toolbar Editing colors Syntax colors Screen Display V Enable Scrollbars V Enable MORE operation Emulation Highlight current cursor Line 0 2 Fil
521. y files Once setup you can place the cursor on any function subroutine or symbol name and select MISC More macros Utags or press a hot key default lt F12 gt to lookup the symbol VEDIT will open the file in which the symbol is declared with the cursor on the symbol s declaration You can then press the hot key again to return to the original file Other lookup options can be selected within the utags vdm macro The ctags facility consists of two macro files ctags vdm and utags vdm ctags vdm creates the tags database file with symbol declarations utags vdm performs the lookup function The lookup can be performed by selecting MISC More macros Utags but as a convenience it is usually assigned to a hot key by the startup vdnm file To set up for ctags and create the tags database select MISC More macros Ctags As supplied ctags vdm supports C and Assembly language You can either create anew tags database or append to the existing one It supports programs consisting of C and assembly language modules ctags vdm also supports a user specified symbol search string for other languages It could also be useful for non programming applications ctags vdm works similar to the WILDFILE macro At the filename prompt you enter a wildcard specification such as c h and asm It then processes all specified files in the current directory By adding s to the filename e
522. y matches the newline character s end Nbegin Match end at the end of a line followed by begin at the beginning of the next line 132 Chapter4 Editing Guide Search and Replace Maximize Regular Expression Matching Regular expressions originally came from the UNIX environment and we have made every attempt to follow the UNIX definitions as closely as possible Another important rule about UNIX regular expressions is that the and operators always match the longest possible string that still allows the rest of the expression to match Consider the rather subtle expression already used in an example above 1 and the text line a00a abc12231223cba On the first search it will match the 00 in a00a since it matches any repeating text However on the second search it does not match the 22 but rather the entire 12231223 because this is the longer repeating text string that includes 22 Although this is a useful and powerful characteristic of regular expressions it is not always desirable It is also not intuitive VEDIT lets you select either minimized or maximized regular expression matching in the Search dialog box The default can be set with CONFIG Search options Default search mode When minimized it would have matched 22 instead of 12231223 in the previous example As another example consider the search string a b and the text 12a3456b7890b
523. yet open SORT prompts for the filename of the file to be sorted and for the name of the file to contain the sorted output SORT then prompts for the number of lines in each record enter the number or 0 if the records are separated by a blank line The entire file will then be sorted 172 Chapter5 Advanced Topics SORT Sorting Macro Running SORT VDM via Windows Run command or from DOS The SORT macro can also be started from the DOS prompt the Windows Run command or a Windows icon with the appropriate properties vpw x sort vdm VEDIT PLUS for Windows 3 1 is veditpw VEDIT PLUS for DOS is vedit VEDIT PLUS for QNX is vp SORT prompts for the filename of the file to be sorted and for the name of the file to contain the sorted output Just press lt Enter gt if they are the same You can also specify the name of the file to be sorted vpw x sort vdm filename Alternatively you can specify the input file to be sorted and the output file to contain the sorted output vpw x sort vdm infile a outfile SORT then prompts for the number of lines in each record enter the number or 0 if the records are separated by a blank line The entire file will then be sorted Alternatively you can specify the number of lines in each record with the n option vpw x sort vdm n4 filename vpw x sort vdm n0 filename This format sorts a file without any prompts or user intervention
524. ype e g filename extension By default VEDIT creates backup files by renaming the original file with a BAK filename extension Alternatively set CONFIG File han dling Backup files to 2 to create backup files by copying the original file to the VEDIT Backup Directory by default c vedit backup Saving Configuration Changes By default CONFIG Auto save config is enabled Any changes you make in the CONFIG menus are then automatically saved for the next time you run VEDIT just as if you had manually selected CONFIG Save config As you become more experienced with VEDIT you may want to disable CONFIG Auto save config You can then make temporary configuration changes that are not automatically saved i e they are lost when you exit VEDIT To make changes permanent you must then explicitly select CON FIG Misc Save config 34 Chapter2 Getting Started Description of Files Description of Files Windows Version README TXT SETUP EXE VPW EXE INSTALLW VDM VEDIT INI VEDIT FON VPW FILS CAB Last minute notes to read before getting started Installation program It starts up VEDIT with the INSTALLW VDM macro to perform the actual instal lation and initial configuration Executable VEDIT 32 bit for Windows 95 98 ME NT 2000 XP VEDIT macro that controls the automated installation VEDIT for Windows file which stores startup and configuration information It is fully commented
525. ystem documentation for information on how to set the current date The current time as reported by your computer Quickly access the VEDIT Web site Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description These items start your Internet Web browser and connect to the extensive VEDIT Website The Home page lists the most current version of VEDIT PLUS 306 Chapter6 Menu Reference Help Menu Note These functions only work under Windows 95 98 NT and require that Web addresses are associated with your Web browser as is typical with Netscape tm and Internet Explorer tm You can also receive support by sending e mail to support vedit com About Display the VEDIT version number copyright and technical support telephone number Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description This item displays the VEDIT version number and release date The Windows version also displays the Serial number You will need this information when contacting Greenview Data Inc for technical support or upgrade assistance It describes exactly which product and version you are using This item also displays the current technical support telephone number for VEDIT and our Internet addresses Note The Windows version also displays through what month and year you can receive technical support and download updates from our Website For exam ple Support expires at end of 10 2000 This indicates that you can download and install a new VEDIT PLU
526. ze See Also CONFIG Programming Lower Upper case key conversion 228 Chapter6 Menu Reference Edit Translate Sub menu The file keymac lib contains a keystroke macro for switching the case of all letters from the cursor to the end of the line Detab Tabs to spaces Retab Spaces to tabs Convert Tab characters in a block to spaces convert spaces to the optimum number of tabs Keystroke Equivalent None Full Description If a block is marked Detab converts all tab characters in the marked block to spaces according to the currently set tab stops If no block is marked the entire file is detabbed However any tab characters within single or double quotes are not converted This is useful when editing C and other programs literal tab characters may occur within quoted strings and should not be converted to spaces Similarly if a block is marked Retab converts sequences of space characters in the marked block to the optimal number of tabs and spaces according to the currently set tab stops If no block is marked the entire file is retabbed However any spaces within single or double quotes are not converted This is better for C and other programs gt To convert all Tabs in a file to spaces 1 If necessary set the correct tab stops with CONFIG Tab stops The default for Windows DOS is every 8 columns 2 Select BLOCK Select all to mark the entire file as a block 3 Select BLOCK Edi

Starting VEDIT

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents